VINIDEX PE PIPE MANUAL - Hydrogold

VINIDEX 

PE PIPE MANUAL 

01 Introduction...................................................... page 2 

02 Materials........................................................... page 9 

03 Explanation of 

PE80B (MDPE), 

PE80C (HDPE) 

PE100 (HDPE) - What we base our sizing on 

and standards for PE pipe (AS 4130)........ page 11 

04 Application ..................................................... page 37 

05 Design.............................................................. page 44 

Pipe Dimensions.......................................... page 47 

Temperature Rating Tables....................... page 52 

Flow Charts................................... starting page 60 

Flow Chart for PE100 SDR 13.6 PN 12.5.. page 66 

06 Installation...................................................... page 86 

07 Jointing ......................................................... page 102 

08 Product Data................................................. page 110 

PE100 SDR 21 PN 8............................. page 118 

PE100 SDR 17 PN 10........................... page 119 

PE100 SDR 13.6 PN 12.5........................ page 119 

PE100 SDR 11 PN 16.............................. page 119 

NB. Ctrl-Shift-N to move to a page number in Acrobat. 

Most common reference pages are underlined.

introduction 

contents 

Vinidex the Company 3 

Quality Policy 3 

Product Background 4 

Worldwide Use 4 

Australian Use 4 

Pipe Extrusion 5 

Fittings 6 

End Treatments 6 

Product Standards 7 

Relevant Australian Standards 7 

PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems 

Introduction.1

introduction 

Limitation of Liability 

This manual has been compiled by Vinidex Pty 

Limited (“the Company”) to promote better 

understanding of the technical aspects of the 

Company’s products to assist users in obtaining 

from them the best possible performance. 

The manual is supplied subject to 

acknowledgement of the following conditions: 

• The manual is protected by Copyright and may 

not be copied or reproduced in any form or by 

any means in whole or in part without prior 

consent in writing by the Company. 

• Product specifications, usage data and advisory 

information may change from time to time with 

advances in research and field experience. The 

Company reserves the right to make such 

changes at any time without notice. 

• Correct usage of the Company’s products 

involves engineering judgements which cannot 

be properly made without full knowledge of all 

the conditions pertaining to each specific 

installation. The Company expressly disclaims 

all and any liability to any person whether 

supplied with this publication or not in respect 

of anything and of the consequences of anything 

done or omitted to be done by any such person 

in reliance whether whole or partial upon the 

whole or any part of the contents of this 

publication. 

• No offer to trade, nor any conditions of trading, 

are expressed or implied by the issue of content 

of this manual. Nothing herein shall override the 

Company’s Conditions of Sale, which may be 

obtained from the Registered Office or any Sales 

Office of the Company. 

• This manual is and shall remain the property of 

the Company, and shall be surrendered on 

demand to the Company. 

• Information supplied in this manual does not 

override a job specification, where such conflict 

arises, consult the authority supervising the job. 

© Copyright Vinidex Pty Limited 

ABN 42 000 664 942 

Introduction.2 

PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems

introduction 

Vinidex 

the Company 

Vinidex Pty Limited is Australia’s leading 

manufacturer of thermoplastic pipe and 

fittings systems. 

Vinidex manufactures and distributes 

plastic piping systems used in the 

transportation of fluids, energy and data 

for infrastructure development, 

agriculture, mining and building. 

From its modest beginnings in Sydney in 

1960, the company has experienced 

dynamic growth. The company now has 

factories and distribution centres located 

in Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, 

Townsville, Launceston, Perth, Adelaide, 

Darwin and Mildura and a significant 

presence in the Asia-Pacific Rim, with 

operations in China and Hong Kong. 

The first 15 years saw Vinidex establish 

technical and market leadership in the 

manufacture and supply of PVC piping 

systems. Regular evaluations of market 

trends, customer requirements and 

overseas developments provided the 

insight into the potential for polyethylene 

pipe, particularly in the rural and mining 

industries. Strategic company 

acquisitions from 1988 to 1990 brought 

technical expertise and the capacity to 

manufacture polyethylene pipes to 

1 metre diameter. 

The 1990s saw a consolidation of 

Vinidex’s position as a leading supplier 

of pipeline systems. This was largely due 

to the performance and acceptance of 

PVC and polyethylene pipes for a wide 

variety of uses enabling the company to 

successfully challenge other piping 

materials such as metals, earthenware, 

concrete and fibre cement. 

Vinidex pipe and fitting systems are used 

in a broad cross-section of markets in 

fields which include: 

• Mining and industrial 

• Water, wastewater and drainage 

• Irrigation 

• Plumbing 

• Gas 

• Communications 

• Electrical 

• Power 

Quality Policy 

“Vinidex manufactures and 

distributes plastic piping systems 

used in the transportation of fluids, 

energy and data for infrastructure 

development, agriculture, mining and 

building. 

Vinidex is committed to ensuring its 

products and services always meet 

its customer’s expectations and 

needs, and when relevant always 

conform to Australian and 

International Standards. 

Vinidex will maintain strong trading 

partnerships with its customers and 

suppliers and help them meet future 

needs in order to develop common 

business. 

Vinidex is committed to ISO 9000 

Quality Management Systems and 

continuous improvement throughout 

the company.” 


Introduction.3

introduction 

Product 

Background 

Worldwide Use 

Polyethylene (PE) materials were 

initially introduced in the UK in 1933 

and have progressively been used in 

the pipeline industry since the late 

1930s. 

The physical properties of the PE 

materials have been continually 

upgraded with improvements in 

crack propagation resistance, 

increased hydrostatic pressure 

resistance, ductility and elevated 

temperature resistance resulting 

from developments in the methods 

of polymerisation. These 

developments have resulted in 

increased applications of PE in the 

pipeline industry in such areas as 

gas reticulation, water supply, 

mining slurries, irrigation, sewer 

and general industrial applications. 

The engineering application basis 

for the use of PE pipes in Europe was 

provided by the German Standard DIN 

8074 developed in 1960, and in the UK 

by the British Standards Institution BS 

3284 for cold water service applications 

developed in 1967. Progressive 

developments have followed European 

standards throughout Europe, North 

America and Asia, with the development 

of International Standards Organisation 

and National Specifications. 

The well recognised attributes of high 

impact resistance, ease of installation, 

flexibility, smooth hydraulic flow 

characteristics, high abrasion resistance, 

and excellent chemical reagent 

resistance have resulted in PE pipeline 

systems being routinely specified and 

used in a wide range of applications in 

pipe sizes up to 1600 mm diameter. 

Australian Use 

PE pipe extrusion commenced in 

Australia in the mid 1950s where small 

diameter pipes were used in irrigation, 

rural and industrial applications. 

The Australian Standards for PE pressure 

pipes were initially developed as ASK119 

in 1962, and progressively improved and 

metricated as AS1159 PE Pipes for 

Pressure Applications in 1972 to include 

1000mm diameter. These specifications 

provided the engineering basis for the 

approval and use of PE as approved 

pipeline materials in such applications as 

potable water and natural gas 

reticulation by gas and water utilities 

throughout Australia. 

Subsequent developments at Standards 

Australia resulted in the progressive 

development of Standard Specifications 

for PE compounds, PE gas pipes, PE 

fittings, irrigation systems, drainage, 

sewer and PE pipeline system 

installation guidelines. 

Recently, significant PE polymer 

developments have led to review of 

these specifications, culminating in the 

publication of the 1997 PE Standards 

AS/NZS 4130 PE Pipes and AS/NZS 

4131 PE Compounds. 

These Standards have introduced the 

latest International developments and 

terminologies, and also provided 

uniform specifications throughout 

Australasia. 

Polymer developments have resulted in 

PE80B materials, which have improved 

ductility and thermal stability, plus 

PE100 materials for use in large 

diameter and high pressure applications 

for gas and water distribution. 

Large diameter PE pipelines have now 

become the preferred solution in many 

applications where the unique properties 

of PE provides the most cost effective 

solution. 

Vinidex provide Australia wide 

manufacturing and supply services for 

PE pipeline systems in a wide range of 

end use applications for pipes up to 

1000 mm diameter. 



introduction 

Pipe Extrusion 

Vinidex PE pipes are extruded using 

sophisticated, highly controlled 

manufacturing processes and 

technologies. 

The PE raw materials used in extrusion 

are compounded into pelletised form 

containing precise amounts of polymer, 

lubricants, stabilisers, antioxidants and 

pigments for the specific end product 

application. 

The PE compound (1) is preheated to 

remove moisture and volatiles and is 

conveyed into the extruder by a 

controlled rate feeder (2). 

The extruder (3), consists of a single 

screw configuration which melts and 

conveys the PE material along the length 

of the extruder barrel. The design of the 

extruder barrel/screw is complex and 

takes into account the properties of the 

various types of PE material grades used 

in pipe applications. Various zones exist 

along the length of the screw and act to 

melt, mix, de-gas and compress the PE 

compound. External electrical heater 

bands along the barrel, together with the 

frictional heat generated as the PE 

material passes through the gaps 

between barrel and screw provide the 

energy needed to fully melt the PE 

compound materials. The total heat input 

is carefully controlled to ensure full 

melting of the PE without thermal 

degradation. 

After passing through a mixing zone at 

the tip of the extruder, the PE melt then 

feeds into a head and die combination 

(4), where the melt is formed into the 

size of pipe required. The correct design 

of the head and die is essential to permit 

the production of pipe to Australian 

Standards requirements and to ensure 

retention of the physical properties of the with the speed of the extruder output 

PE materials. 

using closed loop process controllers, to 

Once the molten PE pipe form leaves the minimise built in stress in the pipe. 

die, it enters the sizing system (5), where The pipe information of size, material, 

it is initially cooled to the required class, and batch data required by 

dimensions. This is performed using an Australian Standards, or by specific 

external vacuum pressure system where client specification, is then marked on 

the pipe surfaces are cooled with the pipe by an in-line printer (8) to 

refrigerated water sprays whilst in provide continuous branding at specified 

contact with precision machined sizing intervals. 

sleeves. The initially cooled pipe is then The completed pipe is then cut to 

progressively passed through a series of standard or required length by an in-line 

water spray cooling tanks (6) to reduce saw (9), and then packed into stillages, 

the PE material to ambient temperature, or for large diameter pipes stored (10). 

and to finalise the pipe dimensions. Small diameter pipes are either cut to 

As the pipe passes along the extrusion standard length, or coiled (11), and the 

line, it is pulled along at a constant speed finished coils are strapped in standard 

using a caterpillar track haul off (7). This coil sizes. 

haul off speed is closely co-ordinated 

Figure 1.1 Typical Pipe Extrusion Line 

1 2 3 

Raw Material Batching Extruder 

4 5 6 

7 

Head & Die Sizing Cooling 

Haul Off 

8 9 10 11 12 

Print Station Saw Storage/Coiling Dispatch 


Introduction.5

introduction 

Fittings 

Fittings used with Vinidex PE pipe 

systems depend on the diameter and the 

end use application of the pipes. Small 

diameter pipes may use compression 

jointing systems made from metal or 

plastics materials, socket fusion or 

electrofusion systems made from PE 

materials. 

Large diameter fittings are injection 

moulded or fabricated from PE pipe and 

joined to the pipe by butt welding and 

electrofusion. 

Details of the specific Vinidex fitting 

systems are contained in the Product 

Data section. 

End Treatments 

Vinidex PE pipes are supplied in a 

number of alternative end treatment 

configurations. 

Small diameter pipes are supplied with 

plain ends to allow jointing by butt 

welding, socket fusion, electrofusion, or 

compression fittings. 

Large diameter pipes are supplied with 

plain ends to allow jointing by 

electrofusion, butt welding, or 

mechanical couplings. Alternatively, 

flanges can be welded on to the ends of 

the pipes under factory conditions. 



introduction 

The quality assurance schemes adopted 

by Vinidex have been accepted by 

appropriate government purchasing 

authorities and have led to Vinidex being 

regarded as a preferred supplier. 

This commitment to total quality 

management is further evidenced by 

accreditation under the Supplier 

Assessment Scheme as a Quality 

Endorsed Company to AS 3902/ 

ISO 9002. 

Relevant Australian 

Standards 

AS 1460-1989 

Fittings for use with polyethylene pipes 

Part 1: Mechanical Jointing Fittings 

Part 2: Electrofusion Fittings 

Product Standards 

The raw materials used in Vinidex PE 

pipeline systems are required to meet 

stringent specifications and supplies are 

made against the latest Australian and 

International Standards. 

The production of PE pipe within Vinidex 

factories is subject to detailed process 

control procedures, continuously 

monitored by trained staff. 

Finished goods are inspected and tested 

to ensure compliance with the relevant 

Australian or International Standard for 

the particular field application. The 

monitoring and recording system used 

allows for full tracing of production. 

AS 2033-1980 

Installation of Polyethylene Pipe Systems 

AS/NZS 2566.1-1998 

Buried Flexible Pipelines 

AS/NZS 2698-1984 

Plastics Pipes and Fittings for Irrigation 

and Rural Applications 

Part 1: Polyethylene Micro-Irrigation 

Pipe 

Part 2: Polyethylene Rural Pipe 

Part 3: Mechanical joint fittings for 

use with micro-irrigation pipes 

AS 3723-1989 

Installation and maintenance of plastics 

pipe systems for gas 

AS/NZS 4129(Int)-1997 

Fittings for polyethylene (PE) pipes for 

pressure applications 

AS/NZS 4130-1997 

Polyethylene pipes for pressure 

applications 

AS/NZS 4131-1997 

Polyethylene compounds for pipes and 

fittings applications 


Introduction.7

m a t e r i a l s 

contents 

Polyethylene as a Material 3 

Low Density PE 3 

Linear Low Density PE 3 

Medium Density PE 3 

High Density PE 3 

Properties of PE 4 

Stress Regression Curves 5 

Material Classification and Stress Regression 5 

Hydrostatic Design Stress 5 

Chemical Resistance Classification 6 

Introduction 6 

Important Information 6 

Classes of Chemical Resistance 6 

Abbreviations 6 

Chemical Attack on Thermoplastics & Elastomers 7 

Factors Affecting Chemical Resistance 7 

Chemical Resistance of Polyethylene 7 

General Effect of Chemicals on Polyethylene Pipe 7 

Chemical Resistance of Joints 8 

General Guide for Chemical Resistance of Various Elastomers (Rubber Rings) 8 

Chemical Resistance Tables 9-25 

Material Performance Aspects 26 

Abrasion Resistance 26 

Weathering 27 

Permeation 27 

Food Contact Applications 27 

Biological Resistance 27 


Materials.1






























publication. 














ABN 42 000 664 942 

Materials.2 

PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems


Polyethylene as 

a Material 

Polyethylene materials are manufactured 

from natural gas derived feedstocks by 

two basic polymerisation processes. 

The low pressure polymerisation process 

results in linear polymer chains with 

short side branches. Density 

modifications to the resultant polymer 

are made by varying the amount of 

comonomer used with the ethylene 

during the polymerisation process. 

The high pressure polymerisation 

process results in polymer chains with 

more highly developed side branches. 

Density modifications to the resultant 

polymer are made by varying the 

temperatures and pressures used during 

the polymerisation process. 

The physical properties of PE materials 

are specific to each grade or type, and 

can be modified by both variations in 

density, and in the molecular weight 

distribution. General physical properties 

are listed in Table 2.1. 

A large number of grades of PE materials 

are used in pipe and fittings systems and 

the specific properties are tailored for the 

particular application. Advice can be 

obtained from Vinidex as to the most 

effective choice for each installation. 

The most general types of PE materials 

are as follows: 

Low Density PE (LDPE) 

LDPE has a highly branched chain 

structure with a combination of small 

and large side chains. 

The density of LDPE ranges between 

910-940 kg/m 3 and LDPE exhibits high 

flexibility and retention of properties at 

low temperatures. 

The main use for LDPE in piping is in the 

micro irrigation or dripper tube 

applications with sizes up to 32 mm 

diameter. 

LDPE materials may be modified with 

elastomers (rubber modified) to improve 

Environmental Stress Crack Resistance 

(ESCR) values in micro irrigation 

applications where pipes operate in 

exposed environments whilst carrying 

agricultural chemicals. 

Linear Low Density PE 

(LLDPE) 

LLDPE has a chain structure with little 

side branching and the resultant 

narrower molecular weight distribution 

results in improved ESCR and tensile 

properties when compared to LDPE 

materials. 

LLDPE materials may be used either as a 

single polymer or as a blend with LDPE, 

in micro irrigation applications to take 

advantage of the material flexibility. 

Medium Density PE 

(MDPE) 

MDPE base resin is manufactured using 

a low pressure polymerisation process, 

and the limited side branch chain 

structure results in a material density 

range of 930-940 kg/m 3 . 

MDPE materials qualify as PE63 and 

PE80B in accordance with AS/NZS 4131. 

MDPE materials provide improved pipe 

properties when compared to the earlier 

high density materials used in pipes. 

These properties include life, flexibility, 

ductility, slow crack growth resistance 

and crack propagation resistance. 

These properties of the MDPE materials 

are utilised in gas reticulation, small 

diameter pipe coils, travelling irrigator 

coils and water reticulation applications. 

High Density PE (HDPE) 

HDPE base resins are manufactured by a 

low pressure process, resulting in a 

chain structure with small side branches 

and a material density range of 

930-960 kg/m 3 . 

HDPE materials qualify as PE80C and 

PE100 in accordance with AS/NZS 4131. 

HDPE materials are widely used in both 

pressure and non pressure applications 

such as water supply, liners, drains, 

outfalls, and sewers in pipe sizes up to 

1000 mm diameter. The increased 

stiffness of HDPE is used to advantage in 

such applications as electrical and 

communications conduits, sub-soil 

drainage, sewer and stormwater. 


Materials.3


Table 2.1 Properties of Polyethylene 

Typical values of the most commonly used properties 

Property Test Method PE80B PE80C PE100 

Density kg/m 3 ISO1183D, ISO1872-2B 950 960 960 

Tensile Yield Strength MPa ISO527 20 21 23 

Elongation at Yield % ISO527 10 8 8 

Tensile Break Strength MPa ISO527 27 33 37 

Elongation at Break % ISO527 > 800 > 600 > 600 

Tensile Modulus MPa Short term ref. AS/NZS 2566 700 750 950 

Long term ref. AS/NZS 2566 200 210 260 

Hardness Shore D DIN 53505 59 60 64 

Notched Impact Strength kJ/m 2 (23°C) ISO179/1 e A 35 24 26 

Melt Flow Rate 190/5, g/10min ISO1133 0.7 - 1.0 0.4 - 0.5 0.3 - 0.5 

Thermal Expansion x 10 -4 /C DIN 53752 2.4 1.8 2.4 

Thermal Conductivity W/m.k (20°C) DIN 52612 0.43 0.43 0.40 

Crystalline Melt Point °C DIN 53736 125 130 132 

Dielectric Strength kV/mm DIN 53481 70 53 53 

Surface Resistivity Ohm DIN 53482 > 10 15 > 10 15 > 10 15 

Volume Resistivity Ohm.cm DIN 53482 > 10 15 > 10 15 > 10 15 

Poissons Ratio µ .4 .4 .4 

Materials.4 



Stress Regression 

Curves 

To design a pipe with the required 

thickness for a given pressure and 

diameter, for example, the following 

formula applies: 

σ = MRS/C 

σ = p(D-e)/2e 

where 

σ = wall tension, dimension stress 

MRS= Minimum Required Strength 

C = safety factor, typically 1.25 for 

water 

p = internal pipe pressure 

D = external pipe diameter 

e = pipe thickness 

Material 

Classification and 

Stress Regression 

Figure 2.1 Typical Stress Regression Curves 

MPa 

20 

Hoop Stress 

15 

10 

5 

4 

3 

2 

80°C 

20°C 

1 

0.10 1.0 10 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 hours 

1 month 1 year 10 years 50 years 

PE 100 

Time to Failure 

PE 80B 

PE 80C 

Hydrostatic Design Stress 

The allowable hydrostatic design stress 

is based on the Minimum Required 

Strength (MRS) which is in turn obtained 

from stress regression curves. 

Stress regression curves are developed 

from short and long term pressure 

testing of pipe specimens. 

As there is a linear relationship between 

the logarithm of the applied stress and 

the logarithm of time to failure, the test 

points are plotted and extrapolated to an 

arbitrarily chosen 50 year point. 

In some cases, especially at higher 

temperatures, there is a sudden change 

in slope of the regression curve, known 

as the ‘knee’. The knee, as illustrated in 

Figure 2.1 represents the transition from 

ductile failure mode to brittle failure 

mode. 

The relationship between the curves for 

different test temperatures enables 

prediction of the position of the knee at 

20°C, based on a known position at 

elevated temperature – see Figure 2.1. 

This in turn enables prediction of ductile 

life at 20°C. 

The value of the predicted hoop stress 

(97.5% lower confidence limit) at the 50 

year point, is used to determine the MRS 

of the material, i.e. 6.3, 8.0 or 10.0 MPa. 

The hydrostatic design stress is obtained 

by application of a factor, not less than 

1.25, to the MRS value. 

It is emphasised that stress regression 

curves form a design basis only, and do 

not predict system life. 


Materials.5


Chemical 

Resistance 

Classification 

Introduction 

The following section tabulates the 

classes of chemical resistance of 

thermoplastic and elastomeric materials 

most commonly used in pipe and fittings 

systems for the conveyance of liquids 

and gases. 

It is generally known that pipes and 

fittings in thermoplastic material are 

widely used in industries where 

conveyance of highly corrosive liquids 

and gases requires high-quality 

construction materials, featuring 

excellent corrosion resistance. 

Stainless steel, coated steel, glass and 

ceramic materials can often be 

advantageously replaced by 

thermoplastic materials, ensuring safety, 

reliability and economic benefits under 

similar operating conditions. 

Important Information 

The listed data are based on results of 

immersion tests on specimens, in the 

absence of any applied stress. In certain 

circumstances, where the preliminary 

classification indicates high or limited 

resistance, it may be necessary to 

conduct further tests to assess the 

behaviour of pipes and fittings under 

internal pressure or other stresses. 

Variations in the analysis of the chemical 

compounds as well as in the operating 

conditions (pressure and temperature) 

can significantly modify the actual 

chemical resistance of the materials in 

comparison with this chart’s indicated 

value. 

It should be stressed that these ratings 

are intended only as a guide to be used 

for initial information on the material to 

be selected. They may not cover the 

particular application under 

consideration and the effects of altered 

temperatures or concentrations may 

need to be evaluated by testing under 

specific conditions. No guarantee can be 

given in respect of the listed data. 

Vinidex reserves the right to make any 

modification whatsoever, based upon 

further research and experiences. 

Three Different Classes of 

Chemical Resistance are 

Conventionally Used in 

this Guide. 

Class 1: High Resistance 

(Corrosion proof) 

All materials belonging to this class are 

completely or almost completely 

corrosion proof against the conveyed 

fluid according to the specified operating 

conditions. 

Class 2: Limited Resistance 

The materials belonging to this class are 

partially attacked by the conveyed 

chemical compound. The average life of 

the material is therefore shorter, and it is 

advisable to use a higher safety factor 

than the one adopted for Class 1 

materials. 

Class 3: No Resistance 

All materials belonging to this class are 

subject to corrosion by the conveyed 

fluid and they should therefore not be 

used. 

The absence of any class indication 

means that no data is available 

concerning the chemical resistance of 

the material in respect of the conveyed 

fluid. 

Abbreviations 

Code Denomination 

uPVC unplasticized polyvinyl chloride 

PE polyethylene PE63 PE80 PE100 

PP polypropylene 

PVDF polyvinylidene fluoride 

PVC-C chlorinated polyvinyl chloride 

NBR butadiene-acrylnitrile rubber 

EPM ethylene-propylene copolymer 

FPM vinylidene fluoride copolymer 

Notes 

nd undefined concentration 

deb weak concentration 

comm commercial solution 

dil diluted solution 

Materials.6 



Chemical Attack on 

Thermoplastics & 

Elastomers 

Chemicals that attack polymers do so at 

differing rates and in differing ways. 

There are two general types of chemical 

attack on polymer: 

1. Swelling of the polymer occurs but 

the polymer returns to its original 

condition if the chemical is removed. 

However, if the polymer has a 

compounding ingredient that is 

soluble in the chemical, the 

properties of the polymer may be 

changed because of the removal of 

this ingredient and the chemical itself 

will be contaminated. 

2 The base resin or polymer molecules 

are changed by crosslinking, 

oxidation, substitution reactions or 

chain scission. In these situations the 

polymer cannot be restored by the 

removal of the chemical. Examples of 

this type of attack on PVC are aqua 

regia at 20O°C and wet chlorine gas. 

Factors Affecting 

Chemical Resistance 

A number of factors can affect the rate 

and type of chemical attack that may 

occur. These are: 

Concentration: 

In general, the rate of attack increases 

with concentration, but in many cases 

there are threshold levels below which 

no significant chemical effect will be 

noted. 

Temperature: 

As with all processes, rate of attack 

increases as temperature rises. Again, 

threshold temperatures may exist. 

Period of Contact: 

In many cases rates of attack are slow 

and of significance only with sustained 

contact. 

Stress: 

Some polymers under stress can 

undergo higher rates of attack. In general 

PVC is considered relatively insensitive 

to “stress corrosion”. 

Chemical 

Resistance Of 

Polyethylene 

The outstanding resistance of Vinidex 

polyethylene systems to a variety of 

chemical reagents, allows their use in a 

wide range of chemical processes. 

Chemical resistance of polyethylene is 

due to the non polar or paraffinic nature 

of the material and is a function of 

reagent concentration and temperature. 

Some attack may occur under specific 

conditions however, use of Vinidex 

polyethylene systems provides a cost 

effective solution when the behaviour of 

polyethylene is compared to that of 

alternative materials. 

Where rubber modified LDPE blends are 

used for improved ESCR properties in 

irrigation applications, the effect of 

speciality chemicals may require 

evaluation eg. micro-irrigation tube/ 

dripper tube. 

General Effect of 

Chemicals on 

Polyethylene Pipe: 

Resistant: 

Water, solutions of inorganic salts, weak 

acids, strong organic acids, strong 

alkaline solutions, aliphatic 

hydrocarbons. 

Has adequate resistance: 

Strong acids, hydrofluoric acids, fats and 

oils. 

Has limited resistance: 

Lower alcohols, esters, ketones, ethers, 

aromatic hydrocarbons, mineral oil. 

In most cases non-resistant: 

Light naphtha, fuel mixture. 

Completely non-resistant: 

Unsaturated chlorinated hydrocarbons, 

turpentine. 


Materials.7


Chemical 

Resistance of Joints 

Fusion Joints (PE) 

Fusion joints include those made by butt 

fusion, electrofusion and socket fusion 

and these types will have the same 

chemical resistance as listed for PE. 

Rubber Ring Joints (Elastomers) 

Chemical resistance of Rubber Ring 

Joints may be assessed by reference to 

the accompanying Table 2.2 General 

Guide for Chemical Resistance of 

Various Elastomers as well as the pipe 

material guide. 

Other Fittings 

PE pipe systems often employ fittings 

and accessories manufactured from 

materials dissimilar to the pipe material, 

such as brass, aluminium, iron and 

polypropylene. In such cases, the 

designer should refer to the appropriate 

manufacturer for advice on the chemical 

resistance of these materials. 

Table 2.2 General Guide for Chemical Resistance of 

Various Elastomers (Rubber Rings) 

Material & Generally Generally 

Designation resistant to not resistant to 

Natural Most Moderate Ozone, Strong 

Rubber Chemicals Wet or Dry, Acids, Fats, Oils, 

NR Organic Acids, Alcohols, Greases, Most 

Ketones, Aldehydes 

Hydrocarbons 

Styrene As for As for 

Butadiene Natural Rubber Natural Rubber 

Rubber 

SBR 

Polychloropene Moderate Chemicals Strong Oxidising 

(Neoprene) & Acids, Ozone, Fats, Acids, Esters, 

CR Greases, Many Oils Ketones, 

and Solvents 

Chlorinated, 

Aromatic and 

Nitro Hydrocarbons 

Ethylene Animal & Vegetable Mineral Oils 

Propylene Oils, Ozone, & Solvents, 

Diene Strong & Oxidising Aromatic 

Monomer Chemicals Hydrocarbons 

EPDM 

Nitrile Many Hydrocarbons, Ozone, Ketones, 

Rubber Fats, Oils, Greases, Esters, Aldehydes, 

NBR Hydraulic Fluids, Chlorinated & 

Chemicals 

Nitro Hydrocarbons 

Source: Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association - Handbook of PVC Pipe 1982 

Note: 

The chemical performance of elastomers 

is influenced by a number of factors 

including: 

• temperature of service 

• conditions of service 

• grade of polymer 

• the compound specified 

Contact the Vinidex technical department 

for further information, if required. 

Materials.8 



Chemical Formula Conc. (%) Temp. ( ° C) uPVC PE PP PVDF PVC/C NBR EPM FPM 

ACETALDEHYDE CH 3 

CHO 100 25 3 1 2 3 3 3 1 2 

60 3 2 3 

100 3 

- AQUEOUS SOLUTION 40 25 3 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 

60 3 2 2 1 3 

100 1 2 

ACETIC ACID CH 3 

COOH ≤25 25 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 1 3 3 

100 1 1 1 

30 25 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 2 3 

100 1 1 2 

60 25 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 

60 2 1 1 1 3 

100 2 2 2 3 

80 25 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 1 

60 2 3 3 1 3 3 

100 3 2 2 3 3 2 

- GLACIAL 100 25 2 1 1 1 2 3 3 2 

60 3 2 2 2 3 2 1 3 

100 3 3 3 3 3 

ACETIC ANHYDRIDE (CH 3 

CO) 2 

O 100 25 3 2 1 3 3 2 1 

60 3 2 2 3 3 

100 3 3 3 

ACETONE CH 3 

COCH 3 

10 25 3 1 1 1 3 3 1 3 

60 3 3 1 3 3 3 

100 3 1 3 3 3 

100 25 3 2 1 2 3 3 1 3 

60 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 

100 3 3 3 3 3 

ACETOPHENONE CH 3 

COC 6 

H 5 

nd 25 1 1 3 1 

60 3 1 

100 

ACRYLONITRILE CH 2 

CHCN technically pure 25 1 1 2 3 2 

60 3 1 1 3 2 

100 3 

ADIPIC ACID (CH 2 

CH 2 

CO 2 

H) 2 

sat. 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

- AQUEOUS SOLUTION 60 2 1 1 1 

100 

ALLYL ALCOHOL CH 2 

CHCH 2 

OH 96 25 2 1 1 1 1 2 

60 3 2 1 

100 1 3 

ALUM AI 2 

(SO 4 

) 3. 

K 2 

SO 4. 

nH 2 

O dil 25 1 1 1 1 1 

- AQUEOUS SOLUTION 60 2 1 1 

100 

AI 2 

(SO 4 

) 3. 

K 2 

SO 4. 

nH 2 

O sat 25 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 

100 

ALUMINIUM AICI 3 

all 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

- CHLORIDE 60 1 1 1 1 2 

100 

- FLUORIDE AIF 3 

100 25 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 

100 

- HYDROXIDE AI(OH 4 

) 3 

all 25 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 

100 

- NITRATE AI(NO 2 

) 3 

nd 25 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 

100 

- SULPHATE AI(SO 4 

) 3 

deb 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 

100 

sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

100 2 1 1 1 

Class 1: High Resistance Class 2: Limited Resistance Class 3: No Resistance. Refer page 2.5 for explanation of classes 


Materials.9



AMMONIA NH 3 

deb 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 


100 

sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 

100 

- DRY GAS 100 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 

100 

- LIQUID 100 25 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 

60 3 1 1 1 3 

100 

AMMONIUM CH 3 

COONH 4 

sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 

- ACETATE 60 2 1 1 1 2 1 

100 1 1 

- CARBONATE (NH 4 

) 2 

CO 3 

all 25 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 

100 

- CHLORIDE NH 4 

CI sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

100 2 1 1 1 

- FLUORIDE NH 4 

F 25 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 1 

100 3 3 

- HYDROXIDE NH 4 

OH 28 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 

100 

- NITRATE NH 4 

NO 3 

sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 

100 1 1 1 1 

- PHOSPHATE DIBASIC NH 4 

(HPO 4 

) 2 

all 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 2 

100 1 2 

- PHOSPHATE META (NH 4 

) 4 

P 4 

O 12 

all 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 

100 

- PHOSPHATE TRI (NH 4 

) 2 

HPO 4 

all 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 2 

100 

- PERSULPHATE (NH 4 

) 2 

S 2 

O 8 

all 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 

100 

- SULPHIDE (NH 4 

) 2 

S deb 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 1 

100 

sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 

100 

- SULPHYDRATE NH 4 

OHSO 4 

dil 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 1 

100 

sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 

100 

AMYLACETATE CH 3 

CO 2 

CH 2 

(CH 2 

) 3 

CH 3 

100 25 3 1 2 1 3 3 3 3 

60 3 2 2 3 3 3 

100 2 3 3 3 

AMYLALCOHOL CH 3 

(CH 2 

) 3 

CH 2 

OH nd 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 

100 1 1 1 1 

ANILINE C 6 

H 5 

NH 2 

all 25 3 2 1 1 3 3 1 1 

60 3 2 1 2 3 3 

100 3 3 1 

- CHLORHYDRATE C 6 

H 5 

NH 2 

HCI nd 25 2 2 2 1 3 1 

60 3 2 2 3 

100 3 2 3 2 


Materials.10 




ANTIMONY SbCI 3 

100 25 1 1 1 1 1 

- TRICHLORIDE 60 1 1 1 

100 

ANTHRAQUINONE suspension 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

SULPHONIC ACID 60 2 1 

100 

AQUA REGIA HC+HNO 3 

100 25 2 3 3 2 2 2 

60 2 3 3 2 

100 3 2 

ARSENIC ACID H 3 

AsO 4 

deb 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 1 1 

100 1 2 1 1 

80 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 

100 2 1 2 3 1 1 

BARIUM all 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

- CARBONATE BaCO 3 

60 1 1 1 1 

100 

- CHLORIDE BaCl 2 

10 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 

100 

- HYDROXIDE Ba(OH) 2 

all 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 2 1 

100 

- SULPHATE BaSO 4 

nb 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 

100 

- SULPHIDE BaS sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 

100 

BEER comm 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 

100 

BENZALDEHYDE C 6 

H 5 

CHO nd 25 3 2 3 1 3 1 3 

60 3 2 3 2 3 1 3 

100 

BENZENE C 6 

H 6 

100 25 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 1 

60 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 

100 3 3 3 2 

- + LIGROIN 20/80 25 3 3 3 3 

60 3 3 3 3 

100 

- MONOCHLORINE C 6 

H 5 

Cl technically pure 25 3 2 1 1 

60 

100 

BENZOIC ACID C 6 

H 5 

COOH sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 2 1 

100 3 1 3 1 

BENZYL ALCOHOL C 6 

H 5 

CH 2 

OH 100 25 1 1 1 1 3 1 2 

60 2 2 1 

100 

BLEACHING LYE NaOCl+NaCl 12.50% 25 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 

Cl 60 2 2 1 

100 

BORIC ACID H 3 

BO 3 

deb 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 1 1 

100 1 1 1 1 

sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 1 

100 1 1 1 

BRINE comm 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 

100 

BROMIC ACID HBrO 3 

10 25 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 

100 1 1 



Materials.11



BROMINE Br 2 

100 25 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 1 

- LIQUID 60 3 3 3 1 3 3 1 

100 3 1 3 3 1 

- VAPOURS low 25 2 3 3 1 2 3 1 

60 3 3 1 1 

100 

BUTADIENE C 4 

H 6 

100 25 1 1 1 1 3 2 1 

60 1 3 3 1 3 

100 

BUTANEDIOL CH 3 

CH 2 

CHOHCH 2 

OH 10 25 1 1 1 1 1 

AQUEOUS 60 3 1 1 

100 

concentrated 25 2 2 2 1 1 

60 3 3 2 1 

100 

BUTANE C 4 

H 10 

10 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

GAS 60 1 1 

100 

BUTYL CH 3 

CO 2 

CH 2 

CH 2 

CH 2 

CH 3 

100 25 3 3 2 1 3 3 3 2 

- ACETATE 60 3 3 3 1 3 3 

100 3 2 3 3 3 

- ALCOHOL C 4 

H 9 

OH 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 1 

100 2 2 1 2 

- PHENOL C 4 

H 9 

C 6 

H 4 

OH 100 25 2 3 3 1 1 3 2 

60 2 3 3 1 

100 

BUTYLENE GLYCOL C 4 

H 6 

(OH) 2 

100 25 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 

100 

BUTYRIC ACID C 2 

H 5 

CH 2 

COOH 20 25 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 

60 2 2 3 

100 3 3 

concentrated 25 3 3 3 1 3 2 2 

60 3 3 3 3 

100 3 3 

CALCIUM Ca(HSO 3 

) 2 

nd 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

- BISULPHITE 60 1 1 1 1 

100 

- CARBONATE CaCO 3 

all 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 

100 

- CHLORATE CaHCl nd 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 

100 

- CHLORIDE CaCl 2 

all 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 1 1 

100 2 1 1 

- HYDROXIDE Ca(OH) 2 

all 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 2 2 

100 2 

- HYPOCHLORITE Ca(OCl) 2 

sat 25 1 1 1 2 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 

100 2 

- NITRATE Ca(NO 3 

) 2 

50 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 

100 

- SULPHATE CaSO 4 

nd 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 

100 

- SULPHIDE CaS sat 25 1 2 1 1 1 1 

60 1 2 1 

100 

CAMPHOR OIL nd 25 1 3 3 1 1 

60 3 3 1 

100 


Materials.12 




CARBON CO 2 

25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

- DIOXIDE 60 2 1 1 1 1 1 

AQUEOUS SOLUTION 100 

- GAS 100 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 

100 

- DISULPHIDE CS 2 

100 25 2 2 1 1 3 3 3 1 

60 3 3 1 3 3 3 

100 3 1 3 3 3 

- MONOXIDE CO 100 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 

100 

- TETRACHLORIDE CCl 4 

100 25 2 2 3 1 1 2 3 1 

60 3 3 3 1 

100 

CARBONIC ACID H 2 

CO 3 

sat 25 1 1 1 

- AQUEOUS SOLUTION 60 1 1 

100 

- DRY 100 25 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 

100 

- WET all 25 1 1 1 

60 2 1 

100 

CARBON OIL comm 25 1 3 1 1 2 1 1 

60 1 1 1 

100 

CHLORAMINE dil 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 

100 

CHLORIC ACID HClO 3 

20 25 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 

60 2 3 3 1 1 

100 3 1 1 3 

CHLORINE Cl 2 

sat 25 2 1 2 3 1 

60 3 1 

100 

- DRY GAS 10 25 1 3 1 1 3 1 

60 2 3 1 1 

100 

100 25 2 3 1 1 3 1 

60 3 3 1 1 1 

100 

- WET GAS 5g/m 3 25 1 3 3 

60 3 3 

100 

10 g/m 3 25 2 3 1 3 

60 2 3 1 

100 

66 g/m 3 25 2 3 1 3 

60 2 3 1 

100 

- LIQUID 100 25 3 3 3 1 3 3 1 

60 3 1 

100 

CHLOROACETIC ACID ClCH 2 

COH 85 25 1 2 1 1 3 2 1 

60 2 3 3 1 3 

100 3 1 3 3 

100 25 1 3 1 3 3 

60 2 3 3 3 3 

100 3 3 3 3 3 

CHLOROBENZENE C 6 

H 5 

Cl all 25 3 3 1 3 3 3 1 

60 3 3 2 3 3 3 

100 

CHLOROFORM CHCl 3 

all 25 3 2 2 1 3 3 3 2 

60 3 3 1 3 3 

100 3 1 3 3 



Materials.13



CHLOROSULPHONIC ClHSO 3 

100 25 2 3 3 2 1 3 3 2 

ACID 60 3 3 3 3 3 

100 3 3 3 

CHROME ALUM KCr(SO 4 

) 2 

nd 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 1 

100 2 1 1 

CHROMIC ACID CrO 3 

+H 2 

O 10 25 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 3 2 1 1 

100 3 3 1 

30 25 1 2 2 1 1 3 1 1 

60 2 3 3 1 1 3 3 

100 3 2 1 3 3 

50 25 1 2 2 1 1 3 2 1 

60 2 3 3 1 

100 3 2 2 

CHROMIC SOLUTION CrO 3 

+H 2 

O+H 2 

SO 4 

50/35/15 25 1 3 3 1 

60 2 3 3 1 

100 

CITRIC ACID C 3 

H 4 

(OH)(CO 2 

H) 3 

50 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

AQ. SOL. min 60 1 1 1 1 

100 1 1 2 

COPPER CuCl 2 

sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

- CHLORIDE 60 1 1 1 1 1 

100 1 1 

- CYANIDE CuCN 2 

all 25 3 1 1 1 

60 3 1 1 

100 

- FLUORIDE CuF 2 

all 25 1 1 3 1 1 1 

60 1 1 3 1 

100 

- NITRATE Cu(NO 3 

) 2 

nd 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 1 

100 

- SULPHATE CuSO 4 

dil 25 1 1 3 1 1 2 1 1 

60 1 1 3 1 

100 

sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 

100 

COTTONSEED OIL comm 25 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 

60 1 1 1 1 

100 

CRESOL CH 3 

C 6 

H 4 

OH ≤90 25 2 1 1 1 2 3 3 1 

60 3 1 3 3 

100 

>90 25 3 2 1 3 3 3 2 

60 3 1 3 3 

100 

CRESYLIC ACID CH 3 

C 6 

H 4 

COOH 50 25 2 1 1 1 

60 3 2 3 2 1 

100 

CYCLOHEXANE C 6 

H 12 

all 25 3 1 1 1 3 1 3 1 

60 3 2 1 3 3 

100 2 

CYCLOHEXANONE C 6 

H 10 

O all 25 3 1 1 3 2 3 

60 3 3 2 3 3 

100 3 3 3 3 

DECAHYDRONAFTALENE C 10 

H 18 

nd 25 1 1 3 1 3 1 

60 1 2 3 1 3 

100 

DEMINERALIZED WATER 100 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

100 1 1 1 1 1 

DEXTRINE C 6 

H 12 

OCH 2 

O nd 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 1 

100 


Materials.14 




DIBUTYLPHTALATE C 6 

H 4 

(CO 2 

C 4 

H 9 

) 2 

100 25 3 3 3 1 3 3 1 2 

60 3 3 3 

100 

DICHLOROACETIC Cl 2 

CHCOOH 100 25 1 1 1 1 2 

ACID 60 2 2 2 3 

100 

DICHLOROETHANE CH 2 

ClCH 2 

Cl 100 25 3 3 1 1 3 3 

60 3 3 1 

100 

DICHLOROETHYLENE ClCH 2 

Cl 100 25 3 3 2 1 3 1 1 

60 3 3 1 

100 

DIETHYL ETHER C 2 

H 5 

OC 2 

H 5 

100 25 3 3 1 1 3 2 3 

60 3 3 1 3 3 3 

100 

DIGLYCOLIC ACID (CH 2 

) 2 

O(CO 2 

H) 2 

18 25 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 

100 

DIMETHYLAMINE (CH 3 

) 2 

NH 100 25 2 1 2 2 3 2 

60 3 2 2 3 3 

100 

DIOCTYLPHTHALATE all 25 3 1 2 1 3 2 2 3 

60 3 2 2 3 3 

100 

DISTILLED WATER 100 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

100 1 1 1 1 1 1 

DRINKING WATER 100 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

100 1 1 1 1 1 

ETHERS all 25 3 3 3 2 2 

60 3 3 3 3 

100 

ETHYL CH 3 

CO 2 

C 2 

H 5 

100 25 3 1 2 2 3 3 1 3 

- ACETATE 60 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 

100 3 3 3 3 3 

- ALCOHOL CH 3 

CH 2 

OH nd 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 2 1 1 2 1 

100 1 1 1 

- CHLORIDE CH 3 

CH 2 

Cl all 25 3 2 3 1 3 2 1 2 

60 3 3 1 3 

100 

- ETHER CH 3 

CH 2 

OCH 2 

CH 3 

all 25 3 3 1 3 2 2 3 

60 3 3 3 3 3 

100 

ETHYLENE ClCH 2 

CH 2 

OH 100 25 3 1 3 3 3 

- CHLOROHYDRIN 60 3 2 3 3 

100 3 

- GLYCOL HOCH 2 

CH 2 

OH comm 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 3 1 1 2 1 

100 

FATTY ACIDS nd 25 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 

100 

FERRIC FeCl 3 

10 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

- CHLORIDE 60 2 1 1 1 

100 

sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 1 

100 1 1 1 1 

- NITRATE Fe(NO 3 

) 3 

nd 25 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 

100 

- SULPHATE Fe(SO 4 

) 3 

nd 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 

100 



Materials.15



FERROUS FeCl 2 

sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

- CHLORIDE 60 1 1 1 1 

100 

- SULPHATE FeSO 4 

nd 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 

100 

FERTILIZER ≤10 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 

100 

sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 

100 

FLUORINE GAS - DRY F 2 

100 25 2 2 3 1 3 

60 3 3 3 

100 

FLUOROSILICIC ACID H 2 

SiF 6 

32 25 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 3 

100 1 1 

FORMALDEHYDE HCOH 25 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 3 

100 1 2 3 

FORMIC ACID HCOOH 50 25 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 3 2 

100 1 2 3 

100 25 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 

60 3 1 1 1 2 2 3 

100 1 3 3 

FRUIT PULP AND JUICE comm 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 

100 

FUEL OIL 100 25 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 

60 1 2 1 1 

100 

comm 25 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 

60 1 2 2 1 1 

100 

FURFUROLE ALCOHOL C 5 

H 3 

OCH 2 

OH nd 25 3 2 2 3 1 

60 3 2 2 

100 

GAS EXHAUST all 25 1 1 1 1 

- ACID 60 1 1 

100 

- WITH NITROUS VAPOURS traces 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 

100 

GAS PHOSGENE ClCOCl 100 25 1 2 2 1 1 

60 2 2 2 3 

100 

GELATINE 100 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 

100 

GLUCOSE C 6 

H 12 

O 6 

all 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 1 1 

100 

GLYCERINE HOCH 2 

CHOHCH 2 

OH all 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

AQ.SOL 60 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

100 1 1 1 1 

GLYCOGLUE 10 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

AQUEOUS 60 1 1 1 1 1 1 

100 1 1 1 

GLYCOLIC ACID HOCH 2 

COOH 37 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 

100 

HEPTANE C 7 

H 16 

100 25 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 

60 2 3 3 3 1 1 

100 


Materials.16 




HEXANE C 6 

H 14 

100 25 1 1 1 1 1 3 

60 2 2 2 1 

100 

HYDROBROMIC ACID HBr ≤10 25 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 

100 3 1 2 3 

48 25 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 

100 3 1 2 3 3 

HYDROCHLORIC ACID HCl ≤25 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 

100 1 1 1 3 3 1 

≤37 25 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 

60 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 

100 2 1 1 3 2 

HYDROCYANIC ACID HCN deb 25 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 3 3 

100 

HYDROFLUORIC ACID HF 10 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 

100 3 1 2 2 

60 25 2 1 1 1 1 3 2 1 

60 3 3 1 3 

100 3 1 2 2 

HYDROGEN H 2 

all 25 1 

60 1 

100 

HYDROGEN H 2 

O 2 

30 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

- PEROXIDE 60 1 1 1 1 1 

100 1 1 

50 25 1 2 1 1 1 1 

60 1 2 1 

100 1 

90 25 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 1 

60 1 2 2 1 

100 1 3 

- SULPHIDE DRY sat 25 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 3 

100 

- SULPHIDE WET sat 25 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 3 

100 

HYDROSULPHITE ≤10 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 

100 

HYDROXYLAMINE (H 2 

NOH) 2 

H 2 

SO 4 

12 25 1 1 1 1 1 

SULPHATE 60 1 1 1 2 

100 

ILLUMINATING GAS 100 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 

100 

IODINE I 2 

3 25 2 1 1 

- DRY AND WET 60 3 1 

100 

- TINCTURE >3 25 2 2 1 1 1 1 

60 3 3 3 1 

100 

ISOCTANE C 8 

H 18 

100 25 1 2 2 1 1 3 

60 3 1 3 

100 

ISOPROPYL (CH 3 

) 2 

CHOCH(CH 3 

) 2 

100 25 2 2 2 1 3 3 

- ETHER 60 3 3 3 3 

100 

- ALCOHOL (CH 3 

) 2 

CHOH 100 25 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 

100 



Materials.17



LACTIC ACID CH 3 

CHOHCOOH ≤28 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 2 1 

100 1 2 1 

LANOLINE nd 25 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 2 1 

100 

LEAD ACETATE Pb(CH 3 

COO) 2 

sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 2 1 1 1 1 

100 2 1 1 1 

LINSEED OIL comm 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 2 1 1 1 1 

100 

LUBRICATING OILS comm 25 1 3 1 1 1 1 3 1 

60 1 2 1 1 

100 

MAGNESIUM MgCO 3 

all 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 

- CARBONATE 60 1 1 1 

100 

- CHLORIDE MgCl 2 

sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 

100 2 1 1 

- HYDROXIDE Mg(OH) 2 

all 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 

100 

- NITRATE MgNO 3 

nd 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 

100 

- SULPHATE MgSO 4 

dil 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 

100 

sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 

100 

MALEIC ACID COOHCHCHCOOH nd 25 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 

100 1 1 2 1 

MALIC ACID CH 2 

CHOH(COOH) 2 

nd 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 

60 1 1 

100 

MERCURIC HgCl 2 

sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 

- CHLORIDE 60 1 1 1 1 

100 

- CYANIDE HgCN 2 

all 25 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 

100 

MERCUROUS NITRATE HgNO 3 

nd 25 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 

100 

MERCURY Hg 100 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 

100 

METHYL CH 3 

COOCH 3 

100 25 1 1 3 2 

- ACETATE 60 1 3 

100 

- ALCOHOL CH 3 

OH nd 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 

60 1 1 2 1 2 

100 2 1 2 

- BROMIDE CH 3 

Br 100 25 3 3 3 1 1 

60 3 1 

100 

- CHLORIDE CH 3 

Cl 100 25 3 1 3 1 2 3 2 2 

60 3 3 1 

100 3 1 3 

- ETHYLKETONE CH 3 

COCH 2 

CH 3 

all 25 3 1 1 2 3 1 3 

60 3 2 2 3 3 3 

100 


Materials.18 




METHYLAMINE CH 3 

NH 2 

32 25 2 1 1 2 1 

60 3 2 

100 

METHYLENE CH 2 

Cl 2 

100 25 3 3 3 1 3 2 

CHLORIDE 60 3 3 2 3 

100 3 3 3 

METHYL CH 3 

COOSO 4 

50 25 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 

SULPHORIC ACID 60 2 2 2 1 

100 3 2 3 3 

100 25 1 3 3 1 1 2 

60 2 3 3 

100 3 3 3 

MILK 100 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 

100 1 1 1 

MINERAL ACIDOULOUS nd 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

WATER 60 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

100 1 1 1 1 1 

MOLASSES comm 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 2 1 1 

100 2 1 2 2 

NAPHTA 100 25 2 2 1 1 1 1 3 1 

60 3 3 3 1 1 

100 

NAPHTALINE 100 25 1 1 3 1 2 3 3 1 

60 2 3 1 

100 3 1 3 

NICKEL NiCl3 all 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

- CHLORIDE 60 1 1 1 1 1 

100 1 1 1 

- NITRATE Ni(NO 3 

) 2 

nd 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 

100 2 1 

- SULPHATE NiSO 4 

dil 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 2 1 1 

100 

sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 

100 

NITRIC ACID HNO 3 

anhydrous 25 3 3 2 3 1 

60 3 3 3 3 

100 3 3 3 3 

20 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 2 2 1 1 1 

100 3 1 1 2 1 

40 25 1 2 1 1 1 1 

60 1 2 3 1 1 

100 3 1 1 3 3 

60 25 1 3 2 1 1 3 2 

60 2 3 3 1 1 3 3 

100 3 1 1 3 3 

98 25 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 

60 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 

100 3 2 3 3 3 

NITROBENZENE C 6 

H 5 

NO 2 

all 25 3 1 1 3 2 3 2 

60 3 2 2 1 3 3 3 

100 

OLEIC ACID C 8 

H 17 

CHCH(CH 2 

) 7 

CO 2 

H comm 25 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 

60 1 2 2 1 

100 



Materials.19



OLEUM nd 25 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 

60 3 3 3 3 3 3 

100 

- VAPOURS low 25 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 

60 3 3 3 3 3 

100 

hight 25 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 

60 3 3 3 3 3 

100 

OLIVE OIL comm 25 1 1 1 2 1 

60 2 3 1 1 1 

100 

OXALIC ACID HO 2 

CCO 2 

H 10 25 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 

60 2 1 2 1 1 1 

100 2 2 1 1 

sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 

60 1 1 2 1 1 1 

100 3 3 1 1 

OXYGEN O 2 

all 25 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 2 3 1 1 

100 

OZONE O 3 

nd 25 1 2 3 1 1 3 1 1 

60 2 3 3 2 3 

100 

PALMITIC ACID CH 3 

(CH 2 

) 14 

COOH 10 25 1 1 1 1 2 1 

60 1 3 1 1 

100 

70 25 1 1 1 2 

60 1 3 3 1 3 1 

100 

PARAFFIN nd 25 1 3 1 

60 2 2 1 1 

100 

- EMULSION comm 25 1 2 3 1 1 1 

60 1 2 3 1 

100 

- OIL nd 25 1 1 1 

60 1 3 1 

100 

PERCHLORIC ACID HClO 4 

100 25 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 1 

60 2 1 1 1 3 1 

100 

70 25 1 1 1 1 3 2 1 

60 2 2 1 3 1 

100 

PETROL 100 25 1 1 1 1 2 3 1 

- REFINED 60 1 3 1 

100 

- UNREFINED 100 25 1 1 1 1 2 3 1 

60 1 3 1 

100 

PHENOL C 6 

H 5 

OH 1 25 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 


100 3 1 1 

≤90 25 2 1 1 1 1 3 1 

60 3 3 1 1 

100 3 1 1 

PHENYL HYDRAZINE C 6 

H 5 

NHNH 2 

all 25 3 2 2 1 3 3 1 

60 3 2 2 1 3 2 

100 

- CHLORHYDRATE C 6 

H 5 

NHNH 3 

Cl sat 25 1 1 1 1 

60 3 3 3 2 

100 


Materials.20 




PHOSPHORIC H 3 

PO 4 

≤25 25 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 

- ACID 60 2 1 1 1 3 1 1 

100 1 1 2 1 1 

≤50 25 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 

100 1 1 2 2 1 

≤85 25 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 

60 1 2 1 1 

100 1 1 2 

- ANHYDRIDE P 2 

O 5 

nd 25 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 

60 2 1 1 3 

100 

PHOSPHORUS PCl 3 

100 25 3 1 1 1 3 1 

TRICHLORIDE 60 3 1 3 

100 

PHOTOGRAPHIC comm 25 1 1 1 1 

- DEVELOPER 60 1 1 1 

100 

- EMULSION comm 25 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 

100 

PHTHALIC ACID C 6 

H 4 

(CO 2 

H) 2 

50 25 1 1 1 1 1 

60 3 1 1 1 1 

100 

PICRIC ACID HOC 6 

H 2 

(NO2) 3 

1 25 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 

60 1 1 3 1 

100 

>1 25 3 1 3 1 1 1 1 

60 3 1 3 1 2 2 1 

100 

POTASSIUM K 2 

CrO 7 

40 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

- BICHROMATE 60 1 1 3 

100 

- BORATE K 3 

BO 3 

sat 25 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 

100 

- BROMATE KBrO 3 

nd 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 

100 2 1 1 

- BROMIDE KBr sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 

100 

- CARBONATE K 2 

CO 3 

sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 2 1 

100 

- CHLORIDE KCl sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 1 

100 2 1 1 

- CHROMATE KCrO 4 

40 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 

100 

- CYANIDE KCN sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 2 1 

100 

- FERROCYANIDE K 4 

Fe(CN) 6 

.3H 2 

O 100 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 

100 2 1 1 

- FLUORIDE KF sat 25 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 

100 

- HYDROXIDE KOH ≤60 25 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 

60 2 1 1 2 1 3 

100 1 3 1 

- NITRATE KNO 3 

sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 1 

100 1 1 



Materials.21



- PERBORATE KBO 3 

all 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 

100 

- PERMANGANATE KMnO 4 

10 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 2 1 

100 

- PERSULPHATE K 2 

S 2 

O 8 

nd 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 

100 

- SULPHATE K 2 

SO 4 

sat 25 1 1 1 2 1 

60 1 1 1 1 3 

100 

PROPANE C 3 

H 8 

100 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

- GAS 60 1 

100 

- LIQUID 100 25 1 2 2 1 1 1 3 1 

60 1 

100 

PROPYL ALCOHOL C 3 

H 7 

OH 100 25 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 1 

100 

PYRIDINE CH(CHCH) 2 

N nd 25 3 1 2 1 3 3 3 3 

60 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 

100 

RAIN WATER 100 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

100 1 1 1 1 1 

SEA WATER 100 25 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

100 1 1 1 1 1 

SILICIC ACID H 2 

SiO 3 

all 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 

100 

SILICONE OIL nd 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 3 2 1 

100 

SILVER AgCN all 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 

- CYANIDE 60 1 1 1 

100 

- NITRATE AgNO 9 

nd 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 1 

100 2 1 1 2 

- PLATING SOLUTION comm 25 1 1 1 1 

60 1 

100 

SOAP high 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

- AQUEOUS SOLUTION 60 2 1 

100 

SODIC LYE ≤60 25 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 

100 

SODIUM CH 3 

COONa 100 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 

- ACETATE 60 1 1 1 1 1 

100 1 1 1 

- BICARBONATE NaHCO 3 

nd 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 1 

100 1 1 1 1 

- BISULPHITE NaHSO 3 

100 25 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 3 

100 2 1 1 

- BROMIDE NaBr sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 3 

100 

- CARBONATE Na 2 

CO 3 

sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 2 

100 2 


Materials.22 




- CHLORATE NaClO 3 

nd 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 2 1 

100 

- CHLORIDE NaCl dil 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 1 

100 

sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 1 

100 3 1 1 

- CYANIDE NaCN all 25 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 

100 

- FERROCYANIDE Na 4 

Fe(CN) 6 

sat 25 1 1 1 3 3 

60 1 1 

100 

- FLUORIDE NaF all 25 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 2 2 

100 3 

- HYDROXIDE NaOH 60 25 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 2 1 3 

100 1 3 1 3 

- HYPOCHLORITE NaOCl deb 25 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 

60 2 2 1 

100 

- HYPOSULPHITE Na 2 

S 3 

O 3 

nd 25 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 

100 

- NITRATE NaNO 3 

nd 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 

100 

- PERBORATE NaBO 3 

H 2 

O all 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 

100 

- PHOSPHATE di Na 2 

HPO 4 

all 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 

100 1 1 1 

- PHOSPHATE tri Na 3 

PO 4 

all 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 1 

100 1 1 1 1 

- SULPHATE Na 2 

SO 4 

dil 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 

100 

sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 

100 

- SULPHIDE Na 2 

S dil 25 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 2 

100 

sat 25 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 2 1 

100 

- SULPHITE NaSO 3 

sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 2 1 

100 

STANNIC CHLORIDE SnCl 4 

sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 

100 

STANNOUS CHLORIDE SnCl 2 

dil 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 

100 

STEARIC ACID CH 3 

(CH 2 

) 16 

CO 2 

H 100 25 1 2 1 1 1 1 

60 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 

100 

SUGAR SYRUP high 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 

100 



Materials.23



SULPHUR S 100 25 1 1 1 1 3 1 

60 2 1 1 

100 

- DIOXIDE AQUEOUS SO 2 

sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 

60 2 3 

100 

- DIOXIDE DRY all 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 

100 3 1 1 

- DIOXIDE LIQUID 100 25 2 1 3 1 

60 3 2 3 

100 

- TRIOXIDE SO 3 

100 25 2 3 3 1 2 

60 2 3 3 

100 

SULPHURIC ACID H 2 

SO 4 

≤10 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

100 1 1 1 2 1 1 

≤75 25 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 

60 2 2 2 1 3 1 

100 2 1 2 3 2 1 

≤90 25 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 2 2 1 1 

100 3 1 3 1 

≤96 25 2 2 3 1 1 2 1 

60 3 2 3 2 3 3 

100 3 3 3 3 

- FUMING all 25 2 3 3 3 1 

60 3 3 3 3 

100 3 3 3 

- NITRIC AQUEOUS H 2 

SO 4 

+HNO 3 

+H 2 

0 48/49/3 25 1 3 3 1 

SOLUTION 60 2 3 3 1 

100 3 1 

50/50/0 25 2 3 3 1 1 

60 3 3 3 1 1 

100 3 1 

10/20/70 25 1 2 2 

60 1 2 2 

100 

TALLOW EMULSION comm 25 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 2 2 

100 

TANNIC ACID C 14 

H 10 

O 9 

10 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 

100 

TARTARIC ACID HOOC(CHOH) 2 

COOH all 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 1 2 

100 

TETRACHLORO CHCl 2 

CHCl 2 

nd 25 3 2 2 1 3 2 

- ETHANE 60 3 3 3 2 

100 

- ETHYLENE CCl 2 

CCl 2 

nd 25 3 2 2 1 

60 3 3 3 

100 

TETRAETHYLLEAD Pb(C 2 

H 5 

) 4 

100 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 

100 

TETRAHYDROFURAN C 4 

H 8 

O all 25 3 2 2 1 3 3 3 2 

60 3 3 3 2 3 3 

100 3 3 3 3 

THIONYL CHLORIDE SOCl 3 

25 3 3 3 3 3 1 

60 

100 

THIOPHENE C 4 

H 4 

S 100 25 3 2 2 3 3 

60 3 2 3 3 

100 


Materials.24 




TOLUENE C 6 

H 5 

CH 3 

100 25 3 2 2 1 3 3 3 2 

60 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 

100 3 1 3 3 3 

TRANSFORMER OIL nd 25 1 1 1 3 1 

60 2 2 2 

100 

TRICHLOROACETIC CCl 3 

COOH ≤50 25 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 

ACID 60 3 2 1 2 3 

100 

TRICHLOROETHYLENE Cl 2 

CCHCl 100 25 3 2 3 1 3 3 3 1 

60 3 2 3 1 3 3 

100 

TRIETHANOLAMINE N(CH 2 

CH 2 

OH) 2 

100 25 2 1 1 3 2 2 2 1 

60 3 3 

100 

TURPENTINE 100 25 2 2 3 1 1 

60 2 3 3 

100 

UREA CO(NH 2 

) 2 

≤10 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 

AQUEOUS SOLUTION 60 2 1 1 1 2 

100 

33 25 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 

100 

URINE nd 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 

100 

URIC ACID C 5 

H 4 

N 4 

O 3 

10 25 1 1 

60 2 2 

100 

VASELINE OIL 100 25 1 1 1 1 3 1 

60 3 2 2 1 3 

100 

VINYL ACETATE CH 3 

CO 2 

CHCH 2 

100 25 3 1 3 2 1 

60 3 3 3 

100 3 3 

WHISKY comm 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 

100 

WINES comm 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 

100 1 

WINE VINEGAR comm 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 2 1 1 1 1 1 

100 1 1 1 

ZINC ZnCl 2 

dil 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

- CHLORIDE 60 1 1 1 1 

100 

sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 

100 2 1 1 

- CHROMATE ZnCrO 4 

nd 25 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 

100 

- CYANIDE Zn(CN) 2 

all 25 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 

100 

- NITRATE Zn(NO 3 

) 2 

nd 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 

100 

- SULPHATE ZnSO 4 

dil 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 

100 

sat 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

60 1 1 1 1 1 

100 



Materials.25


Material 

Performance 

Aspects 

Abrasion Resistance 

The transmission of solids in either 

liquid or gaseous carriers in PE pipelines 

results in abrasion of the internal pipe 

walls, especially at points of high 

turbulence such as bends or junctions. 

The high resistance to abrasion, 

flexibility, light weight, and robustness of 

Vinidex PE pipes, have led to their 

widespread use in applications such as 

transportation of slurries and mine 

tailings. 

Abrasion occurs as a result of friction 

between the pipe wall and the 

transported particles. 

The actual amount and rate of abrasion 

of the pipe wall is determined by a 

combination of: 

• the specific gravity of the solids 

• the solids content in the slurry 

• solid particle shape, hardness and 

size 

• fluid velocity 

• PE pipe material grade 

The interaction of these parameters 

means that any prediction of the rate of 

abrasion wear can only proceed where 

testing of wear rates has been performed 

on the specific slurry under the proposed 

operational conditions. 

Under varying test conditions the relative 

ranking of different pipe materials may 

change, and where possible testing 

should be performed. 

Abrasion (mm) 

4.5 

4.0 

3.5 

3.0 

2.5 

2.0 

1.5 

1.0 

0.5 

0 

0 200 400 600 

Number of Load Cycles (000) 

Figure 2.2 

Comparative Abrasion 

Rates of Pipe Materials 

Asbestos 

Cement 

Fibreglass 

Concrete 

Vit Clay 

PVC 

HDPE 

A comprehensive collection of case 

history data has been assembled by 

Vinidex design engineers for particular 

applications, and this information is 

available on request. 

In general terms, PE pipes have superior 

abrasion resistance to steel, ductile iron, 

FRP, asbestos and fibre reinforced 

cement pipes, providing a more cost 

effective solution for abrasive slurry 

installations. 

Laboratory test programs have been 

performed in the UK, Germany and USA 

to obtain relative wear comparisons for 

various materials using sliding and 

rotating pipe surfaces. 

The results of test programs using the 

Darmstadt (Germany) method of 

Kirschmer and reported by Meldt 

(Hoechst AG) for a slurry of quartz sand/ 

gravel water with a solids content 46% 

by volume and a flow velocity of 0.36m/s 

are shown in Figure 2.2. 

These were performed across a range of 

materials and show the excellent 

abrasion resistance of PE pipe materials. 

Similarly, Boothroyde and Jacobs (BHRA 

PR 1448) performed closed loop tests 

using iron ore slurry in a concentration 

range of 5 to 10% and ranked PE ahead 

of mild steel and asbestos cement in 

abrasion resistance. 

For most grades, the difference in 

abrasion resistance between MDPE 

(PE80B) and HDPE (PE80C and PE100) 

is not significant. However, Vinidex 

offers grades which are specifically 

selected to maximise abrasion 

resistance, whilst also maximising 

pressure rating and crack growth 

resistance. 

The design of fittings involving change of 

flow direction is critical in slurry lines. 

The lower the rate of change of direction, 

the lower the abrasion rate. For bends, a 

large centreline radius must be used. 

Where possible, a radius of at least 20 

times the pipe diameter should be used, 

along with a long straight lead-in length 

containing no joints. 

In practice, the effective lifetime of the 

PE pipeline can be increased by using 

demountable joints to periodically rotate 

the PE pipe sections to distribute the 

abrasion wear evenly around the 

circumference of the pipe. 

Materials.26 



Weathering 

Weathering of plastics occurs by a 

process of surface degradation, or 

oxidation, due to a combined effect of 

ultra violet radiation, increased 

temperature, and moisture when pipes 

are stored in exposed locations. 

All Vinidex PE pipe systems contain 

antioxidants, stabilisers and pigments to 

provide protection under Australian 

construction conditions. 

Black PE pipes contain carbon black 

which act as both a pigment and an ultra 

violet stabiliser, and these pipes require 

no additional protection for external 

storage and use. 

Other colours such as white, blue, yellow 

or lilac do not possess the same stability 

as the black pigmented systems and the 

period of exposure should be limited to 

one year for optimum retention of 

properties. With these colour systems 

the external surface oxidation layers 

develop at a faster rate than those in 

carbon black stabilised PE pipes. 

For exposure periods longer than one 

year, additional protection such as 

covering should be adopted. 

Permeation 

Permeation of PE pipe systems from 

external sources may occur when the 

surrounding soils are contaminated. 

Organic compounds of the non polar, 

low molecular type are those which 

permeate most rapidly through the PE 

pipe walls. Accordingly, where materials 

such as aliphatic hydrocarbons, 

chlorinated hydrocarbons and alkylated 

benzenes are encountered, consideration 

to impermeable ducting should be given. 

Where contamination is suspected, soil 

sampling should be performed and in the 

case of potable water transmission lines, 

protection to the PE pipes should be 

provided where contamination is found. 

Food Contact Applications 

Where the pipeline system is used for 

food processing or transport purposes, 

Vinidex PE pipes can be supplied using 

PE materials complying with AS 2070 - 

Plastics for Use in Food Contact 

Applications. In these applications the 

advice of Vinidex engineers should be 

obtained as to the effect of the system 

on food quality, and the most appropriate 

jointing systems to prevent detention of 

the food materials through the pipe 

system. 

Biological Resistance 

PE pipes may be subject to damage 

from biological sources such as ants or 

rodents. The resistance to attack is 

determined by the hardness of the PE 

used, the geometry of the PE surfaces, 

and the conditions of the installation. 

Small diameter irrigation applications 

using LDPE materials may be attacked 

by ants or termites due to the relatively 

thin wall sections and the hardness of 

the LDPE. In these instances the source 

of the ants should be treated by normal 

insecticide techniques. 

Both MDPE and HDPE material types 

have a higher hardness value than LDPE, 

and together with the thicker pipe wall 

sections used in PE63, PE80, and PE100 

applications provide a generally resistant 

solution. In small diameter pipes, the 

thin wall sections may be damaged by 

termites in extreme cases. 

However damage often ascribed to 

termite attack in PE has subsequently 

been found to be due to other sources of 

mechanical damage. 

PE pipe systems are generally unaffected 

by biological organisms in both land, and 

marine applications, and the paraffinic 

nature of the PE pipe surfaces retards 

the build up of marine growths in 

service. 


Materials.27

applications 

contents 

Summary 3 

Typical Applications 4 

Water Supply 4 

Mine Tailings and Slurry Lines 4 

Above Ground Pipelines 4 

Gas Distribution 5 

Submarine Pipelines 5 

Relining & Rehabilitation 5 

Industrial and Chemical Pipelines 6 

Compressed Air 6 

DWV Drainage and Trade Waste 6 

Stormwater Drainage 7 

Communications 7 

Protective Conduits for Cables 7 

Rural and Irrigation 8 

Driplines 8 

Aquaculture – Fish Cages 8 

PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems PE Pipe Systems 

Applications.1

applications 





























publication. 














ABN 42 000 664 942 

Applications.2 


applications 

Summary 

The success and the continued high level 

of growth in the application of 

polyethylene for piping systems has not 

come about by chance. Polyethyene 

systems offer significant advantages 

over ‘traditional’ iron, steel and cement 

systems. 

Primarily, the material is free from 

corrosion in all ground conditions and its 

flexibility allows it to withstand ground 

movement. Corrosion and joint leakage 

are prevalent in iron and cement 

systems, usually within desired lifetimes. 

Polyethylene offers the solution to 

avoiding the premature failure of 

pipelines in such materials. 

Polyethylene is basically chemically inert 

and therefore, unlike iron or cement, will 

be unaffected by acidic soil conditions or 

other corrosion inducing conditions. No 

protective layers or finishing processes 

are required, thus avoiding additional 

expense and further potential risk of 

failure. 

The flexibility of polyethylene is a key 

property which has greatly enhanced the 

value of the material to the pipeline 

engineer. Apart from the value in 

allowing substantial cost savings during 

installation, a polyethylene system has 

an inherent resistance to the effects of 

ground movement from temperature 

fluctuation or instability. Polyethylene 

gas and water systems have been the 

only systems to survive major 

earthquakes such as those which 

occurred in Kobe, Japan in 1995. 

Polyethylene systems can be fusion 

welded, so unlike rubber ring type joints 

or other mechanical systems, there is no 

risk of leakage as a result of joint 

distortion. Systems are fully end load 

bearing and costly anchorage is not 

required at junctions and bends. Root 

penetration is not a problem. 

The flexibility of PE pipe allows it to be 

coiled and supplied in long lengths, 

avoiding frequent joints and fittings. This 

flexibility and low weight has also 

resulted in the development of cost 

saving installation techniques reducing 

disturbance to the public and the 

environment. Long lengths can be pulled 

through holes below the ground bored 

by mechanical moles, avoiding the need 

for open cut trenches. The material lends 

itself readily to renovation by insertion as 

a lining into old, leaking pipelines, 

offering further cost saving solutions to 

the water and gas engineer. 

The low friction bores are not subject to 

scale buildup. The material is biologically 

inert. Polyethylene can be colour coded 

to suit the end application. Typically blue 

for water and yellow for gas, or by colour 

stripes on black pipe. 

The polyethylene pipeline system has 

been developed as an integrated pipe 

and fitting system. It has a track record 

of high reliability over a period now 

approaching 50 years. There is no cost 

penalty in obtaining these advantages, 

indeed the PE system is cost effective 

with a long maintenance free lifetime and 

low wholelife costs, and the installed 

system costs are often less than for 

traditional materials. 

To summarise, the principal advantages 

of polyethylene piping systems are: 

• Flexibility 

• Chemical resistance 

• Fusion welded jointing 

• Resistance to ground movement 

and end load 

• Cost effective installation techniques 

• High impact strength 

• Abrasion resistance 

• High flow capacity 

• Weathering resistance 

• Low whole life costs 

• Long lengths 


Applications.3

applications 

Water Supply 

• Long life, corrosion resistant 

• High water quality 

10kms of 450mm PE100 pipe delivers 

water to Stratford Power Station, New 

Zealand. 

Mine Tailings & 

Slurry Lines 

• Abrasion and UV resistance 


PE pipes are an ideal solution for slurry 

systems, pit dewatering and chemical 

treatment applications in mining 

operations. 

Above Ground 

Pipelines 

• Ultra-violet (UV) resistance 


PE pipe is widely used in above ground 

applications, particularly in demanding 

conditions typical of mining and rural 

regions. 



applications 

Gas Distribution 

• Long life 

• Corrosion resistance 

A new 250mm gas main installed in 

Melbourne’s CBD did not greatly 

interfere with traffic or pedestrians, as 

installation time was reduced by 40%. 

Submarine Pipelines 

• Lightweight , corrosion resistance 

• Superior flow characteristics 

A 1000mm seamless effluent PE pipeline 

was floated and then sunk into place on 

this Gold Coast river bed. 

Relining & Rehabilitation 

• Long lengths and minimal disruption 


Sliplining and pipe bursting with long 

lengths of PE pipes provide minimal 

disruption to existing water and sewer 

systems and the local community. 


Applications.5

applications 

Industrial & 

Chemical Pipelines 

• A range of fittings solutions 

• Excellent chemical resistance 

PE pipe systems are installed in difficult 

to access industrial situations. 

Compressed Air 

• Easy, clean, quick & safe installation 


Vinidexair high strength PE piping 

system is a proven performer in 

industries requiring compressed air 

lines. 

DWV Drainage 

& Trade Waste 

• Smooth bore 

• Excellent chemical and abrasion 

resistance 

PE pipe is increasingly used for 

transporting industrial, laboratory and 

trade waste. 



applications 

Stormwater Drainage 

• Resistance to ground movement 

• Ease of on-site jointing of large 

diameter pipe 

1000mm PE pipes were joined above 

ground and hands-free lowered into an 8 

metre trench in unstable ground with 

heavy gases present. 

Communications 


• Long coil lengths 

Cablecon conduit is a value-added 

ducting solution supplied pre-lubricated 

and with a pre-installed draw rope. 

Protective Conduits 

for Cables 


• Durability 

Nearly 14kms of PE pipe was specified 

as Cable Sheathing in the landmark 

Anzac Bridge, Sydney. 


Applications.7

applications 

Rural and Irrigation 

• High resistance to impact and 

weathering 

• Flexibility and ease of jointing 

PE pipes are widely used for stock 

watering, watermains, irrigation systems 

and reticulation of elevated temperature 

artesian bore water. 

Dripline 

• Water efficient 

• Cost effective long term irrigation 

Ecodrip regular and pressure 

compensated (PC) dripline: available in a 

variety of wall thicknesses for crops 

including grapes, olives, vegetables, 

orchards, flowers, sugar cane, cotton etc. 

Aquaculture – Fish Cages 

• Flexibility and ease of fabrication 


Salmon farming cages in Tasmania 

utilise the flotation properties of PE pipe. 



d e s i g n 

contents 

Pipe Selection 3 

Pipe Dimensions 4 

Allowable Operating Pressure 5 

Temperature Influences 7 

Service Lifetimes 7 

Pipe Design for Variable Operating Conditions 8 

E Modulus 10 

Selection of Wall Thickness for Special Applications 10 

Hydraulic Design 11 

Flow Chart Worked Examples 13 

Part Full Flow 15 

Resistance Coefficients 16 

Flow Charts 17-26 

Surge and Fatigue 27 

Celerity 28 

Slurry Flow 29 

Pipe Wear 30 

Maintenance and Operation 31 

Fittings 31 

Pneumatic Flow 32 

System Design Guidelines for the Selection of Vinidexair Compressed Air Pipelines 33 

Expansion And Contraction 35 

External Pressure Resistance 36 

Trench Design 37 

Allowable Bending Radius 38 

Deflection Questionnaire – FAX BACK 39 

Deflection Questionnaire – Vinidex locations 40 

Thrust Block Supports 41 

Electrical Conductivity 43 

Vibration 43 

Heat Sources 43 


Design.1

d e s i g n 





























publication. 














ABN 42 000 664 942 

Design.2 


d e s i g n 

Pipe Selection 

Vinidex PE pipes are available in a 

comprehensive range of sizes up to 

1000mm diameter, and pressure classes 

in accordance with the requirements of 

AS/NZS 4130 - Polyethylene (PE) pipes 

for pressure applications. 

Additional sizes and pressure classes to 

AS/NZS 4130 requirements are added 

from time to time and subject to 

minimum quantity requirements, pipes 

made to specific sizes, lengths or 

pressure classes are available. 

Table 4.1 Comparison of SDR & Pressure Ratings (PN) 

SDR 41 33 26 21 17 13.6 11 9 7.4 

PE80 PN3.2 PN4 - PN6.3 PN8 PN10 PN12.5 PN16 PN20 

PE100 PN4 - PN6.3 PN8 PN10 PN12.5 PN16 PN20 PN25 

Notes: 

PE Long term rupture stress at 20°C (MPa x 10) to which a minimum design factor 

is applied to obtain the 20°C hydrostatic design hoop stress. 

PN Pipe pressure rating at 20°C (MPa x10). 

SDR Nominal ratio of outside diameter to wall thickness. 

The Standard AS/NZS 4130 includes a 

range of PE material designations based 

on the Minimum Required Stress (MRS), 

and classified as PE63, PE80, and 

PE100. When pipes are made to the 

same dimensions, but from different 

rated PE materials, then the pipes will 

have different pressure ratings. 

The relationship between the dimensions 

of the pipes, the PE material 

classification and the working pressure 

rating are as shown in Table 4.1. 

For simplicity, the dimensions of the pipe 

have been referred in terms of the 

Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR) where: 

SDR = 

Outside Diameter 

Wall Thickness 


Design.3

Design.4 


Polyethylene Pipe Dimensions (based on AS/NZS 4130-1997, Polyethylene pipes for pressure applications.) 

Nominal 

Size Min. Wall 

DN Thickness 

(mm) 

SDR 41 SDR 33 SDR 26 SDR 21 SDR 17 SDR 13.6 SDR 11 SDR 9 SDR 7.4 

Mean Min. Wall Mean Min. Wall Mean Min. Wall Mean Min. Wall Mean Min. Wall Mean Min. Wall Mean Min. Wall Mean Min. Wall 

I.D. Thickness I.D. Thickness I.D. Thickness I.D. Thickness I.D. Thickness I.D. Thickness I.D. Thickness I.D. Thickness 

(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 

16 1.6 13 1.6 13 1.6 13 1.6 13 1.6 13 1.6 13 1.6 13 1.8 12 2.2 11 

20 1.6 17 1.6 17 1.6 17 1.6 17 1.6 17 1.6 17 1.9 16 2.3 15 2.8 14 

25 1.6 22 1.6 22 1.6 22 1.6 22 1.6 22 1.9 21 2.3 20 2.8 19 3.5 18 

32 1.6 29 1.6 29 1.6 29 1.6 29 1.9 28 2.4 27 2.9 26 3.6 24 4.4 23 

40 1.6 37 1.6 37 1.6 37 1.9 36 2.4 35 3.0 34 3.7 32 4.5 31 5.5 28 

50 1.6 47 1.6 47 2.0 46 2.4 45 3.0 44 3.7 42 4.6 40 5.6 38 6.9 35 

63 1.6 60 2.0 59 2.4 58 3.0 57 3.8 55 4.7 53 5.8 51 7.1 48 8.6 45 

75 1.9 71 2.3 70 2.9 69 3.6 67 4.5 66 5.5 63 6.8 61 8.4 58 10.3 53 

90 2.2 86 2.8 84 3.5 83 4.3 81 5.4 78 6.6 76 8.2 73 10.1 69 12.3 65 

110 2.7 105 3.4 103 4.3 101 5.3 99 6.6 96 8.1 93 10.0 89 12.3 84 15.1 78 

125 3.1 119 3.9 117 4.8 115 6.0 113 7.4 110 9.2 106 11.4 101 14.0 96 17.1 89 

140 3.5 133 4.3 131 5.4 129 6.7 126 8.3 123 10.3 118 12.7 114 15.7 108 19.2 99 

160 4.0 152 4.9 150 6.2 148 7.7 144 9.5 140 11.8 136 14.6 130 17.9 123 21.9 114 

180 4.4 171 5.5 169 6.9 166 8.6 163 10.7 158 13.3 153 16.4 145 20.1 138 24.6 128 

200 4.9 190 6.2 188 7.7 184 9.6 180 11.9 175 14.7 170 18.2 162 22.4 154 27.3 143 

225 5.5 215 6.9 211 8.6 207 10.8 203 13.4 198 16.6 191 20.5 183 25.1 173 30.8 161 

250 6.2 238 7.7 235 9.6 230 11.9 225 14.8 219 18.4 212 22.7 203 27.9 192 34.2 179 

280 6.9 267 8.6 263 10.7 258 13.4 253 16.6 246 20.6 238 25.4 228 31.3 215 38.3 200 

315 7.7 300 9.7 296 12.1 290 15.0 285 18.7 278 23.2 268 28.6 256 35.2 242 43.0 226 

355 8.7 338 10.9 333 13.6 328 16.9 320 21.1 311 26.1 301 32.2 289 39.6 273 48.5 255 

400 9.8 380 12.3 376 15.3 370 19.1 362 23.7 351 29.4 340 36.3 326 44.7 307 54.6 287 

450 11.0 429 13.8 422 17.2 415 21.5 406 26.7 395 33.1 382 40.9 366 50.2 347 61.5 322 

500 12.3 476 15.3 470 19.1 462 23.9 452 29.6 440 36.8 424 45.4 407 55.8 384 - - 

560 13.7 534 17.2 526 21.4 518 26.7 506 33.2 494 41.2 475 50.8 455 - - - - 

630 15.4 600 19.3 592 24.1 582 30.0 570 37.3 554 46.3 535 57.2 512 - - - - 

710 17.4 676 21.8 667 27.2 656 33.9 641 42.1 624 52.2 603 - - - - - - 

800 19.6 762 24.5 752 30.6 739 38.1 723 47.4 704 58.8 679 - - - - - - 

900 22.0 858 27.6 846 34.4 831 42.9 814 53.5 791 - - - - - - - - 

1000 24.5 953 30.6 940 38.2 924 47.7 904 59.3 880 - - - - - - - - 

SDR – Nominal ratio of outside diameter to wall thickness. ID – internal diameter 

Mean 

I.D. 

(mm) 

Table 4.2 PE Pipe Dimensions AS/NZS 4130 

Pipe Dimensions 

d e s i g n

d e s i g n 

Allowable 

Operating Pressure 

Hydrostatic Design Basis 

Vinidex pipes manufactured to AS/NZS 

4130, Series 1 have wall thickness and 

pressure ratings determined by the 

Barlow formula as follows: 

Table 4.3 Hydrostatic Design Stress and 

Minimum Required Strength – Values 

Material Designation Minimum Required Strength Hydrostatic Design Stress 

(MRS) MPa 

(S) MPa 

PE63 5.0 6.3 



T = 

PD 

2S + P 

T = minimum wall thickness 

P = normal working pressure 

of pipe 

D = minimum mean OD 

S = hydrostatic design stress 

at 20°C 

See Table 4.2. 

(mm) 

(MPa) 

(mm) 

(MPa) 

Hydrostatic Design Stress 

The design of AS/NZS 4130 pipes has 

been based on the static working 

pressure operating continuously at the 

maximum value for the entire lifetime of 

the pipeline. 

The value of maximum hoop stress used 

in the selection of the pipe wall thickness 

is known as the Hydrostatic Design 

Stress (S). This value is dependent upon 

the type of PE material being used and 

the pipe material service temperature. In 

AS/NZS 4131, materials are classified for 

long term strength by the designation 

Minimum Required Strength (MRS). 

The MRS is the value resulting from 

extrapolation of short and long term 

tests to a 50 year point at 20°C. 

Note: See Figure 2.1 for typical stress 

regression curves. 

The Hydrostatic Design Stress (S) is 

obtained by application of a Design or 

Safety Factor (F) to the MRS. 


S = MRS 

F 

The specific value selected for the 

Design Factor depends on a number of 

variables, including the nature of the 

transmitted fluid, the location of the 

pipeline, and the risk of third party 

damage. 

The wall thickness values for Series 1 

pipes to AS/NZS 4130 were derived 

using a value of 1.25 for F, this being the 

minimum value applicable. 

AS/NZS 4131 specifics MRS values of 

6.3 MPa, 8.0 MPa and 10.0 MPa for the 

grades designated as PE63, PE80 and 

PE100 respectively. 

The relationship between the S and MRS 

standard values in AS/NZS 4131 is as 

shown in Table 4.3. 

These standard values are polymer 

dependent and long term properties for 

each pipe grade material are established 

by long term testing to the requirements 

of ISO/DIS 9080 by the polymer 

producers. Individual PE grades may 

exhibit different characteristics and PE 

materials can be provided with enhanced 

specific properties. In these cases the 


obtained. 

Maximum Allowable 

Operating Pressure 

MAOP = 

PN x 0.125 

F 

where 

MAOP is the maximum allowable 

operating pressure in MPa. 

PN is the pipe classification in 

accordance with AS/NZS 4130. 

F is the Design Factor. 

For example, if the minimum value of F is 

chosen (F = 1.25), a PN10 pipe will have 

a MAOP of 1.0 MPa at 20°C. 


Design.5

d e s i g n 

Where installation applications are used 

to carry fluids other than water, then 

another value of the Design Factor may 

need to be selected. The value selected 

will depend on both the nature of the 

fluid being carried and the location of the 

pipeline installation. For specific 

installations, the advice of Vinidex 

engineers should be obtained. 

In the case of gas pipes in AS/NZS 4130, 

both Series 2 and Series 3, a Design 

Factor ranging between F = 2.0 and 

F = 4.0 applies depending on the specific 

installation conditions; see Table 4.6. 

Table 4.4 

Typical Design Factors 

Pipeline Application 

Design Factor 

20°C F 

Water Supply 1.25 

Natural Gas 2.0 

Compressed Air 2.0 

LPG 2.2 

Where the Design Factor is varied, then 

the MAOP for the particular Series 1 pipe 

PN rating can be calculated as follows: 

MAOP = 

PN x 0.125 

F 

In the particular case of gas distribution, 

then the type of gas, and the pipeline 

installation conditions need to be 

considered. In this case the Design 

Factor is a combination of a number of 

sub factors (f x ) which must be factored 

together to give the final value for F such 

that: 

F = f 0 x f 1 x f 2 x f 3 x f 4 x f 5 

Table 4.5 PE Pipe Pressure Ratings 

PN Rating Number 

Nominal Working Pressure 

MPa 

Head Metres 

PN 3.2 0.32 32 

PN 4 0.40 40 

PN 6.3 0.63 63 

PN 8 0.80 80 

PN 10 1.00 100 

PN 12.5 1.25 125 

PN 16 1.60 160 

PN 20 2.00 200 

PN 25 2.50 250 

Table 4.6 Design Factors – Gas Pipes 

Installation Conditions Design Factor Value 

Fluid type Natural Gas f0 2.0 

LPG 2.2 

Pipe Form Straight length f1 1.0 

Coils 1.2 

Soil Temperature (Av. °C) -10 < t < 0 f2 1.2 

0 < t < 20 1.0 

20 < t < 30 1.1 

30 < t < 35 1.3 

Designation Distribution f3 1.0 

Transport 0.9 

Rapid Crack Resistance f4 1.0 

Population density & area loading 

Open field f5 0.9 

Less trafficed roads in inbuilt areas 1.05 

Heavy trafficed roads in inbuilt areas 1.15 

Roads in populated area 1.20 

Roads in industrial area 1.25 

Private area habitation 1.05 

Private area industry 1.20 

Note: Where factor values are not listed, consult with Vinidex engineers for 

recommendations. 

Design.6 


d e s i g n 

Temperature 

Influences 

The physical properties of Vinidex PE 

pipes are related to a standard reference 

temperature of 20°C. Where physical 

property values are quoted to ISO and 

DIN Standard test methods, these are for 

the 20°C condition, unless otherwise 

quoted. Wherever PE pipelines operate at 

elevated temperatures, the pressure 

ratings (PN) must be revised. 

The temperature to be considered for the 

re rating is the pipe material service 

temperature, and the actual operating 

conditions for each specific installation 

must be evaluated. 

For long length installations a 

temperature gradient will exist along the 

length of the pipe line. This gradient will 

be dependent upon site conditions, and 

the fluid being carried will approach the 

ambient temperature of the surrounds. 

The rate of temperature loss will be 

determined by inlet temperature, fluid 

flow rate, soil conductivity, ambient 

temperature and depth of burial. As 

these factors are specific to each 

installation, the temperature gradient 

calculations are complex and in order to 

assist the designer, Vinidex have 

developed computer software to predict 

the temperature gradient along the 

pipeline. 

This is available on request to Vinidex 

design engineers. 

The grades of PE specified in AS/NZS 

4131 are produced by different 

polymerisation methods, and as such 

have different responses to temperature 

variations. 

Pipe Classification (PN) is based on 

continuous operation at 20°C and the 

pressure rating will be reduced for 

higher temperatures. In addition, as PE 

is an oxidising material, the lifetime of 

some grades will be limited by elevated 

temperature operation. Table 4.7 gives 

temperature rerating data for Vinidex 

pipes made to AS/NZS 4130. 

In these tables, allowable working 

pressures are derived from ISO 13761* 

and assume continuous operation at the 

temperatures listed. 

Extrapolation limit is maximum allowable 

extrapolation time in years, based on 

data analysis in accordance with ISO/DIS 

9080**, and at least two years of test at 

80°C for PE80B and PE100. Actual 

product life may well be in excess of 

these values. 

The performance of compounds used in 

the manufacture of Vinidex pipes to 

AS/NZS 4130 has been verified by 

appropriate data analysis. 

In addition, Vinidex offers pipes made 

from specialised compounds for 

particular applications, such as elevated 

temperature use. 

Contact Vinidex engineers for special 

requirements. 

Note: 

* Plastics pipes and fittings – pressure 

reduction factors for polyethylene 

pipeline systems for use at 

temperatures above 20°C. 

** Plastics piping and ducting systems – 

determination of long-term 

hydrostatic strength of 

thermoplastics materials in pipe form 

by extrapolation. 

Service Lifetimes 

The design basis used in AS/NZS 4130 

for PN rating of PE pipes to determine 

the minimum wall thickness for each 

diameter and PN rating provides for the 

steady and continuous application of the 

maximum allowable working pressure 

over an arbitrary period of 50 years. 

The selection of the long term 

hydrostatic design stress value (HDS) is 

dependent on the specific grade of PE 

and the pipe material service 

temperature. For the grades of PE 

materials contained in AS/NZS 4131 

the specific values are contained in 

Table 4.3. 

As these values are polymer dependent, 

individual grades may exhibit different 

characteristics and materials can be 

provided with enhanced properties for 

crack resistance or elevated temperature 

performance. In these cases the advice 

of Vinidex design engineers should be 

obtained. 

Vinidex PE pipes are continually tested in 

combinations of elevated temperature 

(80°C water conditions) and pressure to 

ensure compliance with specification 

requirements. 

The adoption of a 50 year design life in 

AS/NZS 4130 to establish a value of the 

HDS is arbitrary, and does not relate to 

the actual service lifetime of the pipeline. 

Where pipelines are used for applications 

such as water supply, where economic 

evaluations such as present value 

calculations are performed, the lifetimes 

of PE lines designed and operated within 

the AS guidelines may be regarded as 

70–100 years for the purpose of the 

calculations. Any lifetime values beyond 

these figures are meaningless, as the 

assumptions made in other parts of the 

economic evaluations outweigh the 

effect of pipe lifetime. 


Design.7

d e s i g n 

Example 

Pipe Design for 

Variable 

Operational 

Conditions 

The following examples assist in the 

design and selection of polyethylene 

pipes for variable operating conditions 

Given Operating Conditions 

Pressure/Temperature/Time Relationship 

Determine 

Material 

Class of pipe 

Life 

Steps 

1. Assume a material 

2. Determine Class from 

Temperature Rating Table 4.7 

Note: For brief periods at elevated 

temperature it may be appropriate to 

decrease the safety factor to a value of x, 

i.e. multiply the working pressure by: 

125 . 

x 

3. By the following process, 

assess whether life is ‘used up’ 

For each combination of time and 

temperature, estimate the proportion of 

life ‘used up’ by using the time/ 

temperature relationships in the table. 

Pumped system normally working at a 

maximum head, including surge of 60m. 

At startup, the mean pipe wall 

temperature is 55°C, dropping to 35°C 

after 1 hour. Pump operation is for 10 

hours per day, with a system life of 15 

years. 

1. Assume PE 80B 

2. Determine Pipe Class 

The worst situation is operation at 55°C. 

From Table 4.7, PN10 pipe at 55°C has 

an allowable working head of 60m. 

PN10 pipe is therefore satisfactory. 

3. Determine Life 

Total time at 55°C 

= 1 x 365 x 15 = 5475h = 0.625y. 

From Table 4.7, L min for 55°C is 24 years, 

therefore proportion of time used is: 

0.625 

24 

Total time at 35°C 

= 9 x 365 x 15 = 49275h = 5.625y. 

From the table, L min for 35°C is 100 years, 

therefore proportion of time used is: 

5.625 

100 

= 0.026 = 2.6% 

= 0.056 = 5.6% 

Total proportion is 8.2% of life used in 

15 years (6.25 years actual operation). 

If the proportion is less than unity, the 

material is satisfactory. 

The data in the tables are obtained from 

the use of ISO 13761 and ISO/DIS 9080, 

and are appropriate for compounds 

typically used by Vinidex. 

Design.8 


d e s i g n 

Table 4.7 Temperature Rating Tables 

PE80B 

Extrapolation 

Permissible System Operating Head (m) 

Temp Limit PN 3.2 PN 4 PN 6.3 PN 8 PN 10 PN 12.5 PN 16 PN20 

°C Years 

20 200 32 40 63 80 100 125 160 200 

25 100 30 38 59 75 94 117 150 188 

30 100 28 35 55 70 88 109 140 175 

35 100 26 32 50 64 80 100 128 160 

40 100 24 30 47 60 75 94 120 150 

45 60 22 28 44 56 70 88 112 140 

50 36 21 26 41 52 65 81 104 130 

55 24 19 24 38 48 60 75 96 120 

60 12 18 23 35 45 56 70 90 113 

65 8 17 21 33 42 53 66 84 105 

70 5 16 20 31 39 49 61 78 98 

75 2 14 18 28 36 45 56 72 90 

80 2 13 17 26 33 41 52 66 83 

PE80C 

Extrapolation 


Temp Limit PN 3.2 PN 4 PN 6.3 PN 8 PN 10 PN 12.5 PN 16 PN20 

°C Years 

20 50 32 40 63 80 100 125 160 200 

25 50 29 36 57 72 90 113 144 180 

30 30 26 33 51 65 81 102 130 163 

35 18 23 29 46 58 73 91 116 145 

40 12 20 25 39 50 63 78 100 125 

45 6 18 23 35 45 56 70 90 113 

PE100 

Extrapolation 


Temp Limit PN 3.2 PN 4 PN 6.3 PN 8 PN 10 PN 12.5 PN 16 PN20 PN25 

°C Years 

20 200 32 40 63 80 100 125 160 200 250 

25 100 30 38 59 75 94 117 150 188 233 

30 100 28 35 55 70 88 109 140 175 218 

35 100 26 32 50 64 80 100 128 160 200 

40 100 24 30 47 60 75 94 120 150 185 

45 60 22 28 44 56 70 88 112 140 175 

50 36 21 26 41 52 65 81 104 130 163 

55 24 19 24 38 48 60 75 96 120 150 

60 12 18 23 35 45 56 70 90 113 140 

65 8 17 21 33 42 53 66 84 105 130 

70 5 16 20 31 39 49 61 78 98 120 

75 2 14 18 28 36 45 56 72 90 113 

80 2 13 17 26 33 41 52 66 83 105 


Design.9

d e s i g n 

E Modulus 

The E modulus of polyethylene varies 

with temperature, duration of loading, 

stress, and the particular grade of 

material. 

However, in order to facilitate 

engineering calculations, it is generally 

appropriate to group materials into 

categories and adopt ‘typical’ values of E. 

Table 4.8 lists E values in MPa for 

PE80B (MDPE), PE80C (HDPE), and 

PE100 (HDPE). 

Selection of Wall 

Thickness for 

Special 

Applications 

For a required nominal diameter (DN) 

and working pressure, the necessary 

wall thickness for special applications 

may be calculated using the Barlow 

formula: 

Table 4.8 E Values (MPa) 

PE 80B 

Temp °C 3 min 1h 5h 24h 1y 20y 50y 

0 1050 830 740 650 410 320 300 

20 700 550 490 430 270 215 200 

40 530 410 370 320 200 160 150 

60 400 300 280 250 160 - - 

PE 80C 


0 1080 850 740 660 400 320 300 

20 750 590 520 460 280 220 205 

40 470 370 320 290 180 140 130 

60 210 170 150 130 80 - - 

PE 100 


0 1380 1080 950 830 520 410 380 

20 950 750 660 580 360 280 260 

40 700 550 490 430 270 210 190 

60 530 420 370 320 200 - - 

t 

= 

PDN . 

2. S + P 

where 

t = minimum wall thickness (mm) 

P = maximum working pressure (MPa) 

DN = nominal outside diameter (mm) 

S = design hoop stress (MPa) 

Example 

P = 900kPa = 0.9MPa 

DN = 630 

MRS = 10 (PE100) 

F = 1.25 

S 

MRS 

10 

= S = = 80 . MPa 

F 

125 . 

where 

F = design factor, 

typically 1.25 for water 

t 

= 

0. 

9 x630 

16 + 0. 

9 

= 33. 

6mm 

Design.10 


d e s i g n 

Hydraulic Design 

Design Basis 

Vinidex Polyethylene (PE) pipes offer 

advantages to the designer due to the 

smooth internal bores which are 

maintained over the working lifetime of 

the pipelines. The surface energy 

characteristics of PE inhibit the build up 

of deposits on the internal pipe surfaces 

thereby retaining the maximum bore 

dimensions and flow capacities. 

The flow charts presented in this section 

relate the combinations of pipe 

diameters, flow velocities and head loss 

with discharge of water in PE pipelines. 

These charts have been developed for 

the flow of water through the pipes. 

Where fluids other than water are being 

considered, the charts may not be 

applicable due to the flow properties of 

these different fluids. In these cases the 


obtained. 

There are a number of flow formulae in 

common use which have either a 

theoretical or empirical background. 

However, only the Hazen-Williams and 

Colebrook-White formulae are 

considered in this section. 

Hazen - Williams 

The original Hazen-Williams formula was 

published in 1920 in the form: 

v = C 1 r 0.63 s 0.54 0.001 -0.04 

where 

C 1 

= Hazen-Williams roughness 

coefficient 

r = hydraulic radius (ft) 

s = hydraulic gradient 

The variations inherent with diameter 

changes are accounted for by the 

introduction of the coefficient C 2 so that 

C 2 = C 1 r 0.02 

Adoption of a Hazen-Williams roughness 

coefficient of 155 results in the following 

relationship for discharge in Vinidex PE 

pipes 

Q = 4.03 x 10 -5 D 2.65 H 0.54 

where 

Q = discharge (litres/second) 

D = internal diameter (mm) 

H = head loss (metres/100 metres 

length of pipe) 

Flow charts for pipe systems using the 

Hazen - Williams formula have been in 

operation in Australia for over 30 years. 

The charts calculate the volumes of 

water transmitted through pipelines of 

various materials, and have been proven 

in practical installations. 

Colebrook - White 

The development from first principles of 

the Darcy-Weisbach formula results in 

the expression 

where 

H = 

f 

2 

fLv 

D2g 

= 64 

R 

and 

f = Darcy friction factor 

H = head loss due to friction (m) 

D = pipe internal diameter (m) 

L = pipe length (metres) 

v = flow velocity (m/s) 

g = gravitational acceleration 

(9.81 m/s 2 ) 

R = Reynolds Number 

This is valid for the laminar flow region 

(R 2000), however, as most pipe 

applications are likely to operate in the 

transition zone between smooth and full 

turbulence, the transition function 

developed by Colebrook-White is 

necessary to establish the relationship 

between f and R. 

f 

1 

⎛ k 251 . ⎞ 

=− 2log 

⎜ + ⎟ 

⎝37 

. D Rf ⎠ 

12 / 10 12 / 

where 

k = Colebrook-White roughness 

coefficient (m) 

The appropriate value for PE pipes is: 

k = 0.007 x 10 -3 m 

= 0.007 mm 

This value provides for the range of 

pipe diameters, and water flow 

velocities encountered in normal 

pipeline installations. 


Design.11

d e s i g n 

Flow Variations 

The flow charts presented for PE pipes 

are based on a number of assumptions, 

and variations to these standard 

conditions may require evaluation as to 

the effect on discharge. 

Water Temperature 

The charts are based on a water 

temperature of 20°C. A water 

temperature increase above this value, 

results in a decrease in viscosity of the 

water, with a corresponding increase in 

discharge ( or reduced head loss ) 

through the pipeline. 

An allowance of approximately 1% 

increase in the water discharge must be 

made for each 3°C increase in 

temperature above 20°C. Similarly, a 

decrease of approximately 1% in 

discharge occurs for each 3°C step 

below 20°C water temperature. 

Pipe Dimensions 

The flow charts presented in this section 

are based on mean pipe dimensions of 

Series 1 pipes made to AS/NZS 4130 PE 

pipes for Pressure applications. 

Surface Roughness 

The roughness coefficients adopted for 

Vinidex PE pipes result from 

experimental programs performed in 

Europe and the USA, and follow the 

recommendations laid down in 

Australian Standard AS2200 - Design 

Charts for Water Supply and Sewerage. 

Head Loss in Fittings 

Wherever a change to pipe cross section, 

or a change in the direction of flow 

occurs in a pipeline, energy is lost and 

this must be accounted for in the 

hydraulic design. 

Under normal circumstances involving 

long pipelines these head losses are 

small in relation to the head losses due 

to pipe wall friction. 

However, geometry and inlet/exit 

condition head losses may be significant 

in short pipe runs or in complex 

installations where a large number of 

fittings are included in the design. 

The general relationship for head losses 

in fittings may be expressed as: 

H = K ⎛V 2 ⎞ 

⎝ 

⎜ 2g 

⎟ 

⎠ 

where 

H = head loss (m) 

V = velocity of flow (m/s) 

K = head loss coefficient 

g = gravitational acceleration 

(9.81 m/s 2 ) 

The value of the head loss coefficient K 

is dependent on the particular geometry 

of each fitting, and values for specific 

cases are listed in Table 4.9. 

The total head loss in the pipeline 

network is then obtained by adding 

together the calculations performed for 

each fitting in the system, the head loss 

in the pipes, and any other design head 

losses. 

Worked Example 

What is the head loss occurring in a 

250mm equal tee with the flow in the 

main pipeline at a flow velocity of 2 m/s 

H = K ⎛V 2 ⎞ 

⎝ 

⎜ 2g 

⎟ 

⎠ 

where 

K = 0.35 (Table 4.9) 

V = 2 m/s 

g = 9.81 m/s 

035 . × 2 

H = 

2× 

9. 

81 

If the total system contains 15 tees 

under the same conditions, then the total 

head loss in the fittings is 15 x 0.07 = 

1.05 metres. 

2 

Design.12 


d e s i g n 

Flow Chart 

Worked Examples 

Example 1 - Gravity Main 

(refer Figure 4.1) 

A flow of water of 32 litres/second is 

required to flow from a storage tank 

located on a hill 50 metres above an 

outlet. The tank is located 4.5 km away 

from the outlet. 

Hence the information available is : 

Q = 32 l/s 

Head available = 50 metres 

Length of pipeline = 4500 metres 

Minimum PN rating of pipe available to 

withstand the 50 m static head is PN6.3. 

Head loss per 100 m length of pipe is : 

50 

100 1 11 100 

4500 x m m 

Use Table 4.1 to select the SDR rating of 

PN6.3 class pipes in both PE80, and 

PE100 materials. 

PE80 Material Option 

PE80 PN6.3 pipe is SDR 21. 

Use the SDR 21 flow chart, read 

intersection of discharge line at 32 l/s 

and head loss line at 1.11m/100m of 

pipe. Select the next largest pipe size. 

This results in a DN200 mm pipe 

diameter. 

PE100 Material Option 

PE100 PN6.3 pipe is SDR 26. 

Use the SDR26 flow chart, read the 

intersection of discharge line at 32 l/s 

and head loss line at 1.11m/100m of 

pipe. Select the next largest pipe size. 

This results in a DN180 mm pipe 

diameter. 

Hence for this application, there are two 

options available, either : 

1. DN 200 PE80 PN6.3 or 

2. DN 180 PE100 PN6.3 

= . / Figure 4.1 Gravity Flow Example 

Maximum difference 

in water level 

50m 

Storage 

tank 

Discharge 

4,500m of 

Vinidex PE Pipe 


Design.13

d e s i g n 

Example 2 - Pumped Main 

(refer Figure 4.2) 

A line is required to provide 20 litres/ 

second of water from a dam to a high 

level storage tank located 5000 metres 

away. The tank has a maximum water 

elevation of 100 m and the minimum 

water elevation in the dam is 70 m. 

The maximum flow velocity is required to 

be limited to 1.0 metres/second to 

minimise water hammer effects. 

The maximum head required at the pump 

= static head + pipe friction head 

+ fittings form loss 

1. Static head 

= 100 - 70 = 30 m 

2. Pipe friction head 

Considering the data available, start with 

a PN6.3 class pipe. 

3. Fittings head losses 

v 

Velocity Head = 

2g 

From Figure 4.2, identify the type and 

number of different fittings used in the 

pipeline. Select the appropriate form 

factor value K for each fitting type from 

Table 4.9. Then: 

Fitting Form Head Loss m 

Factor K 

Foot valve 15.0 15 x 0.05 = 0.75 

Gate valve 0.2 2 x 0.2 x 0.05 = 0.02 

Reflux valve 2.5 2.5 x 0.05 = 0.125 

90° elbow 1.1 4 x 1.1 x 0.05 = 0.220 

45° elbow 0.35 2 x 0.35 x 0.05 = 0.035 

Square outlet 1.0 1.0 x 0.05 = 0.050 

2 

2 

10 . 

= = 005 . 

2 x9. 

81 

4. Total pumping head 

= 30 + 25 + 1.2 = 56.2 m 

allow 57 m. 

Note: The example does not make any 

provision for surge allowance in 

pressure class selection. 

PE80 Option 

From Table 4.1, PE80 PN6.3 pipe is 

SDR21. 

Use the SDR 21 flow chart, find the 

intersection of the discharge line at 20 l/s 

and the velocity line at 1 m/s. Select the 

corresponding or next largest size of 

pipe. Where the discharge line intersects 

the selected pipe size, trace across to find 

the head loss per 100m length of pipe. 

This gives a value of 0.5m/100m. 

Calculate the total friction head loss in the 

pipe: 

05 . 

x 5000 = 25m 

100 

Total fittings head loss = 1.2 

Figure 4.2 Pumped Flow Example 

RL 100m 

Maximum difference 

in water level - 30m 

RL 70m 

Min Level 

of Dam 

Gate 

90° Valve 

Elbow 

Pump Gate 

Valve 2x90° 

Elbows 

Hinged Disc 

Foot Valve 

with Strainer 

Max Level of Tank 

Reflux Valve 

90° Elbow 

5,000m 

of Vinidex PE Pipe 

45° Elbow 

Storage Tank 

Square 

Outlet 

45° Elbow 

Then from the flow chart, estimate the 

velocity of flow 

This gives 1 m/s. 

Design.14 


d e s i g n 

Part Full Flow 

Non pressure pipes are designed to run 

full under anticipated peak flow 

conditions. However, for a considerable 

period the pipes run at less than full flow 

conditions and in these circumstances 

they act as open channels with a free 

fluid to air surface. 

In these instances consideration must be 

given to maintaining a minimum 

transport velocity to prevent deposition 

of solids and blockage of the pipeline. 

For pipes flowing part full, the most 

usual self cleansing velocity adopted for 

sewers is 0.6 metres/second. 

Example 3. Determine 

flow velocity and 

discharge under part full 

flow conditions 

Given gravity conditions: 

Pipe DN 200 PE80 PN6.3 

Mean Pipe ID 180 mm ( Refer Table XX 

PE pipe dimensions, or AS/NZS 4130 ) 

Gradient 1 in 100 

Depth of flow 80 mm 

Problem: 

Find flow and velocity 

Solution: 

Proportional Depth = 

Depth of flow 

Pipe ID 

80 

= = 044 . 

180 

From Figure 4.3 Part Full Flow, for a 

proportional depth of 0.44, the 

proportional discharge is 0.4 and the 

proportional velocity if 0.95. 

Refer to the Vinidex PE pipe flow chart 

for the SDR 21 pipe. 

For a gradient of 1 in 100 full flow is 

39 l/s and the velocity is 1.6 m/s. 

Then, for part full flow 

Discharge = 0.4 x 39 

= 15.6 l/s 

Velocity = 0.95 x 1.6 

= 1.52 m/s 

Figure 4.3 Part Full Flow 

1.0 

0.9 

0.8 

0.7 

Proportional Depth 

0.6 

0.5 

0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

Discharge 

Velocity 

0.1 

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 

Proportional Discharge & Velocity 


Design.15

d e s i g n 

Resistance Coefficients 

Table 4.9 Valves, Fittings and Changes in Pipe Cross-Section 

Fitting Type 

Pipe Entry Losses 

Square Inlet 0.50 

Re-entrant Inlet 0.80 

Slightly Rounded Inlet 0.25 

Bellmouth Inlet 0.05 

Pipe Intermediate Losses 

Elbows R/D < 0.6 45° 0.35 

90° 1.10 

K 

Fitting Type 

K 

Gradual Enlargements 

Ratio d/D q = 10° typical 

0.9 0.02 

0.7 0.13 

0.5 0.29 

0.3 0.42 

Gradual Contractions 

Ratio d/D q = 10° typical 

0.9 0.03 

0.7 0.08 

0.5 0.12 

0.3 0.14 

Valves 

Gate Valve (fully open) 0.20 

Long Radius Bends (R/D > 2) 11 1 / 4 ° 0.05 

22 1 / 2 ° 0.10 

45° 0.20 

90° 0.50 

Tees 

Reflux Valve 2.50 

Globe Valve 10.00 

(a) Flow in line 0.35 

(b) Line to branch flow 1.00 

Butterfly Valve (fully open) 0.20 

Sudden Enlargements 

Ratio d/D 

0.9 0.04 

0.8 0.13 

0.7 0.26 

0.6 0.41 

0.5 0.56 

0.4 0.71 

0.3 0.83 

0.2 0.92 

d e s i g n 

Flow Chart for Small Bore Polyethylene Pipe – DN16 to DN75 

(PE80B, PE80C Materials) 

Flow Chart for Small Bore Polyethylene Pipe – DN16 to DN75 (PE80B, PE80C Materials) 

3.0 

2.5 

2.0 

1.75 

1.5 

1.25 

1.0 

NOMINAL SIZE AND CLASS (DN/PN) 

16/16 

16/12.5 

20/16 

20/12.5 

25/16 

25/12.5 

25/10 

25/8 

63/8 

75/16 

75/12.5 

75/10 75/6.3 

75/8 

50/6.3 

63/16 

63/12.5 

63/10 

63/6.3 

50/16 

50/12.5 

50/10 

50/8 

40/8 

40/12.5 

40/10 

40/6.3 

32/8 

40/16 

32/12.5 

32/10 

32/6.3 

32/16 

NOMINAL SIZE AND CLASS (DN/PN) 

0.25 

0.5 

VELOCITY m/s 

Discharge - Litres per Second (L/s) 

Head Loss - Metres Head of Water per 100 metres of Pipe 


Design.17

d e s i g n 

Flow Chart for Polyethylene Pipe – SDR 41 

(PE80: PN3.2 & PE100: PN4) 

Flow Chart for Polyethylene Pipe – SDR 41 (PE80: PN3.2 & PE100: PN4) 

4.0 

3.0 

2.0 

110 

125 

140 

160 

180 

200 

225 

250 

280 

315 

355 

400 

450 

500 

560 

630 

710 

800 

900 

1000 

0.5 

1.5 

1.0 

NOMINAL SIZE 

0.25 

VELOCITY m/s 


90 

NOMINAL SIZE 


Design.18 



(PE80: PN4) 

d e s i g n 

1000 

NOMINAL SIZE 

Flow Chart for Polyethylene Pipe – SDR 33 (PE80: PN4) 

4.0 

3.0 

2.0 

1.5 

140 

160 

180 

200 

225 

250 

280 

315 

355 

0.5 

1.0 

400 

450 

500 

560 

630 

710 

800 

900 

0.25 

VELOCITY m/s 


125 

110 

NOMINAL SIZE 

90 



Design.19

d e s i g n 


(PE100: PN6.3) 

NOMINAL SIZE 

1000 

Flow Chart for Polyethylene Pipe – SDR 26 (PE100: PN6.3) 

4.0 

3.0 

2.0 

1.5 

140 

160 

180 

200 

225 

250 

280 

315 

355 

0.5 

1.0 

400 

450 

500 

560 

630 

710 

800 

900 

0.25 

VELOCITY m/sec 


125 

110 

NOMINAL SIZE 

90 


Design.20 




d e s i g n 


4.0 

3.0 

2.0 

1.5 

125 

140 

160 

180 

200 

225 

250 

280 

315 

355 

0.5 

1.0 

400 

450 

500 

560 

630 

710 

800 

900 

1000 

NOMINAL SIZE 

0.25 

VELOCITY m/s 


110 

NOMINAL SIZE 

90 



Design.21

d e s i g n 


(PE80: PN8 & PE100: PN10) 

Flow Chart for Polyethylene Pipe – SDR 17 (PE80: PN8 & PE100: PN10) 

4.0 

3.0 

2.0 

0.5 

1.5 

1.0 

125 

140 

160 

180 

200 

225 

250 

280 

315 

355 

400 

450 

500 

560 

630 

710 

800 

900 

NOMINAL SIZE 

0.25 

VELOCITY m/s 


110 

90 

NOMINAL SIZE 


Design.22 


d e s i g n 

Flow Chart for Polyethylene Pipe – SDR 13.6 

(PE80: PN10 & PE100: PN12.5) 

Flow Chart for Polyethylene Pipe – SDR 13.6 (PE80: PN10 & PE100: PN12.5) 

4.0 

3.0 

2.0 

0.5 

1.5 

1.0 

110 

125 

140 

160 

180 

200 

225 

250 

280 

315 

355 

400 

450 

500 

560 

630 

710 

800 

NOMINAL SIZE 

0.25 

VELOCITY m/s 


NOMINAL SIZE 

90 



Design.23

d e s i g n 




4.0 

3.0 

2.0 

1.5 

125 

140 

160 

180 

200 

225 

250 

280 

315 

355 

0.5 

1.0 

400 

450 

500 

560 

630 

710 

800 

NOMINAL SIZE 

0.25 

VELOCITY m/s 


110 

NOMINAL SIZE 

90 


Design.24 



(PE80: PN16 & PE100: PN20) 

d e s i g n 

Flow Chart for Polyethylene Pipe – SDR 9 (PE80: PN16 & PE100: PN20) 

4.0 

3.0 

2.0 

1.5 

NOMINAL SIZE 

VELOCITY m/s 


NOMINAL SIZE 

90 

110 

125 

140 

160 

180 

200 

225 

250 

280 

315 

355 

400 

450 

0.5 

1.0 

0.25 



Design.25

d e s i g n 

Flow Chart for Polyethylene Pipe – SDR 7.4 

(PE100: PN25) 

Flow Chart for Polyethylene Pipe – SDR 7.4 (PE100: PN25) 

4.0 

3.0 

2.0 

1.5 

110 

125 

140 

160 

180 

200 

225 

250 

280 

315 

355 

400 

450 

0.5 

1.0 

NOMINAL SIZE 

0.25 

VELOCITY m/s 


NOMINAL SIZE 

90 


Design.26 


d e s i g n 

Surge & Fatigue 

Surge, or ‘water hammer’, is a temporary 

change in pressure caused by a change 

in velocity of flow in the pipeline, 

whereas fatigue is the effect induced in 

the pipe or fitting by repeated surge 

events. 

For Vinidex PE pipes to AS/NZS 4130, 

operating under the following limitations, 

it is not necessary to make specific 

allowance for fatigue effects: 

(a) The maximum pressure in the pipe 

from all sources must be less than the 

pressure equivalent to the Classification 

of the pipe (PN). 

and 

(b) The amplitude between minimum and 

maximum pressure from all sources 

must not exceed the pressure equivalent 

to the Classification of the pipe (PN). 

Care must be taken to ensure that the 

minimum pressure does not reach a 

level that may result in vacuum collapse 

(see External Pressure Resistance, page 

Design.36). 

Surge may take the form of positive and/ 

or negative pressure pulses resulting 

from change of flow velocity, such as 

arising from valve or pump operation. 

Such changes of flow velocity lead to 

induced pressure waves in the pipeline. 

The velocity of the pressure wave, 

referred to as celerity (C), depends on 

the pipe material, pipe dimensions, and 

the liquid properties in accordance with 

the following relationship: 

⎡ ⎛ 

C= W 1 K + SDR ⎞ ⎤ 

⎢ ⎜ 

⎝ E 

⎟ ⎥ 

⎣ 

⎠ ⎦ 

t 

L 

= 2 

C 

P1= C. 

V 

t 

P = ⎡ P 

⎣ ⎢ ⎤ 

⎥ 

t c ⎦ 

2 1 

−0.5 

3 

x 10 m/ sec 

where 

W = liquid density (1000 kg/m 3 

for water) 

SDR = Standard Dimension Ratio 

of the pipe 

K = liquid bulk modulus (2150 MPa) 

E = pipe material short term 

modulus (MPa) refer Table 4.8 

The time taken for the pressure wave to 

travel the length of the pipeline and 

return is 

where: 

t = time in seconds 

L = length of pipeline 

If the valve closure time t c is less than t, 

the pressure rise due to the valve closure 

is given by: 

where: 

P1 = pressure rise in kPa 

v = liquid velocity in m/sec 

If the valve closure time t c is greater than 

t, then the pressure rise is approximated 

by: 

This represents the case of a single 

pipeline with the flow being completely 

closed off. The pressure rises generated 

by flow changes in PE pipelines are the 

lowest generated in major pipeline 

materials due to the relatively low 

modulus values. 

Further, as medium density materials 

have lower modulus values than high 

density materials, the pressure rise in 

PE80B materials will be lower than that 

in PE80C and PE100 materials. 

Water hammer (surge) analysis of 

pipeline networks is complex and beyond 

the scope of this Manual. Where 

required, detailed analysis should be 

undertaken by experts. 


Design.27

d e s i g n 

Celerity 

The surge celerity in a polyethylene 

pipeline filled with liquid can be 

determined by: 

⎡ ⎛ 1 SDR⎞⎤ 

C= ⎢W⎜ 

+ ⎟⎥ 

⎣⎢ 

⎝ K E ⎠⎦⎥ 

−05 

. 

x10 

m/ sec 

where 

W = liquid density (1000 kg/m 3 

for water) 

SDR = Standard Dimension Ratio 

of the pipe 

K = liquid bulk modulus (2150MPa) 

E = pipe material ‘instantaneous’ 

modulus (taken as 1000MPa for 

PE80B, 1200MPa for PE80C, 

1500MPa for PE100) 

3 

Table 4.10 Surge Celerity 

Celerity m/s 

SDR MDPE (PE 80B) HDPE (PE 80C) HDPE (PE 100) 

41 160 170 190 

33 170 190 210 

26 190 210 240 

21 220 240 260 

17 240 260 290 

13.6 270 290 320 

11 300 320 360 

9 330 350 390 

7.4 360 390 430 

Design.28 


d e s i g n 

Slurry Flow 

General Design 

Considerations 

The abrasion resistance characteristics 

and flexibility of Vinidex PE pipes make 

slurry flow lines, such as mine tailings, 

ideal applications for the material and 

such installations are in widespread use 

throughout Australia. 

The transportation of Non Newtonian 

fluids such as liquids or liquid/liquid, 

liquid/solid mixtures or slurries is a 

highly complex process and requires a 

detailed knowledge of the specific fluid 

before flow rate calculations can be 

performed. 

As distinct from water, many fluids 

regarded as slurries have properties 

which are either time or shear rate 

dependent or a combination of both 

characteristics. Hence it is essential for 

the properties of the specific fluid to be 

established under the operating 

conditions being considered for each 

design installation. 

In addition to water flow, slurry flow 

design needs to take into account the 

potential for abrasion of the pipe walls, 

especially at changes of direction or 

zones of turbulence. 

The most usual applications of Vinidex 

PE pipes involve liquid/solid mixtures 

and these must first be categorised 

according to flow type: 

• Homogeneous Suspensions 

• Heterogeneous Suspensions 

Homogeneous Suspensions 

Homogeneous suspensions are those 

showing no appreciable density gradient 

across the cross section of the pipe. 

These slurries consist of material 

particles uniformly suspended in the 

transport fluid. 

Generally, the particle size can be used to 

determine the flow type and suspensions 

with particle sizes up to 20 microns can 

be regarded as homogeneous across the 

range of flow velocities experienced. 

Heterogeneous Suspensions 

Heterogeneous suspensions are those 

showing appreciable density gradients 

across the cross section of the pipe, and 

are those containing large particles 

within the fluid. 

Suspensions containing particle sizes of 

40 microns and above may be regarded 

as heterogeneous. 

In addition to the fluid characterisations 

for both types, the tendency for solids to 

settle out of the flow means that a 

minimum flow velocity must be 

maintained. 

This velocity, the Minimum Transport 

Velocity, is defined as the velocity at 

which particles are just starting to 

appear on the bottom of the pipe. 

The flow in short length pipelines differs 

in that these lines may be flushed out 

with water before shut down of 

operations. Long length pipelines cannot 

be flushed out in the same way and the 

selection of operating velocities and pipe 

diameter needs to address this aspect. 

The design of slurry pipelines is an 

iterative process requiring design 

assumptions to be made initially, and 

then repeatedly being checked and tested 

for suitability. The specific fluid under 

consideration requires full scale flow 

testing to be conducted to establish the 

accurate flow properties for the liquid/ 

particle combinations to be used in the 

installed pipeline. 

Without this specific data, the 

assumptions made as to the fluid flow 

behaviour may result in the operational 

pipeline being at a variance to the 

assumed behaviour. The principles of 

slurry pipeline design as outlined in the 

methods of Durand, Wasp, and Govier 

and Aziz are recommended in the 

selection of Vinidex PE pipes for these 

applications. 

Note: 

The published Vinidex PE pipe flow 

charts relate ONLY to water or other 

liquids which behave as Newtonian 

fluids. 

They are not suitable for calculating the 

flow discharges of other fluids, including 

slurries. 

For further information on slurry pipeline 

design, the designer is referred to such 

publications as Govier G.W. and Aziz K, 

The Flow of Complex Mixtures in Pipes. 

Rheinhold, 1972. and Wasp E.J. Solid 

Liquid Flow - Slurry Pipeline 

Transportation. Trans Tech Publications. 

1977. 


Design.29

d e s i g n 

Pipe Wear 

Polyethylene pipe has been a proven 

performer over many decades in 

resisting internal abrasion due to slurry. 

It is particularly resistant to abrasion 

from particles less than 500 microns in 

size depending on particle shape. 

The abrasive wear of any slurry handling 

system is heavily dependent on the 

physical characteristics of the solids 

being transported. These characteristics 

include angularity, degree of particle 

attrition, angle of attack, velocity, and the 

concentration of solids in the 

transporting fluid. 

With metal pipes, corrosive wear 

interacts synergistically with abrasive 

wear, producing rates of wear that can be 

many times greater than a simple 

combination of the two modes of wear. 

Corrosive attack on a piping material can 

lead to increasing roughness of the 

surface, loss of pressure and localised 

eddying, and hence increase the abrasive 

attack. 

Factors Affecting Rates 

of Wear 

The wall of polyethylene pipes are worn 

by contact with the solids particles. The 

principal causes of wear are as follows: 

• Particle Size 

• Particle Specific Gravity 

• Velocity 

• Angle of Attack 

Particle Size 

The size of the particle combined with 

the requisite velocity is one of the 

principal factors which contribute to 

wear. The rate of wear increases with 

particle size with very little wear 

occurring on polyethylene systems 

below 300 microns. Above this size the 

rate of wear will increase proportionally 

with particle size with the maximum 

practical D 50 size around 1mm. Many 

researchers have attempted to develop 

relationships between particle size and 

rates of wear, however, these have not 

proven to be accurate due to the wide 

variation of slurry characteristics. The 

wear mechanism involved is not 

thoroughly understood, however, it is 

believed the higher impact energy 

resulting from a combination of particle 

mass and the high velocity required to 

transport this larger particle are the 

principal contributing factors. 

Particle Specific Gravity 

Similarly, the specific gravity will 

increase the mass of the particle 

resulting in increased wear. This is a 

result of the increased impact energy 

from the mass of the particle combined 

with the faster carrier velocity. 

Velocity 

A minimum velocity is required to 

provide the necessary uplift forces to 

keep a solid particle in suspension. This 

velocity also increases the impact energy 

of the particle against the wall of the 

pipe. 

Angle of Attack 

There are essentially two modes of wear, 

impingement and cutting. Cutting wear 

is considered to be caused by the low 

angle impingement of particles. In 

practice, cutting wear comprises a 

cutting action, and the accommodation 

of some of the energy of impact within 

the matrix of the material being worn. 

Hence, cutting wear also incorporates a 

component of deformation wear. The 

requirement for wear is that some of the 

solid particles must have sufficient 

energy to penetrate and shear a material, 

perhaps gouging fragments loose. As a 

result, a low modulus material such as 

polyethylene has very good resistance to 

cutting wear due to the resulting 

deformation upon impact. In the case of 

angular particles the cutting action is 

increased resulting in increased pipe 

wear. 

The simple theory of abrasive wear 

suggests that specific wear (wear per 

unit mass transported) is proportional to 

normal force at the pipe wall. Therefore 

the wear rate will increase as the angle of 

attack to the pipe wall increases. The 

increase in angle will also increase the 

amount of energy with which the particle 

strikes the pipe wall. It is for this reason 

that accelerated wear is caused by: 

i) Fittings which effect a change in the 

angle of flow such as tees and bends 

ii) Butt weld joints. Butt weld internal 

beads will cause eddying which will 

result in increases in angle of attack 

of the particle to the pipe wall. As a 

result accelerated wear generally 

occurs immediately downstream of 

the bead. This is usually prominent in 

D 50 particle sizes over 300 microns. 

For coarse particle slurries the 

internal bead should be removed. 

Design.30 


d e s i g n 

iii) Fittings joints. At connections of 

mechanical fittings some 

misalignment of the mating faces 

may occur resulting in increased 

angles of attack of the particles. 

iv) Change in velocity. Some 

compression fittings cause a 

reduction in the internal diameter of 

the pipe under the fitting resulting in 

turbulence. A mismatching valve 

bore will also cause turbulence. It is 

for this reason that the use of clear 

bore valves such as knife gate valves 

is preferred for slurry pipelines. 

v) Increased velocity. High velocities 

are required to create sufficient 

turbulence for the suspension of 

heavy particles. This turbulence 

increases the angle of attack to the 

pipe wall, resulting in increased wear 

for large particles. 

vi) Insufficient velocity. When a system 

is operated near its settling velocity, 

the heavier particles migrate towards 

the lower half of the pipe cross 

section. This will cause a general 

increase in pipe wear in this area. If 

saltation/moving bed occurs, then 

the heavy particles will impact 

against the pipe bottom, causing an 

accelerated wave profile wear. Should 

deposition occur on the floor of the 

pipe, then the particles above this 

deposition will cause the maximum 

amount of wear as they interact with 

the flow. This is characterised by the 

formation of wave marks on the 5 

and 7 o’clock position of the pipe. 

Maintenance and 

Operation 

To reduce the cost of wear on a pipeline 

asset it is general practice to rotate the 

pipes at the appropriate intervals, this is 

particularly important when transporting 

sand slurries. In this respect mechanical 

joints are useful, although re-welding of 

pipes over 500mm has been preferred in 

some cases to reduce capital costs. 

These mechanical joints are usually 

installed at every 20m pipe length to 

assist the pipe rotation process and also 

permit clearance of blockages. 

Slurry pipelines are usually operated as 

close to the critical settling velocity as 

practical to reduce operating costs. 

Unfortunately, if an increase in particle 

size occurs, then saltation will 

commence increasing friction loss 

eventually resulting in a blockage. Other 

factors that cause blockages are 

increases in solids concentration, loss of 

pump pressure due to power failure, or 

pump impellor wear. Polyethylene 

pipelines may be cleared of blockages by 

clear water pumping provided they have 

been installed on flat even ground. 

Sudden vertical ‘V’ bends with angles 

over 10° may cause an accumulation of 

solids in the bore, preventing clearing by 

clear water pumping. If vertical bends 

are unavoidable then they should be 

installed with mechanical joints to permit 

their easy removal for clearing. 

Fittings 

A range of mechanical joints are 

available for polyethylene slurry 

pipelines. They include stub flanges and 

backing rings, Hugger couplings, 

shouldered end/Victaulic couplings, 

compression couplings and rubber ring 

joint fittings. 

References 

The Transportation of Flyash and Bottom 

Ash in Slurry Form, C G Verkerk 

Relative Wear Rate Determinations for 

Slurry Pipelines, C A Shook, D B Haas, 

W H W Husband and M Small 

Warman Slurry Pumping Handbook, 

Warman International Ltd. 


Design.31

d e s i g n 

Pneumatic Flow 

Vinidex PE pipe systems are ideal for the 

transmission of gases both in the high 

and low pressure range. 

The use of compressible liquids in PE 

pipes requires a number of specific 

design considerations as distinct from 

the techniques adopted in the calculation 

of discharge rates for fluids such as 

water. 

In particular: 

• Compressed air may be at a higher 

temperature than the surrounding 

ambient air temperature, especially 

close to compressor line inlets, and 

the pressure rating of the PE pipes 

require temperature re rating 

accordingly. 

For air cooled compressors, the 

delivered compressed air 

temperature averages 15°C above the 

surrounding air temperature. For 

water cooled compressors, the 

delivered compressed air 

temperature averages 10°C above the 

cooling water temperature. 

• For underground applications where 

the PE pipes are exposed to ambient 

conditions, the surrounding air 

temperature may reach 30°C, and the 

pipe physical properties require 

adjustment accordingly. 

• Where gaseous fuels such as 

propane, natural gas, or mixtures are 

carried, the gas must be dry and free 

from liquid contamination which may 

cause stress cracking of the PE pipe 

walls. 

• Vinidex PE pipes should not be 

connected directly to compressor 

outlets or air receivers. A 21 metre 

length of metal pipe should be 

inserted between the air receiver and 

the start of the PE pipe to allow for 

cooling of the compressed air. 

• Dry gases, and gas/solids mixtures 

may generate static electrical charges 

and these may need to be dissipated 

to prevent the possibility of 

explosion. PE pipes will not conduct 

electrical charges, and conducting 

inserts or plugs must be inserted into 

the pipe to complete an earthing 

circuit. 

• Compressed air must be dry, and 

filters installed in the pipeline to 

prevent condensation of lubricants 

which can lead to stress cracking in 

the PE pipe material. 

• High pressure lines must be 

mechanically protected from damage 

especially in exposed installations. 

• Valve closing speed must be reduced 

to prevent a build up of pressure 

waves in the compressible gas flow. 

Design.32 


d e s i g n 

System Design 

Guidelines for the 

Selection of 

Vinidexair 


Pipelines 

It is customary to find the Inside 

Diameter of the pipe by using formulas 

such as shown below. The formulas used 

are generally for approximation purposes 

only, surmising that the temperature of 

the compressed air corresponds roughly 

to the induction temperature. An 

acceptable approximation is obtained 

through the following equation: 

d = 

5 

450. LE. 

Q 

∆pp 

. 

185 . 

where 

d = Pipe Internal Diameter in mm 

L E = Pipe Length in m 

Q = Volumetric Flowrate in L/s 

Dp = Pressure Decrease in bar 

p = Working Pressure in bar 

The use of a nomogram is a quicker and 

easier method to source information (see 

Figure 4.4). In this nomogram the 

Pressure Decrease (∆p) is indicated in 

bar, the Working Pressure (p) in bar, the 

Volumetric Flowrate (Q) in L/s, the Pipe 

Length (L E 

) in m, and the Pipe Nominal 

Diameter DN. 

The advantage of using the nomogram is 

that no further conversion factors are 

4 Using point (3) draw a diagonal 

line to the separation line. 

required for pipe sizing. Also, when four 

of the parameters are known the fifth can 

be determined by reading directly from 

the nomogram. 

Example for the use of 

5 Go to top of nomogram and use 

the point indicating the Length of 

Pipe and draw a line down to 

meet horizontal line from point 

(4). 

the air-line nomogram 

(Figure 4.4) to determine 

the required pipe size 

6 Move to the Pressure Decrease in 

the Pipe (∆p) at the bottom of 

nomogram and draw a vertical 

line up to meet the diagonal 

Working Pressure 7 bar 

drawn from point (5). 

Volumetric Flowrate 30 L/s 

7 The Nominal Diameter of Pipe can 

Nominal length 200 m 

now be found by reading from 

Pressure Decrease 0.05 bar 

point (6) across to the left hand 

side of the nomogram. From this 

1 Utilising the above operating 

figures, proceed to mark those 

positions around the perimeter of 

the nomogram. 

example DN63 pipe should be 

selected. If the completed 

nomogram falls between two 

sizes of pipe, always use the 

2 Locate the separation line 

between (∆p) & (p). (See base of 

nomogram.) 

larger size. 

Correction factors for 

fittings 

3 Commencing at the lower right 

hand side of the nomogram draw 

a line up from the Working 

Pressure (p) to the line indicating 

the Volumetric Flowrate (Q). 

Table 4.11 indicates the approximate 

pressure loss for fittings in terms of an 

equivalent length of straight pipe in 

metres. For each pipeline fitting, add the 

equivalent length of pipe to the original 

length of pipeline. This length is used for 

the calculation of the equation above or 

for the nomogram, Figure 4.4. 

Table 4.11 Pressure Loss for Fittings 

Fitting 

equivalent pipe length in m 

DN 20 DN 25 DN 32 DN 40 DN 50 DN 63 DN 90 

socket welding joint 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 1.1 

45° bend 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.9 1.2 2.3 

90° bend 0.4 0.7 1.0 1.3 1.8 2.3 4.5 

tees 0.8 1.4 1.9 2.4 2.8 3.8 7.5 

reducer 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.9 2.1 


Design.33

d e s i g n 

Figure 4.4 


Flow Nomogram 

length of the pipe (L) in m 

1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000 2000 

Sources: 

Feldmann, K.H.: 

Druckluftverteilung in der Praxis 

(Munchen 1985) 

1 

Atlas Copco : 

information sheets 

5 

1.5 

2 

20 

3 

25 

5 

nominal diameter DN 

32 

40 

50 

7 

4 

3 

10 

15 

20 

30 

volumetric flow rate (Q) in L/s 

63 

50 

3 

100 

90 

6 

200 

2 

300 

400 

500 

0.002 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.5 1 2 4 6 10 15 

pressure decrease in the pipe (∆p) in bar 

working pressure (p) in bar 

Design.34 


d e s i g n 

Expansion and 

Contraction 

Expansion and contraction of PE pipes 

occurs with changes in the pipe material 

service temperature. 

This is in common with all pipe materials 

and in order to determine the actual 

amount of expansion or contraction, the 

actual temperature change, and the 

degree of restraint of the installed 

pipeline need to be known. 

For design purposes, an average value of 

2.0 x 10 -4 /°C for Vinidex PE pipes may be 

used. 

The relationship between temperature 

change and length change for different 

PE grades is as shown in Figure 4.5. 


A 100 metre long PE80C pipeline 

operates during the day at a steady 

temperature of 48°C and when closed 

down at night cools to an ambient 

temperature of 18°C. What allowance for 

expansion/contraction must be made 

1. The temperature change experienced 

= 48 - 18 = 30°C. 

2. The thermal movement rate 

(Figure 4.5) in mm/m for 30°C 

= 6.0 mm/m. 

3. The total thermal movement is then 

6.0 x 100 = 600 mm. 

Where pipes are buried, the changes in 

temperature are small and slow acting, 

and the amount of expansion/contraction 

of the PE pipe is relatively small. In 

addition, the frictional support of the 

backfill against the outside of the pipe 

restrains the movement and any thermal 

effects are translated into stress in the 

wall of the pipe. 

Expansion and Contraction (mm/m) 

Figure 4.5 Thermal Expansion and Contraction for PE 

20.0 

17.5 

15.0 

12.5 

10.0 

7.5 

5.0 

2.5 

0 

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 

Pipe Material Temperature Change (°C) 

Accordingly, in buried pipelines the main 

consideration of thermal movement is 

during installation in high ambient 

temperatures. 

Under these conditions the PE pipe will 

be at it’s maximum surface temperature 

when placed into a shaded trench, and 

when backfilled will undergo the 

maximum temperature change, and 

hence thermal movement. 

In these cases the effects of temperature 

change can be minimised by snaking the 

pipe in the trench for small sizes (up to 

DN110) and allowing the temperature to 

stabilise prior to backfilling. 

For large sizes, the final connection 

should be left until the pipe temperature 

has stabilised. 

Above ground pipes require no 

expansion/contraction considerations for 

free ended pipe or where lateral 

movement is of no concern on site. 

Alternatively, pipes may be anchored at 

intervals to allow lateral movement to be 

spread evenly along the length of the 

pipeline. 

Where above ground pipes are installed 

in confined conditions such as industrial 

or chemical process plants the 

expansion/contraction movement can be 

taken up with sliding expansion joints. 

Where these cannot be used due to the 

fluid type being carried ( such as slurries 

containing solid particles ) the advice of 

Vinidex design engineers should be 

sought for each particular installation. 


Design.35

d e s i g n 

External Pressure 

Resistance 

( 

P c 

= 

2380 • E 

SDR − 1) Where installation conditions potentially 

lead to negative pressures, consideration 

Tabulations of the value of E´ for various 

combinations of soil types and compactions 

The possibility of external pressure 

(buckling) being the controlling design 

condition must be evaluated in the 

design of PE pipelines. 

All flexible pipe materials can be subject 

to buckling due to external pressure and 

PE pipes behave in a similar fashion to 

PVC and steel pipes. 

For pipe of uniform cross-section, the 

critical buckling pressure (P c ) can be 

calculated as follows: 

are contained in AS/NZS2566. 

The value of P c calculated requires a 

factor of safety to be applied and a factor 

of 1.5 may be applied for those 

conditions where the negative pressure 

conditions can be accurately assessed. 

Where soil support is taken into account 

then a factor of 3 is more appropriate 

due to the uneven nature of soil support. 

In general terms, PN10 PE pipe should 

be used as a minimum for pump suction 

line installations. 

may need to be given to modification of 

where 

construction technique. For example, 

P c = critical buckling pressure, kPa 

ducting pipes may need to be sealed and 

E = modulus, MPa from Table 4.8 filled with water during concrete 

SDR = pipe SDR from Table 4.1 

As the modulus is temperature and time 

dependent, the advice of Vinidex 

engineers should be sought for 

appropriate values. 

Where ovality exists in the PE pipes, the 

effective value of the critical buckling 

pressure will be reduced. 

encasement. 

In operation, fluid may be removed from 

the pipeline faster than it is supplied 

from the source. This can arise from 

valve operation, draining of the line or 

rupture of the line in service. Air valves 

must be provided at high points in the 

line and downstream from control valves 

to allow the entry of air into the line and 

The reduction in P c for various levels of 

prevent the creation of vacuum 

initial ovality are as follows: 

conditions. On long rising grades or flat 

Ovality % 0 1 2 5 10 

runs where there are no significant high 

Reduction 1.0 0.99 0.97 0.93 0.86 points or grade changes, air valves 

Where pipes are buried and supported 

by backfill soil, the additional support 

should be placed at least every 500-1000 

metres at the engineer’s discretion. 

(P b ) may be calculated from: 

Soil Description 

E´ MPa 

Gravel – graded 20 

Gravel – single size 14 

Sand and coarse-grained soil 

with less than 12% fines 14 

Coarse-grained soil 

with more than 12% fines 10 

Fine-grained soil (LL

d e s i g n 

Trench Design 

Minimum Cover 

The recommended minimum cover 

depths for Vinidex PE pipes are listed in 

Table 4.12. 

These cover depths are indicative only, 

and specific installations should be 

evaluated in accordance with AS/NZS 

2566 - Buried Flexible Pipelines. 

Table 4.12 Minimum Cover 

Installation Condition 

Cover over Pipe Crown (mm) 

Open country 300 

Traffic Loading No pavement 450 

Sealed pavement 600 

Unsealed pavement 750 

Construction equipment 750 

Embankment 750 

The minimum cover depths listed may 

be reduced where load reduction 

techniques are used, such as load 

bearing beams, concrete slabs, conduit 

sleeves, or increased backfill 

compaction. 

Trench Widths 

In general practice, the trench width 

should be kept to the minimum that 

enables construction to readily proceed. 

Refer to Figures 4.6 and 4.7. 

The trench width used with PE pipe may 

be reduced from those used with other 

pipe types by buttwelding, or 

electrofusion jointing above ground, and 

then feeding the jointed pipe into the 

trench. Similarly, small diameter pipe in 

coil form can be welded or mechanically 

jointed above ground and then fed into 

the trench. 

The minimum trench width should allow 

for adequate tamping of side support 

material and should be not less than 

200mm greater than the diameter of the 

pipe. In very small diameter pipes this 

may be reduced to a trench width of 

twice the pipe diameter. 

The maximum trench width should be 

restricted as much as possible, 

depending on the soil conditions. This is 

necessary to reduce the cost of 

excavation, and to develop adequate side 

support. 

Where wide trenches or embankments 

are encountered, then the pipe should be 

installed on a 75 mm layer of tamped or 

compacted bedding material as shown 

on the cross section diagrams. Where 

possible a sub trench should be 

constructed at the base of the main 

trench to reduce the soil loads 

developed. AS/NZS 2566 provides full 

details for evaluating the loads developed 

under wide trench conditions. 

Bedding 

PE Pipes should be bedded on a 

continuous layer, 75 mm thick, of 

materials complying with the following 

requirements: 

• Sand, free from rocks or other hard 

or sharp objects retained on a 

13.2mm sieve. 

• Gravel or crushed rock of suitable 

grading up to a max. size of 15mm. 

Side Support 

Material used for side support should 

comply with the requirements of the 

bedding materials. 

The side support material should be 

evenly tamped in layers of 75 mm for 

pipes up to 250mm diameter, and 150 

mm for pipes of diameters 315mm and 

above. 

Compaction should be brought evenly to 

the design value required by AS/NZS 

2566 for the specific installation. 

Backfill 

Once the sidefill has been placed and 

compacted as required over the top of 

the pipe, backfill material may be placed 

using excavated material. 

Trench backfills should not be used as a 

dump for large rocks, builders debris, or 

other unwanted site materials. 

•. 

The excavated material, free from 

rocks and broken up such that it 

contains no clay lumps greater than 

75mm which would prevent adequate 

compaction. 


Design.37

d e s i g n 

100mm 

min 

Figure 4.6 

Wide Trench Condition 

100mm 

min 

D 

100mm 

min 

100mm 

min 

Bedding 

75mm min 

Bedding 

75mm min 

Allowable Bending 

Radius 

Vinidex PE pipes are flexible in 

behaviour, and can be readily bent in the 

field. 

In general terms, a minimum bending 

radius of 33 x outside diameter of the 

pipe (33D) can be adopted for PE80C, 

and PE100 material pipes, whilst a radius 

of 20 x outside diameter of the pipe 

(20D) can be adopted for PE63, and 

PE80B material pipes during installation. 

This flexibility enables PE pipes to 

accommodate uneven site conditions, 

and, by reducing the number of bends 

required, cuts down total job costs. 

For certain situations, the designer may 

wish to evaluate the resistance to kinking 

or the minimum bending radius arising 

from strain limitation. The long term 

strain from all sources should not exceed 

0.04 (4%). 

When bending pipes there are two 

control conditions: 

1. Kinking in pipes with high SDR 

ratios. 

2. High outer fibre strain in high 

pressure class pipes with low SDR 

ratios. 

For condition 1 

The minimum radius to prevent kinking 

(R k ) may be calculated by: 

R k = 

SDR (SDR-1) 

1.12 

For condition 2 

The minimum radius to prevent excess 

strain (R e ) may be calculated by: 

D 

R e = 2 ε 

where 

ε = outer fibre strain 

(maximum allowable = 0.04) 

D = mean Di (mm) 

Figure 4.7 

Narrow Trench Condition 

Design.38 


d e s i g n 

Deflection 

Questionnaire 

AS/NZS 2566 Deflection 

Calculation for Buried 

Flexible Pipes 

The following questionnaire is to assist 

designers in the calculation of deflection 

for buried flexible pipe. 

Please photocopy before completing this form. 

Retain this master for future use. 

Complete all information and forward to your 

nearest Vinidex office – refer over leaf. 

Company _______________________________________________________________________________ 

Name __________________________________________________________________________________ 

Phone ______________________ Fax ________________________ Email ________________________ 

PIPE DETAILS 

Pipe Size and SDR or Class _________________________________________________________________ 

Pipe Material (ie. PE80/PE100) ______________________________________________________________ 

TRENCH DETAILS 

Depth of Cover (from crown) _________________________________________________________________ 

Width (at pipe) ___________________________________________________________________________ 

Depth to Water Table (if above pipe) __________________________________________________________ 

LOADS 

Live Load _______________________________________________________________________________ 

Dead Load ______________________________________________________________________________ 

SOIL TYPE 

Native Soil ______________________________________________________________________________ 

Embedment Material ______________________________________________________________________ 

Degree of Compaction _____________________________________________________________________ 


Design.39

d e s i g n 

Thrust Block 

Supports 

PE pipes and fittings joined by butt 

welding, electrofusion, or other end load 

bearing joint system do not normally 

require anchorage to withstand loads 

arising from internal pressure and flow. 

For joint types which do not resist end 

loads, plus fabricated fittings which 

incorporate welded PE pipe segments, 

anchorage support must be provided in 

order to prevent joint or fitting failure. In 

addition, appurtenances such as valves, 

should be independently supported in 

order to prevent excessive shear loads 

being transferred to the PE pipe. 

Static Pressure Thrust 

R = 

2PA . sin φ .10-3 

2 

where 

R = resultant thrust (kN) 

Velocity (Kinetic) Thrust 

The velocity or kinetic thrust applies only 

at changes of direction. 

R = 2waV2 .sin φ.10 -9 

2 

where 

w = fluid density (kg/m 3 ) 

a = inside pipe cross section area 

(mm 2 ) 

V = flow velocity (m/s) 

The velocity thrust is generally small in 

comparison to the pressure thrust. 

The pressure used in the calculations 

should be the maximum working, or test 

pressure, applied to the line. 

Bearing Loads of Soils 

The thrust developed must be resisted 

by the surrounding soil. The indicative 

bearing capacities of various soil types 

are tabulated below: 

The figures in the table below are for 

horizontal thrusts, and may be doubled 

for downward acting vertical thrusts. For 

upward acting vertical thrusts, the 

weight of the thrust block must 

counteract the developed loads. 

In shallow (

d e s i g n 

Thrust Block 

Size Calculations 

1. Establish the maximum pressure to 

be applied to the line 

2. Calculate the thrust developed at the 

fitting being considered 

3. Divide (2) by the safe bearing 

capacity of the soil type against 

which the thrust block must bear. 


What bearing area of thrust block is 

required for a 160 mm PN12.5 90° bend 

in hard, dry clay 

1. Maximum working pressure of 

PN12.5 pipe is 1.25 MPa. 

Test pressure is 1.25 x WP 

= 1.56 MPa. 

Figure 4.8 Thrust Blocks 

Tee anchorage 

Bend in horizontal plane anchorage 

2. 

-3 

2PA.sin φ.10 

R = 

2 

= 3.8 x10 -4 N 

3. Bearing capacity of hard, dry clay is 

15x10 4 N/m 2 

Bend in vertical plane anchorage 

Bearing area of thrust block = 

3.8 x 10 

15 x 10 

4 

4 

= 0.25m 

2 

Thrust blocks may be concrete or timber. 

Where cast insitu concrete is used, an 

adequate curing period must be provided 

to allow strength development in the 

concrete before pressure is introduced to 

the pipeline. Where timber blocks are 

used, test pressures may be introduced 

immediately, but care needs to be taken 

to ensure that the blocks will not rot and 

will not be attacked by termites or ants. 

Valve anchorage 

Closed end and hydrant anchorage 

Design.42 


d e s i g n 

Electrical 

Conductivity 

Vinidex PE pipes are non conductive and 

cannot be used for electrical earthing 

purposes or dissipating static electricity 

charges. 

Where PE pipes are used to replace 

existing metal water pipes, the designer 

must consider any existing systems used 

for earthing or corrosion control 

purposes. In these cases the appropriate 

electrical supply authority must be 

consulted to determine their 

requirements. 

In dry, dusty, or explosive atmospheres, 

potential generation of electricity must 

be evaluated and static dissipation 

measures adopted to prevent any 

possibility of explosion. 

Vibration 

Direct connection to sources of high 

frequency such as pump outlet flanges 

should be avoided. All fabricated fittings 

manufactured by cutting and welding 

techniques must be isolated from 

vibration. 

Where high frequency vibration sources 

exist in the pipeline, the PE sections 

should be connected using a flexible 

joint such as a repair coupling, 

expansion joint, or wire reinforced 

rubber bellows joint. When used above 

ground such joints may need to be 

restrained to prevent pipe end pullout. 

Heat Sources 

PE pipes and fittings should be protected 

from external heat sources which would 

bring the continuous pipe material 

service temperature above 80°C. 

Where the PE pipes are installed above 

ground, the protection system used 

must be resistant to ultra violet radiation 

and the effects of weathering, PE pipes 

running across roofing should be 

supported above the roof sheeting in 

order to prevent temperature build up. 

See Table 4.7 Temperature Rating Table. 


Design.43

installation 

contents 

Handling & Storage 3 

Site Preparation 5 

Thrust Blocks & Pipe Restraint 7 

Pipeline Curvature 7 

Relining & Sliplining 8 

Pipeline Detection 10 

Above Ground Installation 11 

Accommodation of Thermal Movement by Deflection Legs 13 

Service Connections 14 

Concrete Encasement 14 

Fire Rating 14 

Testing & Commissioning 15 


Installation.1

installation 





























publication. 














ABN 42 000 664 942 

Installation.2 


installation 

Handling & Storage 

Vinidex PE pipes are available in a range 

of sizes ranging from 16mm to 1000mm 

in configurations complying with 

AS/NZS4130. Pipes may be supplied to 

customer requirements in either small 

diameter pipe in coil lengths up to 

9500m, or in straight lengths up to 25m. 

Vinidex PE pipes are robust, flexible, and 

offer the installer many cost saving 

advantages. Whilst they are resistant to 

site damage, normal care and good 

housekeeping practices are necessary to 

ensure trouble free operations. 

Handling 

Handling of Vinidex PE pipes is made 

easier due to the light weights of both 

coiled and straight length pipe. Care 

must be exercised however, to avoid 

damage to the pipe walls, pre-assembled 

end fittings, or sub assemblies. 

Safety aspects need to be addressed, as 

the nature of PE pipes is such that in 

cold and wet weather the pipes become 

slippery and difficult to handle. In these 

circumstances, additional care should be 

exercised when handling coils or bundles 

of pipe. In hot weather, especially with 

black pipes, the pipe surface may reach 

70°C, when the ambient temperatures 

reach 40°C. Handling PE pipes at these 

temperatures requires gloves, or other 

protection, to prevent the possibility of 

skin burns. 

Fabric slings are recommended for lifting 

and handling PE pipe in order to prevent 

damage. 

Where wire ropes or chains are used, 

then all of the contact points between the 

slings and the pipe must be protected by 

suitable padding. Where pipes are in 

coils, the slings must be placed evenly 

around the entire coil. Similarly, where 

coils or straight lengths are lifted by fork 

lift the contact points must be protected. 

When lifting coils, the lifting must be 

performed on the entire coil, and the fork 

lift tynes not inserted into the coil 

winding. When lifting packs of pipes, the 

tynes must be placed under the entire 

pack, and the tynes not pushed into the 

pack. Pipes must not be lifted by placing 

metal hooks into the ends of straight 

lengths. 

In conditions approaching freezing, the 

impact resistance of PE reduces, and 

care must be exercised to prevent 

damage during handling. 

Pipe lengths greater than 6 metres 

should be lifted using a spreader bar, and 

wide band slings. PE pipes will flex 

during lifting, and care needs to be 

exercised to prevent damage to pipes or 

end fittings arising from contact with the 

ground. Care needs to be taken to centre 

the pipe in the slings. 

A reduction in the pipe wall thickness of 

up to 10% may be tolerated. However, 

sections with sharp notches should be 

rejected, or the damaged area buffed out 

to remove the sharp edges. 

Transport 

PE pipes stacked for transport must be 

evenly supported in order to prevent 

distortion. All bearing surfaces must be 

free from contact with sharp objects. Any 

projecting sections such as stub flanges 

must be supported to prevent damage. 

For straight lengths of pipe, suitable 

support beneath the pipes is provided by 

beams of minimum width 75 mm, 

spaced horizontally at 1.5 m centres. For 

rectangular stacks, additional vertical 

supports at 3 metre spacing should be 

used. For pyramid stacks, the bottom 

pipe layers also need to be chocked to 

prevent stack collapse. 

For large diameter pipes (DN 630 and 

above) it may be necessary to tom, or 

internally support the ends of the pipe in 

order to prevent distortion. 

Where end treatments such as flanges 

are applied in the factory, these 

treatments must be protected from 

damage. 

Where coils are stacked vertically the 

stacks may need to be restrained in 

order to prevent the bottom section of 

the coil being flattened or distorted. 


Installation.3

installation 

Storage 

Straight length pipes must be supported 

by timber spacers of minimum width 

75mm placed at 1.5 metre centres. The 

recommended maximum height of long 

term stacks is as listed in Table 5.1. 

Where pipes are crated, the crates may 

be stacked on timber to timber, in stacks 

up to 3 metres high. 

PE pipes are capable of supporting 

combustion, and need to be isolated 

from ignition sources. PE pipes must be 

kept away from high temperature 

sources, and not be in contact with 

objects of temperature higher than 70 ° C. 

Storage of PE pipes in field locations 

may be subject to fire regulations, and 

the requirements of the local authorities 

must be observed. 

Black pipes do not need protection from 

the effects of UV exposure, but coloured 

pipes, if potentially exposed for longer 

than 6 months, may need protection. 

In selecting the method of protection 

consideration may need to be given to 

temperature effects, as elevated 

temperatures may lead to pipe distortion. 

Table 5.1 Storage Height 

Straight Lengths 

PE Material Height (m) Height (m) 

up to SDR 21 above SDR 21 

MDPE (PE63, PE80B) 2.0 2.25 

HDPE (PE80C, PE100) 2.0 2.50 

Coils 

Pipe diameter mm 

Coil stacks (number) 

up to 32 5 

50, 63 4 

90, 110 2 

Note: Coils must be stacked flat, and even. 



installation 

Site Preparation 

Trench Preparation 

All other services must be located (such 

as telephone conduits, gas, water mains, 

sewers, electrical conduits, and cable TV 

conduits) in the area of the PE pipeline 

before any work commences. This may 

require some localised excavation, and 

all safety requirements must be 

observed. 

When pipes are installed on the natural 

surface, the pipeline route must be clear 

of obstructions and where required, 

sufficient space must be allowed for 

expansion/contraction movement. 

PE pipes may be joined outside the 

trench, allowing narrower trenches and 

consequent reduced excavation cost. 

PE pipes have a density less than that of 

water, and may float if water is present in 

the trench, and the pipes are not 

restrained. Trench excavations need to 

be kept free of water, and if necessary, 

dewatering equipment installed. 

Trench Widths 

Table 5.2 lists recommended trench 

widths. These values are consistent with 

the principles that trench width should 

be as narrow as possible in order to 

minimise external loads and installation 

costs, whilst also affording sufficient 

space to provide the specified 

compaction. 

The actual trench width adopted will be 

influenced by the soil conditions, the 

jointing systems, and whether joints are 

made in the trench. 

Table 5.2 Recommended Trench Widths 

Pipe Diameter ( mm ) 

Minimum Trench Width (mm) 

16 to 63 150 

75 to 110 250 

125 to 315 500 

355 to 500 700 

630 to 710 910 

800 to 1000 1200 

Table 5.3 Minimum Cover 

Installation Condition 

Cover over pipe crown (mm) 

Open Country 300 

Traffic Loading No pavement 450 

Sealed pavement 600 

Unsealed pavement 750 

Construction equipment 750 

Embankment 750 

Poor soil conditions may necessitate a 

wider trench to accommodate support 

structures or dewatering equipment, and 

the ready removal of this equipment after 

the pipes have been laid. Where such 

supports are used, they must be 

removed with care, in order to prevent 

disturbance of pipe, bedding or trench 

walls. 

Pressure pipes, especially in rural areas, 

may be installed in narrow trenches with 

sufficient space to allow the backfill of 

the trench. No additional compaction 

may be necessary, and the natural soil 

consolidation allowed to occur with time. 

Where PE pipes are installed with other 

services in common trench situations, 

the trench width may be specified by 

Local Authority regulations in order to 

permit later maintenance activities. 

Trench Depths 

Where the PE pipe grade line is not 

specified, the cover over the top of the 

PE pipes needs to be set so that 

adequate protection from external loads, 

third party damage, and construction 

traffic is provided. 

Where possible, pipes should be 

installed under minimum depth 

conditions and, as a guide, the values 

listed in Table 5.3 above should be 

adopted. 

Trench walls in poor soil conditions may 

need to be excavated in steps, or be 

battered, to prevent collapse of the 

trench wall materials. 

For embankment installations, a sub 

trench may be excavated once the 

embankment has been partly built up, in 

order to help protect the PE pipes from 

construction vehicles, and also lessen 

the external loads acting on the pipe. 


Installation.5

installation 

Bedding Material 

The excavated trench floors must be 

trimmed even, and be free from all rocks, 

and hard objects. 

In poor soil conditions, an additional 

layer of imported bedding material may 

need to be introduced, and a geofabric 

restraint of bedding/backfill material may 

be required. 

The bedding materials used in both 

trenchs and embankments shall follow 

the guidelines of AS2033, and should be 

one of the following: 

1. Sand or soil, free from rocks greater 

than 15 mm, and any hard clay 

lumps greater than 75 mm in size. 

2. Crushed rock, gravel, or graded 

materials of even grading with a 

maximum size of 15 mm. 

3. Excavated material free from rocks or 

vegetable matter. 

4. Clay lumps which can be reduced to 

less than 75 mm in size. 

Excavated materials in accordance with 

3. and 4. above are often used for 

pressure pipelines and in rural areas. 

However, in areas of high loading, such 

as under roads, imported materials may 

need to be used. 

In the majority of PE pipe applications, a 

minimum of 75 mm of bedding material 

is used in both trenches and 

embankments in soil excavations. For 

excavations in rock, 150 mm bedding 

depth may be required. 

Where fittings or mechanical joints are 

used, the bedding material may need to 

be excavated to prevent point loading. All 

pegs and markers used in aligning and 

levelling the pipes must be removed 

from the trench floor prior to bedding 

materials being placed. 

Side Support & Overlay 

PE pipes act as flexible pipes to resist 

external loading, and the side support 

materials must be evenly added to the 

same compaction standards as the 

bedding materials so that the installed 

PE pipe is not disturbed. 

Sidefill materials should be built up 

equally on both sides of the pipes in 

layers of 150mm, and compacted evenly 

to the AS/NZS 2566 design level. The 

sidefill materials must be carefully placed 

around the haunches of the pipes to 

ensure that the PE pipes are evenly 

supported. 

Vibrating plate compactors must not be 

used until there is a 300mm layer of 

overlay soil over the crown of the PE 

pipe. 

Detector tapes, or marker strips, should 

be laid on top of the overlay once a layer 

of 150mm soil has been compacted. 

The overlay materials should be built up 

in compacted layers until the overlay 

material is to a level of a minimum of 

150 mm above the top of the PE pipes. 

(See Figure 5.1). Large diameter (450 

mm and above) PE pipes require the 

overlay materials to be carried to a cover 

of 300mm above the top of the PE pipes. 

Backfill 

The remainder of the trench, or 

embankment fill may be made with the 

previously excavated native materials. 

These must be free from large rocks, 

vegetable matter, and contaminated 

materials, and all materials must have a 

maximum particle size less than 75 mm. 

Where PE pipelines are installed in areas 

with high external loads, then the backfill 

materials must be of the same standard 

as the bedding and overlay materials. 

Compaction Standards 

It is essential that the AS/NZS 2566 

compaction levels are attained, as PE 

pipes behave as flexible structures. 

Large diameter PE pipe installations may 

require the compaction at each stage of 

the installation to be confirmed by test. 

Where high external loads are 

encountered, or where it is not possible 

to attain the required level of compaction 

in the sidefill materials, a mixture of 

sand/cement in the ratio of 14:1 may be 

used in the sidefill zones. 

The selection of compaction standard 

used in the sidefill materials needs to be 

taken from AS/NZS 2566 for the sidefill 

materials available on the particular site. 

Figure 5.1 

Trench Installations 

Figure 5.2 

Embankment Installations 

300mm 

min 

D 

80mm min. 

Backfill 

Material 

Fill material 

150mm 

minimum 

Compact. 

side 

support 

75mm 

minimum 

bedding 

Compacted 

bedding material 



installation 

Thrust Blocks & 

Pipe Restraint 

Thrust blocks are required for Vinidex PE 

pipes in pressure applications where the 

joints do not resist longitudinal loads. 

The thrust blocks must be provided at all 

changes in direction. The standard 

methods of calculating the size of thrust 

blocks for all pipeline materials are those 

used with PE pipes and are contained in 

the Design section of this manual. 

Where concrete blocks are used, the 

contact points between the PE pipe, or 

fitting and the thrust block must be 

protected to prevent abrasion of the PE. 

Rubber or malthoid sheeting may be 

used for this purpose. 

All fittings and heavy items such as cast 

iron valves must be supported in order 

to prevent point loading on the PE 

materials. In addition, where valves are 

used, the torque loads arising from the 

opening/closing operations must be 

resisted with block supports. 

Pipeline Curvature 

All PE pipes installed on a curved 

alignment must be drawn evenly over the 

entire curve length, and not over a short 

section. This can lead to kinking in small 

diameter, and/or thin wall pipes. 

Large diameter PE pipes (450mm and 

above) must be joined together, and then 

drawn evenly to the desired radius. 

Care must be exercised during 

construction to prevent over stressing of 

joints and fittings. Where mechanical 

joints are used, any joint deflection 

limitations must be observed. During 

installation, minimum radii of 20 x DN 

for MDPE (PE63 and PE80B) and 33 x 

DN for HDPE (PE80C and PE100) may be 

used. 

In addition, evaluation of buckling 

resistance of thin wall pipes may be 

necessary. This should be done as 

shown in the Design Section of this 

Manual. 


Installation.7

installation 

Relining & 

Sliplining 

Vinidex PE pipes have the chemical 

resistance properties and longitudinal 

flexibility to provide an ideal solution for 

relining existing corroded or damaged 

pipelines in water supply, sewers, and 

drain applications. 

Existing pipelines used to transport 

aggressive and dangerous fluids may be 

restored by relining techniques, and cost 

effective solutions are provided by 

eliminating the need for open cut 

trenches in urban and heavily built up 

areas. Installations can be planned 

around off peak traffic periods to 

minimise disruption and reduce 

installation times. 

Existing pipelines can be renovated by 

inserting Vinidex PE pipes into the old 

pipes. Insertion pipes can be pulled into 

position by mechanical winches. 

Although insertion of the PE pipes will 

reduce the internal diameter of the 

pipeline, the effective flow capacity of the 

renovated line may in fact be greater 

than the existing installation due to the 

improved pipe wall friction factors of PE 

as compared to the existing pipe with 

heavily corroded or damaged internal 

surfaces. Inspection of the existing line 

should be performed by CCTV to provide 

data as to the actual likely flow friction 

factors. 

Relining with PE pipes provides a 

structural element that is capable of 

withstanding either internal pressure or 

external loading without relying on the 

residual strength of the original degraded 

pipe elements. 



installation 

Figure 5.3 PE Sliplining Trench Opening 

2 

1 

R 

2H 

NS 

H 

The dimensions (Refer to Figure 5.3) of 

excavations required for slip lining are: 

1. Where the PE insert pipe is on the 

natural surface level 

LG = H R −H 

1 4 

( ) 

LG 

2LG 2 

1 

LG 

2 

2. Where the PE insert pipe is at a 

height H above the natural surface 

level 

LG = H R −H 

2 2 

( ) 

where 

H = depth to invert of existing pipeline 

R = radius of liner pipe 

Grouting 

The PE pipes require short length inlet 

and exit trenches to accommodate the 

PE pipe radius to lead into the existing 

pipeline, and the winch assembly used to 

pull the PE liner along the pipeline. The 

minimum bending radius of the PE liner 

can be calculated as described under 

Pipeline Curvature in this section of the 

manual. 

Grouting of the gap between the outside 

diameter of the PE liner, and the inside of 

the existing pipe is necessary only when 

the original pipe has been damaged to 

the extent that there is no residual 

external load capacity, or where manhole 

connections cannot be sealed off to 

prevent groundwater infiltration. 

Where grouting is applied, the pressure 

should not exceed 50 kPa, and 

depending on the PN rating of the PE 

liner pipe, external collapse calculations 

should be carried out. Where cement 

based grouts are used, the temperature 

rise in the PE liner due to the heat of 

hydration must be taken into account. 

The PE liner pipes may be filled with 

water prior to grouting to increase the 

external pressure resistance, and to 

provide additional line weight to prevent 

the PE liner pipe floating during grouting, 

and losing the final grade line. 


Installation.9

installation 

Excavation 

Sliplining existing pipes using Vinidex PE 

pipes allows for a reduction of 

excavation in built up areas. 

Only the excavation necessary to feed 

the PE liner pipe into the existing line is 

required and depending on the total 

length of the line and the location of 

existing manholes, a liner length of 

approximately 100 metres may be drawn 

along the line in each section. For small 

diameter pipes, the PE can be supplied in 

Vinidex pipe reels. This allows for a 

single run of PE to be inserted into 

existing pipe without the need for 

intermediate jointing. 

Where the existing service cannot be 

taken out of service, or temporarily 

blocked off during the relining process, 

extra excavation may be required to 

allow for the installation of a temporary 

diversion line. 

Jointing the Liner 

Depending on the diameter of the pipe, a 

single length of PE pipe can be installed 

to provide a single length of seamless 

liner. 

For larger (160mm and above) PE pipes 

can be butt welded above ground on site 

to provide a continuous length pipe 

which can be inspected for joint integrity 

before installation. 

The butt weld process provides a joint 

which resists longitudinal load and has 

the same chemical resistance properties 

as the pipe. The external diameter weld 

bead sections may be mechanically 

removed prior to insertion to prevent any 

possibility of snagging on damaged 

sections, or protrusions, in the bore of 

the existing pipe to be relined. Where 

weld beads are removed, care must be 

taken not to notch the PE pipe wall. Butt 

welded joints must be allowed to cool to 

ambient temperature prior to drawing 

into the final position so as to prevent 

any damage to the joint section. 

Pipeline Detection 

Vinidex PE pipes are electrically non 

conductive and cannot be detected by 

metallic detection devices in 

underground installations. 

Several techniques are available to detect 

buried PE pipelines. 

Metal Detector Tapes 

Foil based tapes may be located in the 

trench on top of the PE pipe overlay 

material ( 150 - 300 mm above the PE 

pipe crown ), and these tapes can be 

detected at depths up to 600 mm by 

metal detection equipment operating in 

the 4 - 20 MHz frequency range. 

The tape backs may also be colour coded 

and printed in order to provide early 

warning of the presence of the PE 

pipeline during later excavation. 

Tracer Wires 

PE pipes installed deeper than 600 mm 

may be detected by the use of tracer 

wires placed on, or taped to, the top of 

the PE pipes. 

Application of a suppressed current 

allows the detection of pipes up to a 

depth of 3 metres. However, both ends 

of the tracer wire must be accessible, 

and a complete electrical circuit present 

over the entire length of the pipeline. 

Audio Detection 

Acoustic, or ultra sonic, noise detection 

devices are available which use either the 

noise from water flowing in the pipes, or 

an introduced noise signal, to detect the 

presence of buried PE pipelines. 



installation 

Above Ground 

Installation 

Vinidex PE pipes may be installed above 

ground for pressure and non pressure 

applications in both direct exposure and 

protected conditions. 

Black PE pipes made to AS/NZS 4130 

requirements may be used in direct 

sunlight exposure conditions without any 

additional protection. Where PE pipes of 

colours other than black are used in 

exposed conditions, then the pipes may 

need to be protected from sunlight. 

Where PE pipes are installed in direct 

exposure conditions, then the increased 

PE material temperature due to exposure 

must be taken into account in 

establishing the operational pressure 

rating of the PE pipes. Localised 

temperature build up conditions such as 

proximity to steam lines, radiators, or 

exhaust stacks must be avoided unless 

the PE pipes are suitably protected. 

Where lagging materials are used, these 

must be suitable for external exposure 

applications. 

For Vinidex Geberit waste systems, the 

pipes are manufactured specifically for 

the application and reference should be 

made to Vinidex engineers for 

comprehensive installation details. 

Supports 

Pipe hangers, or supports, should be 

located evenly along the length of the PE 

pipeline, and additionally at localised 

points with heavy items such as valves, 

and fittings. 

The supports should provide a bearing 

surface of 120° under the base of the 

pipes. The PE pipes may need to be 

protected from damage at the supports. 

This protection may be provided by a 

membrane of PE, PVC or rubber. 

Location and type of support must take 

into account provision for thermal 

movement, if required. If the supports 

are to resist thermal movement, an 

assessment of the stress induced in 

pipes, fittings and supports may need to 

be made. 

Support Spans 

Support spans depend on the pipe 

material and dimensions, nature of flow 

medium, operating temperature, and 

arrangement of the pipes. 

In calculating support spans, a 

maximum deflection of spans/500 

between supports has been adopted as 

the basis. 

The spans in Table 5.4 are based on the 

use of PE80B (MDPE), full of water, 

support over multiple spans, and 

operating at 20°C for 50 years. 

For other service temperatures, the 

spans should be reduced as follows: 

30°C 5% 

40°C 9% 

50°C 13% 

For fluids with density between 1000 

kg/m 3 and 1250 kg/m 3 , decrease spans 

by 4%. 

For Vinidexair systems, the spans may 

be increased by up to 30%. 


Installation.11

installation 

Table 5.4 Support Spans (metres) 

SDR (Standard Dimension Ratio) 

DN 41 33 26 21 17 13.6 11 9 7.4 

16 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 

20 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.65 0.65 

25 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.70 0.70 0.75 0.75 

32 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.90 

40 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.90 0.90 1.00 1.00 1.10 

50 0.85 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00 1.10 1.15 1.20 1.25 

63 0.95 1.00 1.05 1.10 1.20 1.25 1.30 1.40 1.45 

75 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.25 1.35 1.40 1.50 1.55 1.60 

90 1.15 1.25 1.35 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.65 1.75 1.80 

110 1.35 1.40 1.55 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 

125 1.45 1.55 1.65 1.75 1.85 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 

140 1.55 1.65 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.25 2.35 2.45 

160 1.70 1.80 1.95 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.45 2.55 2.65 

180 1.85 1.95 2.10 2.25 2.35 2.50 2.65 2.80 2.90 

200 1.95 2.10 2.25 2.40 2.55 2.70 2.85 3.00 3.10 

225 2.15 2.30 2.45 2.60 2.75 2.90 3.05 3.20 3.35 

250 2.30 2.45 2.60 2.75 2.95 3.10 3.30 3.45 3.60 

280 2.45 2.65 2.80 3.00 3.20 3.35 3.55 3.70 3.90 

315 2.65 2.85 3.05 3.25 3.45 3.65 3.85 4.05 4.20 

355 2.90 3.10 3.30 3.50 3.75 3.95 4.15 4.35 4.55 

400 3.10 3.35 3.55 3.80 4.05 4.25 4.50 4.70 4.90 

450 3.40 3.60 3.85 4.10 4.35 4.60 4.85 5.10 5.35 

500 3.60 3.85 4.15 4.40 4.70 4.95 5.20 5.50 

560 3.90 4.15 4.50 4.75 5.05 5.35 

630 4.20 4.50 4.85 5.15 5.45 5.80 

710 4.60 4.90 5.25 5.60 5.95 6.30 

800 4.95 5.30 5.70 6.05 6.45 6.85 

900 5.35 5.70 6.10 6.55 6.95 

1000 5.80 6.15 6.55 7.00 7.35 

Expansion & Contraction 

For above ground pipelines, expansion 

and contraction movements should be 

taken up by the pipeline where possible 

without expansion joints. 

This may be achieved in lines laid 

directly on the natural surface by snaking 

the pipe during installation and allowing 

the pipe to move freely in service. Where 

the final joint connections are made in 

high ambient temperature, sufficient pipe 

length must be allowed to permit the 

pipe to cool, and hence contract, without 

pulling out of non end load bearing 

joints. 



installation 

Accommodation of 

Thermal Movement 

by Deflection Legs 

Changes in length are caused by 

changes in operating temperatures. On 

installation of piping systems above 

ground, attention must be paid to 

compensate for axial movements. 

In most cases, changes in direction in 

the run of piping may be used to absorb 

length change, given that appropriate 

deflection legs are provided. Otherwise, 

compensation loops or special fittings 

may need to be installed. 

Table 5.5 lists minimum deflection leg 

lengths for given run length changes. 

See Figures 5.4 and 5.5. 

For non-pressure applications, these 

values may be reduced by 30%, or for 

Vinidex Geberit systems, up to 60%. For 

specific data, reference should be made 

to Vinidex engineers. 

The deflection leg is expressed by: 

where 

LS = k ⋅ ∆L ⋅ DN[ mm] 

L s = deflection leg (mm) 

∆L = change in length (mm) 

DN = pipe outside diameter (mm) 

k = material specific proportionality 

factor (average value for PE of 26) 

Table 5.5 Minimum Deflection Leg Lengths (m) 

Change in Run length ∆L (mm) 

DN 50mm 100mm 150mm 200mm 250mm 300mm 350mm 40mm 450mm 

16 0.75 1.05 1.30 1.50 1.65 1.85 1.95 2.10 2.35 

20 0.85 1.15 1.45 1.65 1.85 2.05 2.20 2.35 2.60 

25 0.95 1.30 1.60 1.85 2.10 2.25 2.45 2.60 2.90 

32 1.05 1.50 1.85 2.10 2.35 2.55 2.80 2.95 3.30 

40 1.15 1.65 2.05 2.35 2.60 2.85 3.10 3.30 3.70 

50 1.30 1.85 2.25 2.60 2.90 3.20 3.50 3.70 4.15 

63 1.50 2.10 2.55 2.95 3.30 3.60 3.85 4.20 4.65 

75 1.60 2.25 2.80 3.20 3.60 3.90 4.25 4.50 5.05 

90 1.80 2.50 3.05 3.50 3.90 4.30 4.65 4.95 5.55 

110 1.95 2.75 3.40 3.85 4.35 4.75 5.15 5.50 6.15 

125 2.10 2.90 3.55 4.15 4.60 5.05 5.50 5.85 6.55 

140 2.20 3.10 3.80 4.40 4.90 5.35 5.80 6.20 6.90 

160 2.35 3.30 4.05 4.70 5.20 5.75 6.20 6.60 7.40 

180 2.50 3.50 4.30 4.95 5.55 6.10 6.55 7.00 7.80 

200 2.60 3.70 4.50 5.20 5.85 6.35 6.90 7.40 8.25 

225 2.80 3.90 4.85 5.55 6.20 6.80 7.35 7.85 8.80 

250 2.90 4.15 5.05 5.85 6.55 7.20 7.75 8.25 9.20 

280 3.10 4.35 5.35 6.20 6.90 7.55 8.20 8.70 9.80 

315 3.30 4.65 5.70 6.55 7.35 8.05 8.70 9.25 10.35 

355 3.50 4.90 6.05 6.95 7.80 8.55 9.20 9.85 11.00 

400 3.70 5.20 6.40 7.40 8.25 9.05 9.80 10.45 11.70 

450 3.90 5.55 6.80 7.85 8.80 9.60 10.40 11.10 12.40 

500 4.15 5.85 7.20 8.25 9.25 10.15 10.90 11.70 - 

560 4.40 6.20 7.55 8.75 9.80 10.70 - - - 

630 4.65 6.55 8.05 9.25 10.40 11.35 - - - 

710 4.90 6.95 8.55 9.80 11.00 12.05 - - - 

800 5.25 7.40 9.10 10.50 11.75 12.80 - - - 

900 5.60 7.90 9.65 11.10 12.50 - - - - 

1000 5.85 8.30 10.15 11.70 13.10 - - - - 

Figure 5.4 

Absorption of change in length 

by deflection leg 

Figure 5.5 

Absorption of change in length 

by a compensation elbow 

F = Fixed Point 

LP = Loose Point (eg. pipe clips) 

L s = Deflection Leg 

F 

L s 

= Fixed Point 

= Deflection Leg 


Installation.13

installation 

Service Connections 

Tapping Saddles 

Service connections may be provided in 

PE pipe systems using tapping saddles 

which are either electrofusion or 

mechanically connected. 

Tapping saddles should not be installed 

closer than 100mm to prevent reduction 

in pressure capacity in the pipeline. 

A range of tapping saddles suitable for 

use with Vinidex PE pipes are listed in 

the Product Data section of this manual. 

Tapping saddles may be used for 

tappings up to 30% of the size of the 

main pipe or a maximum diameter of 

50mm. Where larger offtake sizes are 

required, then a reducing tee section 

should be used. 

Tapping saddles of the mechanical strap 

type should not be used on curved pipes. 

Tapping saddles of the saddle fusion, or 

electrofusion type should only be used 

on the top of curved lines, and not be 

closer to the end of the pipe than 

500mm. 

Connection may then be made without 

loss of the operating service. 

Alternatively, tapping may be performed 

on new main lines prior to 

pressurisation, and entry into service 

using the same techniques. 

Direct Tapping 

The tapping of services directly into the 

pipe wall by drilling and tapping a thread 

in the wall material is not recommended 

in PE pipes. 

Concrete 

Encasement 

At entry and exit points of concrete slabs 

or walls, a flexible joint must be provided 

in the PE pipeline to cater for movements 

due to soil settlement, or seasonal 

expansion/contraction of the soil. 

Where expansion joints are provided in 

the concrete slab, expansion joints 

should be provided at the same point in 

the pipeline. At these points a flexible 

membrane should be provided to prevent 

shear stresses developing across the 

joint. 

PE pipes behave as flexible structures 

when externally loaded, and care needs 

to be exercised by the designer when 

using concrete encasement so that the 

effective strength of the pipeline is not 

reduced. 

Fire Rating 

PE pipe systems will support 

combustion and as such are not suitable 

for use in fire rated zones in buildings 

without suitable protection. The 

individual fire rating indices for PE 

materials may be established by testing 

to the requirements of AS1530. 

In multiple storey buildings PE systems 

penetrating floor cavities must be 

enclosed in fire rated service ducts 

appropriate to the Class of the building 

concerned. 

This practice may lead to premature 

failure of the system. 



installation 

Testing & 

Commissioning 

Pressure Installations 

Pre Test Precautions 

Prior to testing, the entire PE pipeline 

should be checked to ensure all debris 

and construction materials are removed 

from contact with the pipes and fittings. 

Where concrete anchor or thrust blocks 

are used no pressure testing should take 

place within 7 days of casting the blocks. 

All mechanical ring seal joints must be 

restrained either by sand bags, or by 

partial backfilling of the line leaving the 

joints open for visual inspection. All 

valves must be placed in the open 

position, and a valve provided at the end 

of the line to allow air to be vented from 

the line during filling. 

Where thermal fusion jointing has been 

used, no testing should take place until 

the joints have completely cooled to 

ambient temperature. 

Local authority regulations may differ 

between each other in the pressure 

testing routines, and individual 

requirements must be followed at all 

times. 

Pressure Testing 

Test water should be slowly introduced 

into the PE pipeline until all air is purged 

from the line and water flows freely at 

the end of the line. The water should 

preferable be introduced into the pipeline 

at the lowest point to assist the removal 

of air. 

It is essential that all air is removed 

from the line prior to commencing the 

test procedure. Entrapped air can result 

in erroneous pressure/time recordings. 

Test sections may be either the complete 

line, or, in large installations, in sections 

such that the test section can be filled 

with water within 5 hours to allow 

pressure observations. 

Pressure should be built up evenly in the 

line without pressure shock. 

A test pressure of 1.25 times the 

maximum working pressure should be 

applied for pipelines up to 110 mm in 

diameter and 100 metres in length and 

also for testing valve anchorages. The 

test pressure in these instances should 

be held for a minimum period of 15 

minutes, and the pressure gauges 

inspected for pressure drop readings. 

In addition, all joints must be visually 

inspected for evidence of weeping or 

leakage. 

For large diameter pipes, and for pipeline 

lengths up to 800 metres, the elastic 

properties of PE are such that the 

introduction of test pressures will cause 

expansion in the line and require make 

up pressure to restore gauge readings. 

This volume make up will generally be in 

the order of 1%, and may be applied at 

the time of initial pressurisation. The test 

pressure of 1.25 times the maximum 

working pressure should be maintained 

for a maximum period of 24 hours, or for 

the time necessary to visually inspect all 

joints in the line. 

A smaller drop in pressure may be 

observed due to thermal expansion. 

However, this does not indicate leakage 

in the pipeline. 

Where the installation consists of small 

additions to existing pipelines the test 

pressure period may be 15 minutes. 

The maximum test pressure to be 

applied must not exceed 1.25WP. Test 

pressure in excess of this value may 

strain the pipe material and damage 

control appliance s connected to the 

pipeline. 

High pressure testing using air must not 

be carried out. 

Note: 

Where the time of pressure testing 

exceeds 15 minutes, increases in pipe 

temperature above 20°C may occur. In 

these cases the test pressure must be 

derated. 

Refer to Table 4.7 in the Design section 

of this manual. 


Installation.15

installation 

Non Pressure Installations 

1. Above Ground 

All sections of the installation should be 

sealed off and water introduced through 

a stand pipe to provide a static head of 3 

metres above the top point in the PE 

pipeline. All openings in the PE pipeline 

must be sealed, or plugged, before 

starting testing. Either water or air 

testing may be performed on non 

pressure PE pipelines, depending on the 

availability of test water, or the ability to 

drain the test water away from the 

pipeline alignment after the testing is 

completed. 

2. Below Ground 

(a) Water Testing 

For PE drain lines, a riser pipe should be 

fitted at the top point in the pipeline to 

allow a minimum water head of 1 metre 

to be applied. For waste water 

applications, a water test pressure of a 

maximum of 1.25 WP ( maximum head 

at the lowest point ) should be applied 

by either a stand pipe connection, or 

using a test pump. 

The test water should be introduced 

evenly into the pipeline, and brought up 

to pressure after allowing all entrapped 

air to be purged out of the line. 

All joints and connections should be 

inspected for leakage, and the test 

pressure maintained for a minimum 

period of 15 minutes after the final joint 

has been inspected, or for a period of 30 

minutes. 

No leakage or loss of pressure should 

take place in this period. 

Large diameter installations may require 

a period of up to 8 hours to allow for 

complete inspection of all joints in the 

pipeline network. 

(b) Air Testing 

Where water is unavailable, or 

undesirable, for testing then air testing 

may be performed. 

All openings must be sealed prior to 

testing, and air pumped slowly into the 

PE pipeline until a test pressure of 50KPa 

is reached. 

This test pressure should be maintained 

for a minimum time of 3 minutes, and if 

no leaks are detected, or pressure loss 

observed on the gauge, the air supply 

control valve should be turned off and 

the test pressure held for a minimum 

time of 1 minute. 

If the test gauge pressure reading has 

not fallen below 35KPa after this time, 

then the test should be discontinued. 

Should the test pressure drop below 

35KPa after 1 minute, then the pressure 

should be returned to 50KPa and 

maintained until a full inspection of the 

PE pipeline has been completed. All 

joints and connections need to be 

individually inspected for leakage using a 

solution of water and detergent poured 

over any suspect joint. If a leak is 

present, it will cause the detergent 

solution to bubble, and foam. 

Deflection Testing 

PE drainage pipelines are designed to 

support external loading within the 

acceptable limits of diameter deflection 

for structural reasons. 

Where this is a critical feature of the 

installation, then a plug, or proving tool, 

can be pulled along the PE pipeline 

between manholes, or other entry points. 

For joints without any protrusions into 

the pipe bore, the proving plug can be 

sized to the minimum internal dimension 

allowed in the design. For butt welded 

pipes, unless the internal beads are 

removed, the plug needs to be reduced 

in size to allow for the weld bead. 

In both cases, the plug must be able to 

be pulled completely through the PE 

pipeline. 

Flushing and Disinfection 

Where Vinidex PE pipes are used for 

potable water applications, standard 

flushing and disinfection procedures 

must be followed. 

Some pipe materials require additional 

flushing or disinfection in order to purge 

contamination rising from the pipe 

material itself. Vinidex PE pipes, 

however, are made from PE grades that 

comply with water quality requirements 

without additional treatment. 

For potable water applications, the 

following procedure may be used: 

1. Flush out all construction debris from 

the pipes by running water through 

the line for 15 minutes. 

2. Carry out the hydrostatic pressure 

testing. 

3. Introduce a chlorine, or chloramine, 

solution into the line at a 

concentration of 50 mg/l, and allow 

to stand for 24 hours. 

4. Flush out the pipeline for 15 minutes 

to remove all disinfectant and 

biological residues from the water. 



j o i n t i n g 

contents 

Jointing Methods 3 

Thermal Fusion Process 3 

Butt Fusion 3 

Electrofusion 5 

Socket Fusion 6 

Mechanical Joint Fittings 7 

Flanged Ends 8 

Hugger Bolted Couplings 8 

Threads 8 


Jointing.1






























publication. 














ABN 42 000 664 942 

Jointing.2 



Jointing Methods 

Vinidex PE pipes are produced in a range 

of sizes between 16 mm to 1000 mm 

diameter, and these pipes can be joined 

by a variety of methods. 

Methods include mechanical joints and a 

range of thermal fusion procedures. The 

nature of the PE materials precludes the 

use of adhesive based systems. 

Thermal Fusion Processes 

Thermal fusion proceeds by melting the 

PE material at the joint surfaces, 

bringing the molten surfaces together 

under closely controlled pressures, and 

holding the surfaces together until the 

joint has cooled. 

In all thermal fusion processes, the field 

pipe jointing should only be performed 

by trained fusion operators using 

properly maintained and calibrated 

fusion machines. 

The fusion compatibility of PE materials 

must be established before welding, and 

if doubts exist then the advice of Vinidex 

engineers should be sought. 

Butt Fusion 

Butt fusion is generally applied to PE 

pipes within the size range 90 mm to 

1000 mm for joints on pipes, fittings, 

and end treatments. Butt fusion provides 

a homogeneous joint with the same 

properties as the pipe and fittings 

materials, and ability to resist 

longitudinal loads. 

Butt fusion machines need to be 

sufficiently robust to align and 

pressurise the pipe ends within close 

tolerances, and to provide heating and 

pressurisation of the jointing surfaces 

within required parameter tolerances. 

All butt fusion should be performed 

under cover, and the ends of the PE 

pipes blocked off to assist with 

temperature control and prevent 

contamination of the joints. 

The butt fusion process consists of the 

following steps which are shown in 

principle in Figure 6.2. 

1. The pipes must be installed in the 

welding machine, and the ends 

cleaned with non depositing alcohol 

to remove all dirt, dust, moisture, 

and greasy films from a zone 

approximately 75 mm from the end 

of each pipe, on both inside and 

outside diameter faces. 

2. The ends of the pipes are trimmed 

using a rotating cutter to remove all 

rough ends and oxidation layers. The 

trimmed end faces must be square 

and parallel. 

3. The ends of the PE pipes are heated 

by contact under pressure against a 

heater plate. The heater plates must 

be clean and free from 

contamination, and maintained within 

a surface temperature range of 190 ° C 

to 225 ° C (depending on the size of 

the pipe). Contact is maintained until 

even heating is established around 

the pipe ends, and the contact 

pressure then reduced to a lower 

value called the heat soak pressure. 

Contact is then maintained until the 

appropriate heat soak time elapses. 

4. The heated pipe ends are then 

retracted and the heater plate 

removed. The heated PE pipe ends 

are then brought together and 

pressurised evenly to the welding 

pressure value. This pressure is then 

maintained for a period to allow the 

welding process to take place, and 

the fused joint to cool down to 

ambient temperature and hence 

develop full joint strength. The 

pressure adopted in this phase 

should be in the range 0.15MPa to 

0.18MPa on the ends of the pipes. 

During this cooling period the joints 

must remain undisturbed and under 

compression. Under no 

circumstances should the joints be 

sprayed with cold water. 

The combinations of times, 

temperatures, and pressures to be 

adopted depends on the PE material 

grade, the diameter and wall thickness of 

the pipes, and the brand and model of 

fusion machine being used. Vinidex 

engineers can provide guidance in these 

parameters. 

The final weld beads should be fully 

rolled over, free from pitting and voids, 

correctly sized, and free from 

discolouration. 

When correctly performed, the minimum 

long term strength of the butt fusion 

joint should be 90% of the strength of 

the parent PE pipe. 


Jointing.3


Figure 6.1 

Butt Welding Parameters 

P1 

P3 

P2 

Zone 1 Zone 2 

Zone 4 

Pressure Pd 

DRAG 

T1 

T2 T3 T4 T5 

Zone 3 

Time 

In field applications full QA records of 

times, temperatures and pressures 

achieved for all joints should be 

recorded, and the locations of welds 

identified on as-constructed site plans. 

The most reliable methods of weld 

evaluation are the destructive type. 

Destructive test methods require tensile 

testing of welds and pipe in order to 

establish the strength of the weld as a 

percentage of pipe strength. 

Flexural testing may also be required in 

order to evaluate the effect of any joint 

misalignment. 

Hydrostatic pressure testing will not 

determine the strength of butt welds, due 

to the stress across the plane of the butt 

weld being only 50% of the hoop stress 

in the pipe section. 

Weld beads are normally left in place on 

the pipe section, unless required to be 

removed from the outside diameter to 

allow slip lining, or from the inside 

diameter to prevent potential material 

blockage in sewer rising mains. 

Zone 1 Initial Bead Pressure P1 kPa 

Time T1 

Seconds (min) 

Zone 2 Heat Soak Pressure P2 kPa 

Time T2 

Seconds 

Zone 3 Change Over Time T3 Seconds (max) 

Zone 4 Weld Pressure Build Up Seconds (min) 

Welding Pressure P3 kPa 

Welding/Cooling Time T5 Minutes 

Note: The pressure needed to bring the pipe ends together (Drag Pressure) for each 

joint must be added to the calculated pressure at each stage. 

Figure 6.2 

Schematic Sketch of the Butt Welding Process 

Jointing.4 



Electrofusion 

Vinidex PE electrofusion system consists 

of moulded couplings, tapping saddles, 

and fittings with electric elements 

contained in the fitting. (Figure 6.3). 

When a controlled electrical current is 

passed through the resistance wire, 

there is a temperature increase, the 

resulting heat being transferred to the 

jointing surfaces until melting occurs. 

The joint surfaces are held under 

pressure until cooled. 

Vinidex electrofusion fittings require a 

39.5 (40) Volt power source provided by 

a control box from a 240 Volt 50Hz, 

single phase supply. Where a generator 

is used, this requires a minimum power 

of 3 kVA. If multiple control boxes are 

used on a project, then a 5 kVA 

generator may be required. 

Vinidex electrofusion fittings use a single 

connection pin of 4.7 mm diameter. 

Electrofusion control boxes must not be 

used in explosive atmospheres. In deep 

trenches, tunnels, or mine workings, the 

power source may require approval by 

the local electricity utility. 

All electrofusion joints must be carried 

out under cover to prevent 

contamination by dust, moisture and 

dirt, and be clamped to prevent 

movement in the joint until the cooling 

period has been completed. 

Power connection terminals 

Heating element 

PE Pipe Coupling PE Pipe 

Figure 6.3 Electrofusion 

1. Cut the pipes square, and mark the 

pipes at a length equal to the socket 

depth. 

2. Scrape the marked section of the 

pipe spigot to remove all oxidised PE 

layers to a depth of approximately 

0.3mm. Use a hand scraper, or a 

rotating peel scraper to remove the 

PE layers. Do not use sand paper. 

Leave the electrofusion fittings in the 

sealed plastic bag until needed for 

assembly. Do not scrape the inside of 

the fitting, clean with an approved 

cleaner to remove all dust, dirt, and 

moisture. 

3. Insert the pipe into the coupling up to 

the witness marks. Ensure pipes are 

rounded, and when using coiled PE 

pipes, re rounding clamps may be 

needed to remove ovality. Clamp the 

joint assembly. 

4. Connect the electrical circuit, and 

follow the instructions for the 

particular power control box. Do not 

change the standard fusion 

conditions for the particular size and 

type of fitting. 

5. Leave the joint in the clamp assembly 

until the full cooling time has been 

completed. 


Jointing.5


Socket Fusion 

Socket fusion of Vinidex PE systems is 

available in the diameter range 20mm to 

110mm. 

Socket fusion consists of jointing 

couplings, and fittings with a close 

tolerance moulded socket section into 

which the pipe or fitting spigot is 

inserted. 

The fusion process is achieved by 

heating the spigot, and socket jointing 

surfaces above the crystalline melt point 

temperature of PE by insertion into a 

heated element tool. The heated joint 

sections are then assembled, and held 

until cooling to ambient temperature 

takes place. See Figure 6.4. 

The heater elements are PTFE coated, 

and at all times must be kept clean and 

free from contamination. The heater 

tools need to be set and calibrated to 

maintain a surface temperature range of 

260°C +/- 5°C. All jointing must be 

performed under cover to prevent 

contamination of the joints by dust, dirt, 

or moisture. 

1. Cut the pipes square, clean the spigot 

section with a clean cloth and a non 

depositing alcohol to the full depth of 

the socket. Mark the length of the 

socket. Clean the inside of the socket 

section. 

2. Scrape the outside of the pipe spigot 

to remove the oxidised layer from the 

pipe. Do not scrape the inside of the 

sockets. 

3. Confirm the temperature of the 

heating elements, and ensure that the 

heating surfaces are clean. 

Figure 6.4 

Schematic Sketch of the 

Fusion Welding Process 

4. Push the spigot, and socket sections 

on to the heating elements to the full 

length of engagement, and allow to 

heat for the appropriate period. 


5. Pull the spigot and socket sections 

from the heating elements, and push 

together evenly to the full length of 

engagement without distortion of the 

joints. Clamp the joints and hold until 

fully cooled. The weld flow bead 

should then appear evenly around the 

full circumference of the socket end. 

The completed joints must be allowed to 

cool fully to ambient temperature before 

performing pressure tests. 

Table 6.1 Socket Fusion Times 

Pipe Diameter DN Tool Heating Time Assembly Time Cooling Time 

mm seconds seconds minutes 

16 5 4 2 

20 5 4 2 

25 8 4 2 

32 10 6 4 

40 15 6 4 

50 20 6 4 

63 25 8 6 

75 30 8 6 

90 40 8 6 

110 50 10 8 

Notes: 

1. Heating times are for PN12.5 wall sections. 

2. Cooling times are the times for the assembly to be held within the clamps. 

3. Socket fusion not recommended for pipes SDR17 and below. 

Jointing.6 



Mechanical Joint Fitting Plasson Assembly Instructions 


Jointing.7


Flanged Ends 

Vinidex PE pipes are provided with 

flange connections by using PE stub 

ends jointed to the ends of the pipes by 

either electrofusion or butt welding. 

These are used in conjunction with metal 

backing plates, and rubber sealing 

gaskets in order to provide a 

demountable joint. Sealing gaskets are 

made from natural rubber or 

polychloroprene depending on the fluid 

being carried. 

Where hot fluids or chemical reagents 

are carried, the suitability of the sealing 

gasket material must be determined, and 

the advice of Vinidex engineers obtained. 

The sealing gaskets must be clean and 

free from creases when fitted to the 

flange assembly. 

Flanges are available across the full size 

range of Vinidex PE pipes (up to 

1000mm diameter), and to the same 

pressure PN rating as the pipes. 

Metal backing plates are available in hot 

dip galvanised form, and thickness to AS 

2129, and AS 4087 as required. The 

thickness of the metal backing plate 

must be assessed for the operating 

pressures in each particular pipeline 

using the requirements of AS 2129 and 

AS 4087. 

The fixing bolts must be tightened evenly 

around the flange. Bolts must not be 

over tightened, and a torque wrench 

should be used to prevent buckling of 

the metal backing plate. 

Hugger Bolted Couplings 

Bolted couplings are fitted directly to the 

ends of the PE pipes, and the serrated 

inside section of the coupling grips the 

outside diameter of the PE pipe, 

providing longitudinal restraint. 

The central rubber sealing ring provides 

a pressure seal. 

The ends of the PE pipes must be cut 

square, and be free from all dirt and 

grease when pushed together, without a 

gap between the pipe ends. 

The seal ring must be clean, and fitted 

evenly over the ends of the pipe. The 

coupling housing must be fitted evenly 

over the rubber ring, and the bolts 

tightened fully. 

Threads 

The cutting of threads is not 

recommended. 

Where threaded fittings are used then : 

1. Only PTFE tape should be used as a 

sealant. Hemp, paste, and petroleum 

compounds must not be used. 

2. The joint should be made firm by 

hand, or by strap wrench to prevent 

over straining of the joint. Serrated 

jaw wrenches must not be used. 

3. Where possible, the pipeline system 

should be designed so as to ensure 

that PE/metal thread joints are such 

that the male thread is PE, and the 

female thread form is metal. 

Figure 6.5 

Stub Flanges & 

Backing Plates 

Polyethylene to polyethylene 

Back-up plates 

Stub flange 

Polyethylene 

pipe 

Stub flange 

Steel to polyethylene 

Back-up plate 

Gasket 

MS flange 

Polyethelene 

pipe 

Stub flange 

Figure 6.6 

Hugger Bolted Couplings 

Z 

Gasket 

Size 90mm-315mm 

Polyethylene 

pipe 

Steel pipe 

Jointing.8 


product.data 

contents 

Pressure Pipe 3 

Polyethylene Pipe Reels 11 

Gas Pipe 12 

Rural Pipe 13 

Low Density Irrigation Pipe 13 

Syphon Tube 14 

Flood Pipe 14 

Fittings for Butt Welding 15 

Mechanical Couplings 35 

Metal Backing Rings 36 

Electrofusion Fittings 39 

Metric Compression Fittings 61 

Tapping Saddles 85 

Polypropylene Valves 89 

Rural Compression Fittings 92 

Threaded Fittings 100 

Compressed Air Pipe & Fittings for Socket Fusion 105 

Welding Equipment 111 


Product Data.1

product.data 





























publication. 














ABN 42 000 664 942 

Product Data.2 


product.data 

PE Pressure Pipe 

AS/NZS 4130 - PE 80B BLACK - Coils 

T 

O.D. 

SIZES 16mm to 125mm T = Average wall thickness ( mm ) 

PE 80B BLACK 

SIZE COIL SDR 21 SDR 17 SDR 13.6 SDR 11 SDR 9 

O.D LENGTH T T T T T 

mm m mm CODE kg/m mm CODE kg/m mm CODE kg/m mm CODE kg/m mm CODE kg/m 

16 50 - - - - - - 1.8 25980 0.07 2.0 25981 0.08 

300 - - - - - - 1.8 25982 0.07 2.0 25983 0.08 

20 50 - - - - - - 2.1 25984 0.11 2.5 25985 0.13 

200 - - - - - - 2.1 25986 0.11 2.5 25987 0.13 

25 25 - - - - - - 2.5 25988 0.17 3.0 25989 0.20 

50 - - - - - - 2.5 25990 0.17 3.0 25991 0.20 

200 1.7 26860 0.12 1.8 25992 0.12 2.1 25993 0.14 2.5 25994 0.17 3.0 25995 0.20 

32 25 - - - - - - 3.1 25996 0.27 3.9 25997 0.33 

50 - - - - - 3.1 25998 0.27 3.9 25999 0.33 

200 1.8 26861 0.16 2.1 26000 0.18 2.6 26001 0.23 3.1 26002 0.27 3.9 26003 0.33 

40 25 - - - - - - 4.0 26004 0.43 4.8 26005 0.51 

50 - - - - - - 4.0 26006 0.43 4.8 26007 0.51 

150 2.1 26862 0.23 2.6 26008 0.29 3.2 26009 0.36 4.0 26010 0.43 4.8 26011 0.51 

50 50 - - - - - - 4.9 26012 0.67 6.0 26013 0.79 

100 - - - - - - 4.9 26014 0.67 6.0 26015 0.79 

150 2.6 26863 0.37 3.2 26016 0.45 4.0 26017 0.55 4.9 26018 0.67 6.0 26019 0.79 

63 100 3.2 26864 0.58 4.1 26020 0.72 5.0 26021 0.88 6.2 26022 1.06 7.6 26023 1.27 

75 100 3.9 26865 0.82 4.8 26024 1.02 5.9 26025 1.22 7.2 26026 1.48 8.9 26027 1.78 

90 75 4.6 26866 1.18 5.8 26028 1.46 7.0 26029 1.76 8.7 26030 2.14 10.7 26031 2.57 

100 4.6 26867 1.18 5.8 26032 1.46 7.0 26033 1.76 8.7 26034 2.14 10.7 26035 2.57 

110 60 - - 7.0 26036 2.18 8.6 26037 2.64 10.6 26038 3.19 13.0 26039 3.83 

100 - - 7.0 26040 2.18 8.6 26041 2.64 10.6 26042 3.19 13.0 26043 3.83 

125 75 - - 7.9 26045 2.79 9.8 26046 3.41 12.1 26047 3.14 14.8 26048 4.95 

For identification purposes PE pipe can be supplied in other colours, or striped, subject to order quantities. 


PE80 PN 3.2 PN 4 - PN 6.3 PN 8 PN 10 PN 12.5 PN 16 PN 20 

PE100 PN 4 - PN 6.3 PN 8 PN 10 PN 12.5 PN 16 PN 20 PN 25 


Product Data.3

product.data 


AS/NZS 4130 - PE 80B BLACK - 12 Metre Pipe Lengths 

T 

O.D. 

SIZES 20mm to 1000mm 


T = Average wall thickness (mm) 

SIZE PIPE SDR 41 SDR 33 SDR 21 SDR 17 

O.D LENGTH T T T T 

mm m mm CODE kg/m mm CODE kg/m mm CODE kg/m mm CODE kg/m 

20 12 - - - - 1.8 26050 0.09 1.8 26051 0.09 

25 12 - - - - 1.8 26055 0.12 1.8 26056 0.12 

32 12 - - - - 1.8 26060 0.16 2.1 26061 0.18 

40 12 - - - - 2.1 26065 0.23 2.6 26066 0.29 

50 12 - - - - 2.6 26070 0.37 3.2 26071 0.45 

63 12 - - - - 3.2 26075 0.58 4.1 26076 0.72 

75 12 2.1 26080 0.45 2.5 26081 0.54 3.9 26082 0.82 4.8 26083 1.02 

90 12 2.4 26087 0.62 3.0 26088 0.78 4.6 26089 1.18 5.8 26090 1.46 

110 12 2.9 26094 0.93 3.7 26095 1.17 5.7 26096 1.78 7.0 26097 2.18 

125 12 3.3 26102 1.22 4.2 26103 1.52 6.4 26104 2.29 7.9 26105 2.78 

140 12 3.8 26109 1.53 4.6 26110 1.88 7.1 26111 2.86 8.8 26112 3.50 

160 12 4.3 26116 2.00 5.2 26117 2.44 8.2 26118 3.76 10.1 26119 4.58 

180 12 4.7 26123 2.48 5.9 26124 3.13 9.1 26125 4.73 11.3 26126 5.80 

200 12 5.2 26130 3.07 6.6 26131 3.86 10.2 26132 5.86 12.6 26133 7.17 

225 12 5.9 26137 3.88 7.3 26138 4.83 11.4 26139 7.41 14.2 26140 9.08 

250 12 6.6 26144 4.85 8.2 26145 5.98 12.6 26146 9.08 15.6 26147 11.14 

280 12 7.3 26151 6.05 9.1 26152 7.48 14.2 26153 11.44 17.5 26154 13.99 

315 12 8.2 26158 7.59 10.3 26159 9.50 15.8 26160 14.42 19.7 26161 17.67 

355 12 9.2 26165 9.67 11.5 26166 12.03 17.8 26167 18.31 22.3 26168 22.55 

400 12 10.4 26172 12.28 13.0 26173 15.30 20.2 26174 23.31 25.0 26175 28.54 

450 12 11.6 26179 15.50 14.6 26180 19.31 22.7 26181 29.52 28.1 26182 36.18 

500 12 13.0 26185 19.25 16.2 26186 23.79 25.2 26187 36.45 31.2 26188 44.57 

560 12 14.5 26191 24.02 18.2 26192 29.95 28.1 26193 45.62 35.0 26194 55.98 

630 12 16.3 26196 30.38 20.4 26197 37.81 31.6 26198 57.67 39.3 26199 70.76 

710 12 18.3 26201 38.68 23.0 26202 48.13 35.7 26203 73.43 44.3 26204 89.99 

800 12 20.7 26205 49.08 25.8 26206 60.94 40.1 26207 92.99 - - 

1000 12 25.8 26208 76.70 32.2 26209 95.15 50.2 26210 145.52 - - 

Pipes in sizes 20mm to 63mm, SDR 21 & SDR 17 are available subject to minimum order quantities. 







product.data 


AS/NZS 4130 - PE 80B BLACK - 12 Metre Pipe Lengths 

T 

O.D. 


PIPE PIPE SDR 13.6 SDR 11 SDR 9 

O.D. LENGTH T T T 

mm m mm CODE kg/m mm CODE kg/m mm CODE kg/m 

20 12 1.8 26052 0.09 2.1 26053 0.11 2.5 26054 0.13 

25 12 2.1 26057 0.14 2.5 26058 0.17 3.0 26059 0.20 

32 12 2.6 26062 0.23 3.1 26063 0.27 3.9 26064 0.33 

40 12 3.2 26067 0.36 4.0 26068 0.43 4.8 26069 0.51 

50 12 4.0 26072 0.55 4.9 26073 0.67 6.0 26074 0.79 

63 12 5.0 26077 0.88 6.2 26078 1.06 7.6 26079 1.27 

75 12 5.9 26084 1.23 7.2 26085 1.42 8.9 26086 1.78 

90 12 7.0 26091 1.76 8.7 26092 2.14 10.7 26093 2.58 

110 12 8.6 26098 2.64 10.6 26099 3.17 13.0 26100 3.83 

125 12 9.8 26106 3.41 12.1 26107 4.13 14.8 26108 4.95 

140 12 10.9 26113 4.28 13.4 26114 5.16 16.6 26115 6.22 

160 12 12.5 26120 5.59 15.4 26121 6.78 18.9 26122 8.11 

180 12 14.1 26127 7.09 17.3 26128 8.57 21.2 26129 10.24 

200 12 15.5 26134 8.71 19.2 26135 10.57 23.6 26136 12.68 

225 12 17.5 26141 11.06 21.6 26142 13.38 26.5 26143 15.99 

250 12 19.4 26148 13.63 23.9 26149 16.48 29.4 26150 19.74 

280 12 21.7 26155 17.08 26.8 26156 20.64 33.0 26157 24.81 

315 12 24.5 26162 21.64 30.1 26163 26.15 37.1 26164 31.38 

355 12 27.5 26169 27.44 33.9 26170 33.18 41.7 26171 39.80 

400 12 31.0 26176 34.83 38.2 26177 42.15 47.0 26178 50.00 

450 12 34.9 26183 44.12 43.0 26184 53.42 - - 

500 12 38.7 26189 54.49 47.8 26190 65.88 - - 

560 12 43.4 26195 68.33 - - - - 

630 12 48.9 26200 86.40 - - - - 

710 12 - - - - - - 

800 12 - - - - - - - 

1000 12 - - - - - - - 

Pipes in sizes 20mm to 63mm, SDR 13.6, SDR 11 and SDR 9 are available subject to minimum order quantities. 






Product Data.5

product.data 


AS/NZS 4130 - PE 80C BLACK - Coils 

T 

O.D. 

SIZES 16mm TO 125mm 


PE 80C BLACK 

SIZE COIL SDR 21 SDR 17 SDR 13.6 SDR 11 SDR 9 

O.D LENGTH T T T T T 

mm m mm CODE kg/m mm CODE kg/m mm CODE kg/m mm CODE kg/m mm CODE kg/m 

16 50 - - - - - - 1.8 26740 0.07 2.0 26741 0.08 

300 - - - - - - 1.8 26742 0.07 2.0 26743 0.08 

20 50 - - - - - - 2.1 26744 0.11 2.5 26745 0.13 

200 - - - - - - 2.1 26746 0.11 2.5 26747 0.13 

25 25 - - - - - - 2.5 26748 0.17 3.0 26749 0.20 

50 - - - - - - 2.5 26750 0.17 3.0 26751 0.20 

200 1.7 26870 0.12 1.8 26752 0.12 2.1 26753 0.14 2.5 26754 0.17 3.0 26755 0.20 

32 25 - - - - - - 3.1 26756 0.27 3.9 26757 0.33 

50 - - - - - - 3.1 26758 0.27 3.9 26759 0.33 

200 1.8 26871 0.16 2.1 26760 0.18 2.6 26761 0.23 3.1 26762 0.27 3.9 26763 0.33 

40 25 - - - - - - 4.0 26764 0.43 4.8 26765 0.51 

50 - - - - - - 4.0 26766 0.43 4.8 26767 0.51 

150 2.1 26872 0.23 3 26768 0.29 3.2 26769 0.36 4.0 26770 0.43 4.8 26771 0.51 

50 50 - - - - - - 4.9 26772 0.67 6.0 26773 0.79 

100 - - - - - - 4.9 26774 0.67 6.0 26775 0.79 

150 2.6 26873 0.37 3.2 26776 0.45 4.0 26777 0.55 4.9 26778 0.67 6.0 26779 0.79 

63 100 3.2 26874 0.56 4.1 26780 0.72 5.0 26781 0.87 6.2 26782 1.06 7.6 26783 1.27 

75 100 3.9 26875 0.82 4.8 26784 1.02 5.9 26785 1.22 7.2 26786 1.48 8.9 26787 1.78 

90 75 4.6 26876 1.18 5.8 26788 1.46 7.0 26789 1.76 8.7 26790 2.14 10.7 26791 2.57 

100 4.6 26877 1.18 5.8 26792 1.46 7.0 26793 1.76 8.7 26794 2.14 10.7 26795 2.57 

110 60 - - 7.0 26796 2.44 8.6 26797 2.51 10.6 26798 3.19 13.0 26799 3.83 

100 - - 7.0 26800 2.44 8.6 26801 2.51 10.6 26802 3.19 13.0 26803 3.83 

125 75 - - 7.9 26804 2.57 9.8 26805 3.39 12.1 26806 4.10 14.8 26807 4.90 







product.data 


AS/NZS 4130 - PE 80C BLACK - 12 Metre Pipe Lengths 

T 

O.D. 

SIZES 20mm TO 1000 mm 


T = Average wall thickness (mm). 

SIZE PIPE SDR 41 SDR 33 SDR 21 SDR 17 

O.D. LENGTH T T T T 

mm m mm CODE kg/m mm CODE kg/m mm CODE kg/m mm CODE kg/m 

20 12 - - 1.8 26339 0.09 1.8 26340 0.09 

25 12 - - 1.8 26344 0.12 1.8 26345 0.12 

32 12 - - 1.8 26349 0.16 2.1 26350 0.18 

40 12 - - 2.1 26354 0.23 2.6 26355 0.29 

50 12 - - 2.6 26359 0.37 3.2 26360 0.45 

63 12 - - 3.2 26364 0.58 4.1 26365 0.72 

75 12 2.1 26369 0.45 2.5 26370 0.54 3.9 26371 0.82 4.8 26372 1.02 

90 12 2.4 26376 0.62 3.0 26377 0.78 4.6 26378 1.18 5.8 26379 1.46 

110 12 2.9 26383 0.93 3.7 26384 1.17 5.7 26385 1.78 7.0 26386 2.18 

125 12 3.3 26391 1.22 4.2 26392 1.52 6.4 26393 2.29 7.9 26394 2.78 

140 12 3.8 26398 1.53 4.6 26399 1.88 7.1 26400 2.86 8.8 26401 3.50 

160 12 4.3 26405 2.00 5.2 26406 2.44 8.2 26407 3.76 10.1 26408 4.58 

180 12 4.7 26412 2.48 5.9 26413 3.13 9.1 26414 4.73 11.3 26415 5.80 

200 12 5.2 26419 3.07 6.6 26420 3.86 10.2 26421 5.86 12.6 26422 7.17 

225 12 5.9 26426 3.88 7.3 26427 4.83 11.4 26428 7.41 14.2 26429 9.08 

250 12 6.6 26433 4.85 8.2 26434 5.98 12.6 26435 9.08 15.6 26436 11.14 

280 12 7.3 26440 6.05 9.1 26441 7.48 14.2 26442 11.44 17.5 26443 13.99 

315 12 8.2 26447 7.59 10.3 26448 9.50 15.8 26449 14.42 19.7 26450 17.67 

355 12 9.2 26454 9.67 11.5 26455 12.03 17.8 26456 18.31 22.3 26457 22.55 

400 12 10.4 26461 12.28 13.0 26462 15.30 20.2 26463 23.31 25.0 26464 28.54 

450 12 11.6 26468 15.50 14.6 26469 19.31 22.7 26470 29.52 28.1 26471 36.18 

500 12 13.0 26474 19.25 16.2 26475 23.79 25.2 26476 36.45 31.2 26477 44.57 

560 12 14.5 26480 24.02 18.2 26481 29.95 28.1 26482 45.62 35.0 26483 55.98 

630 12 16.3 26485 30.38 20.4 26486 37.81 31.6 26487 57.67 39.3 26488 70.76 

710 12 18.3 26490 36.68 23.0 26491 48.13 35.7 26492 73.43 44.3 26493 89.99 

800 12 20.7 26494 49.08 25.8 26495 60.94 40.1 26496 92.99 - - 

1000 12 25.8 26497 76.70 32.2 26498 95.15 50.2 26499 145.52 - - 

Pipes in sizes 20mm to 63mm, SDR 21 and SDR 17 are available subject to minimum order quantities. 






Product Data.7

product.data 


AS/NZS 4130 - PE 80C BLACK - 12 Metre Pipe Lengths 

T 

O.D. 




PIPE PIPE SDR 13.6 SDR 11 SDR 9 



20 12 1.8 26341 0.09 2.1 26342 0.11 2.5 26343 0.13 

25 12 2.1 26346 0.14 2.5 26347 0.17 3.0 26348 0.20 

32 12 2.6 26351 0.23 3.1 26352 0.27 3.9 26353 0.33 

40 12 3.2 26356 0.36 4.0 26357 0.43 4.8 26358 0.51 

50 12 4.0 26361 0.55 4.9 26362 0.67 6.0 26363 0.79 

63 12 5.0 26366 0.88 6.2 26367 1.06 7.6 26368 1.27 

75 12 5.9 26373 1.23 7.2 26374 1.42 8.9 26375 1.78 

90 12 7.0 26380 1.76 8.7 26381 2.14 10.7 26382 2.58 

110 12 8.6 26387 2.64 10.6 26388 3.19 13.0 26389 3.83 

125 12 9.8 26395 3.41 12.1 26396 4.13 14.8 26397 4.95 

140 12 10.9 26402 4.28 13.4 26403 5.16 16.6 26404 6.22 

160 12 12.5 26409 5.59 15.4 26410 6.78 18.9 26411 8.11 

180 12 14.1 26416 7.09 17.3 26417 8.57 21.2 26418 10.24 

200 12 15.5 26423 8.71 19.2 26424 10.57 23.6 26425 12.68 

225 12 17.5 26430 11.06 21.6 26431 13.38 26.5 26432 15.99 

250 12 19.4 26437 13.63 23.9 26438 16.48 29.4 26439 19.74 

280 12 21.7 26444 17.08 26.8 26445 20.64 33.0 26446 24.81 

315 12 24.5 26451 21.64 30.1 26452 26.15 37.1 26453 31.38 

355 12 27.5 26458 27.44 33.9 26459 33.18 41.7 26460 39.80 

400 12 31.0 26465 34.83 38.2 26466 42.15 47.0 26467 50.00 

450 12 34.9 26472 44.12 43.0 26473 53.42 - - 

500 12 38.7 26478 54.49 47.8 26479 65.88 - - 

560 12 43.4 26484 68.33 - - - - 

630 12 48.9 26489 86.40 - - - - 

710 12 - - - - - - 

800 12 - - - - - - 

1000 12 - - - - - - 

Pipes in sizes 20mm to 63mm, SDR 13.6, SDR 11 and SDR 9 are available subject to minimum order quantities. 







product.data 


AS/NZS 4130 - PE 100 BLACK - 12 Metre Pipe Lengths 

T 

O.D. 

Sizes 20mm TO 1000mm 

PE 100 BLACK 


PIPE PIPE SDR 41 SDR 26 SDR 21 



20 12 - - 1.8 26501 0.09 1.8 26502 0.09 

25 12 - - 1.8 26506 0.12 1.8 26507 0.12 

32 12 - - 1.8 26511 0.16 1.8 26512 0.16 

40 12 - - 1.8 26516 0.20 2.1 26517 0.23 

50 12 - - 2.2 26521 0.31 2.6 26522 0.37 

63 12 - - 2.6 26526 0.47 3.2 26527 0.58 

75 12 2.1 26531 0.45 3.1 26532 0.67 3.9 26533 0.83 

90 12 2.4 26537 0.62 3.8 26538 0.98 4.6 26539 1.18 

110 12 2.9 26543 0.93 4.6 26544 1.47 5.7 26545 1.78 

125 12 3.3 26550 1.22 5.1 26551 1.86 6.4 26552 2.30 

140 12 3.8 26556 1.54 5.8 26557 2.34 7.1 26558 2.88 

160 12 4.3 26562 2.02 6.6 26563 3.08 8.2 26564 3.78 

180 12 4.7 26568 2.49 7.3 26569 3.85 9.1 26570 4.75 

200 12 5.2 26574 3.08 8.2 26575 4.78 10.2 26576 5.88 

225 12 5.9 26580 3.89 9.1 26581 6.00 11.4 26582 7.45 

250 12 6.6 26586 4.88 10.2 26587 7.44 12.6 26588 9.13 

280 12 7.3 26592 6.08 11.3 26593 9.28 14.2 26594 11.51 

315 12 8.2 26598 7.63 12.8 26599 11.81 15.8 26600 14.49 

355 12 9.2 26604 9.72 14.4 26605 14.97 17.8 26606 18.40 

400 12 10.4 26610 12.33 16.2 26611 18.97 20.2 26612 23.43 

450 12 11.6 26616 15.58 18.2 26617 23.99 22.7 26618 29.67 

500 12 13.0 26622 19.35 20.2 26623 29.60 25.2 26624 36.64 

560 12 14.5 26628 24.14 22.6 26629 37.14 28.1 26630 45.85 

630 12 16.3 26633 30.53 25.4 26634 47.06 31.6 26635 57.97 

710 12 18.3 26638 38.88 28.7 26639 59.85 35.7 26640 73.81 

800 12 20.7 26642 49.34 32.2 26643 75.88 40.1 26644 93.48 

1000 12 25.8 26645 77.10 40.2 26646 118.40 50.2 26647 146.28 

Pipes in sizes 20mm to 63mm, SDR 26 and SDR 21 are available subject to minimum order quantities. 






Product Data.9

product.data 


AS/NZS 4130 - PE 100 BLACK - 12 Metre Pipe Lengths 

T 

O.D. 


PE 100 BLACK 


PIPE PIPE SDR 17 SDR 13.6 SDR 11 



20 12 1.8 26503 0.09 1.8 26504 0.09 2.1 26505 0.11 

25 12 1.8 26508 0.12 2.1 26509 0.14 2.5 26510 0.17 

32 12 2.1 26513 0.18 2.6 26514 0.23 3.1 26515 0.27 

40 12 2.6 26518 0.29 3.2 26519 0.36 4.0 26520 0.43 

50 12 3.2 26523 0.45 4.0 26524 0.55 4.9 26525 0.67 

63 12 4.1 26528 0.72 5.0 26529 0.88 6.2 26530 1.07 

75 12 4.8 26534 1.02 5.9 26535 1.23 7.2 26536 1.49 

90 12 5.8 26540 1.47 7.0 26541 1.77 8.7 26542 2.15 

110 12 7.0 26546 2.20 8.6 26547 2.65 10.6 26548 3.21 

125 12 7.9 26553 2.80 9.8 26554 3.43 12.1 26555 4.16 

140 12 8.8 26559 3.52 10.9 26560 4.29 13.4 26561 5.19 

160 12 10.1 26565 4.60 12.5 26566 5.62 15.4 26567 6.81 

180 12 11.3 26571 5.83 14.1 26572 7.13 17.3 26573 8.61 

200 12 12.6 26577 7.20 15.5 26578 8.75 19.2 26579 10.62 

225 12 14.2 26583 9.13 17.5 26584 11.12 21.6 26585 13.45 

250 12 15.6 26589 11.20 19.4 26590 13.69 23.9 26591 16.56 

280 12 17.5 26595 14.07 21.7 26596 17.18 26.8 26597 20.75 

315 12 19.7 26601 17.83 24.5 26602 21.76 30.1 26603 26.28 

355 12 22.3 26607 22.67 27.5 26608 27.58 33.9 26609 33.36 

400 12 25.0 26613 28.69 31.0 26614 35.02 38.2 26615 42.37 

450 12 28.1 26619 36.37 34.9 26620 44.35 43.0 26621 53.69 

500 12 31.2 26625 44.80 38.7 26626 54.78 47.8 26627 66.23 

560 12 35.0 26631 56.27 43.4 26632 68.69 - - 

630 12 39.3 26636 71.13 48.9 26637 86.85 - - 

710 12 44.3 26641 90.47 - - - - 

800 12 - - - - - - 

1000 12 - - - - - - 

Pipes in sizes 20mm to 63mm, SDR 17, SDR 13.6 and SDR 11 are available subject to minimum order quantities. 







product.data 


Polyethylene Pipe Reels 

Vinidex polyethylene pipe is now available 

coiled on large reels. The reels are capable 

of carrying pipe sizes from 20mm to 

125mm diameter in lengths from 250 

metres up to 9.5 kilometres. 

The availability of extended pipe lengths 

allows continuous runs of pipe with 

minimal jointing, reducing labour and 

material costs. Further advantages are ease 

of handling and speed of pipe installation. 

The increased rate at which pipe can be laid 

also minimises disruption caused by pipe 

installation. Site restoration work can start 

almost immediately and well-planned 

medium size projects can be completed 

within a day. 

Applications 

The polyethylene pipe reels have been 

proven in the field on a range of projects, 

including: 

• Mains relining 

• Mains replacement by pipe bursting/ 

cracking techniques 

• Gas distribution pipelines 

• Agricultural and horticultural irrigation 

• Golf course watering systems 

• Direct lay and directional boring 

• Plough-in 

Customer benefits 

• Longer pipe lengths 

• Ease of handling 

• Improved rate of laying 

• Lower installation costs 

• Shorter installation time 

• Minimal joints 

• Ability to control wastage 

• Protection against damage 

• Minimal site storage 

Reel Sizes – Class A Reels 

Pipe Size 

Quantity 

125mm 

250m 

110mm 

300m 

90mm 

400m 

75mm 

600m 

Reel Sizes – Class B Reels 

Pipe Size 

Quantity 

75mm 

600m 

63mm 

900m 

50mm 

1500m 

40mm 

2400m 

32mm 

3800m 

25mm 

6500m 

20mm 

9500m 


Product Data.11

product.data 

PE Gas Pipe 

AS/NZS 4130 - Series 2 

T 

O.D. 




PIPE SDR 13.6 SDR 11 SDR 17.6 

O.D. T T T 

mm mm CODE kg/m mm CODE kg/m mm CODE kg/m 

16 3.22 0.09 3.22 0.09 2.45 0.07 

20 3.22 0.11 3.22 0.11 2.45 0.09 

25 3.22 0.17 3.22 0.17 2.45 0.12 

32 3.22 0.27 3.22 0.27 2.45 0.18 

40 3.22 0.36 4.00 0.43 2.45 0.29 

50 4.00 0.55 4.90 0.67 3.10 0.45 

63 5.00 0.88 6.20 1.06 3.85 0.72 

75 5.90 1.23 7.20 1.42 4.55 1.02 

90 7.00 1.76 8.70 2.14 5.50 1.46 

110 8.60 2.64 10.60 3.19 6.65 2.18 

125 9.80 3.41 12.10 4.13 7.50 2.78 

140 10.90 4.28 13.40 5.16 8.45 3.50 

160 12.50 5.59 15.40 6.78 9.60 4.58 

180 14.10 7.09 17.30 8.57 10.90 5.80 

200 15.50 8.71 19.20 10.57 12.00 7.17 

225 17.50 11.06 21.60 13.38 13.50 9.08 

250 19.40 13.63 23.90 16.48 14.95 11.14 

280 21.70 17.08 26.80 20.64 16.85 13.99 

315 24.50 21.64 30.10 26.15 18.85 17.67 

355 27.50 27.44 33.90 33.18 21.30 22.55 

400 31.00 34.83 38.20 42.15 24.00 28.54 

450 34.90 44.12 43.00 53.42 27.05 - 36.18 

500 38.70 54.49 47.80 65.88 30.00 - 44.57 

560 43.40 68.33 - - 33.55 - 55.98 

630 48.90 86.40 - - 37.65 - 70.76 

For identification purposes PE gas pipe is supplied yellow or black with yellow stripe. 

Pipes can be supplied in coils or straight lengths, subject to order quantities. Coils 16mm-125mm, straight lengths 40mm-630mm 



product.data 


T 

O.D. 


RURAL CLASS B - AS 2698 - 2 

BORE SIZE COIL To 60 Metre Head 

DIA. O.D. LENGTH 

mm mm m CODE kg/m 

20 22 200 22582 0.11 

25 29 200 22643 0.15 

32 36 150 22703 0.23 

40 43 150 22750 0.32 

40 43 300 22755 0.32 

50 57 100 22820 0.57 

50 57 200 22825 0.57 

RURAL CLASS 

13 16 300 22520 0.07 

20 22 200 22580 0.09 

25 29 200 22640 0.13 

32 36 150 22700 0.20 

40 43 150 22760 0.28 

40 43 300 22780 0.28 

50 57 100 22830 0.50 

50 57 200 22840 0.50 

LOW DENSITY POLYETHYLENE IRRIGATION PIPE 

10 50 24087 0.03 

10 100 24090 0.03 

10 300 24100 0.03 

13 25 24105 0.05 

13 50 24115 0.05 

13 100 24120 0.05 

13 200 24125 0.05 

13 300 24130 0.05 

16 50 24150 0.06 

16 100 24155 0.06 

16 200 24160 0.06 

19 25 24170 0.25 

19 50 24177 0.25 

19 100 24180 0.25 

19 200 24190 0.25 

25 50 24195 0.13 

25 100 24205 0.13 

25 200 24200 0.13 

32 100 24220 0.21 

32 150 24230 0.21 


Product Data.13

product.data 


POLYETHYLENE PIPE 

PLAIN SYPHON TUBE 

NOMINAL NOMINAL 

O.D. 

I.D 

mm mm CODE kg/m 

34.3 31.8 (1 1/4") 22741 0.23 

43.4 38.1 (1 1/2") 22811 0.31 

50.0 45.0 23291 0.37 

57.2 51 (2") 22883 0.47 

63.0 57.6 23351 0.60 

75.0 67.0 23403 0.89 

Pipe lengths supplied according to customer requirements. 

# These are codes for 1 metre lengths. 

FLOOD PIPE 

WALL PIPE 

O.D THICKNESS LENGTH 

mm mm m CODE kg/m 

160 5.0 12 23653 2.34 

200 5.1 12 23716 3.19 

250 6.4 12 23805 5.00 

280 7.2 12 23837 6.30 

315 8.1 12 23908 7.98 

400 10.3 12 23956 12.88 

450 11.5 12 23968 16.18 

560 14.4 12 24008 25.21 

630 16.2 12 24009 31.91 

710 18.2 12 24020 40.40 



product.data 

PE Fittings for Butt Welding 

agru 

90° BENDS 

SDR 33 SDR 17 SDR 11 

d r z CODE kg CODE kg CODE kg 

20 23 32 ± 2.5 - - 62856 0.01 

25 30 38 ± 2.5 - - 62857 0.01 

32 32 34 ± 2.5 - - 62858 0.02 

40 40 46 ± 2.5 - - 62859 0.03 

50 50 58 ± 2.5 - 62876 62860 0.05 

63 60 70 ± 2.5 - 62877 0.08 62861 0.12 

75 72 85 ± 2.5 - 62878 0.13 62862 0.19 

90 85 100 ± 2.5 - 62879 0.22 62863 0.33 

110 105 124 ± 2.5 62892 0.23 62880 0.37 62864 0.58 

125 125 140 ± 4 62893 0.36 62881 0.56 62865 0.79 

140 140 150 ± 4 62894 0.47 62882 0.75 62866 1.15 

160 155 180 ± 4 62895 0.71 62883 1.20 62867 1.70 

180 175 200 ± 4 62896 1.06 62884 1.55 62868 2.40 

200 195 200 ± 4 62897 1.39 62885 2.20 62869 3.26 

225 225 250 ± 4 62898 1.90 62886 3.91 62870 4.46 

250 255 285 ± 5 62899 2.35 62887 3.94 62871 6.27 

280 260 290 ± 5 62900 3.39 62888 5.66 62872 8.58 

315 300 335 ± 5 62901 4.74 62889 6.68 62873 9.84 

355 300 340 ± 5 62902 7.22 62890 11.30 62874 17.20 

400 300 340 ± 5 62903 9.26 62891 15.70 62875 23.00 

450 400 450 ± 5 

500 400 450 ± 5 

Products above are available in polypropylene, subject to minimum order quantities, special lead times and pricing arrangements. 





Product Data.15

product.data 


agru 

90° BENDS - ELONGATED 

SDR 11 

d R Z L3 CODE kg 

20 45 100 ± 5 55 ± 4 62931 0.04 

25 52 112 ± 5 60 ± 4 62932 0.06 

32 65 135 ± 5 70 ± 4 62933 0.08 

40 86 156 ± 6 70 ± 5 62934 0.12 

50 85 170 ± 6 85 ± 5 62935 0.19 

63 93 183 ± 6 90 ± 5 62936 0.35 

75 98 203 ± 6 105 ± 5 62937 0.53 

90 105 215 ± 6 110 ± 5 62938 0.83 

110 112 242 ± 6 130 ± 6 62939 1.31 

125 127 262 ± 6 135 ± 6 62940 1.92 

160 166 321 ± 6 155 ± 6 62941 3.69 

200 208 378 ± 6 170 ± 6 62943 6.72 

225 230 408 ± 6 178 ± 6 62944 9.20 

250 255 440 ± 6 195 ± 6 62945 12.56 

280 285 460 ± 6 175 ± 6 62946 16.60 

315 317 545 ± 6 205 ± 6 62947 24.10 







product.data 


agru 

90° BENDS - SEGMENTED 

SDR 41 SDR 33 SDR 17 SDR 11 

d R Z CODE kg CODE kg CODE kg CODE kg 

450 675 ± 10 875 ± 10 63034 21.60 63026 27.70 63021 47.70 63019 73.20 

500 750 ± 10 975 ± 10 63035 29.50 63027 38.00 63022 65.70 63020 101.50 

560 840 ± 10 1075 ± 10 63036 40.70 63028 52.50 63023 90.70 - 

630 945 ± 15 1200 ± 15 63037 57.50 63029 74.50 63024 128.00 - 

710 1065 ± 15 1360 ± 15 63038 91.00 63030 117.00 63025 202.00 - 

800 1200 ± 15 1530 ± 15 63039 131.00 63031 170.00 - - 

900 1350 ± 20 1720 ± 20 63040 166.00 63032 215.00 - - 

1000 1500 ± 20 1920 ± 20 63041 230.00 63033 295.00 - - 

A pressure reduction factor of 0.8 should be considered when the permissable operating pressure is calculated. 

45° BENDS - SEGMENTED 


d R CODE kg CODE kg CODE kg CODE kg 

450 675 ± 10 63057 11.00 63049 14.00 63044 25.50 63042 41.00 

500 750 ± 10 63058 12.20 63050 15.50 63045 28.30 63043 45.50 

560 840 ± 10 63059 13.70 63051 17.40 63046 31.70 - 

630 945 ± 15 63060 15.40 63052 19.60 63047 35.70 - 

710 1065 ± 15 63061 17.40 63053 22.10 63048 40.20 - 

800 1200 ± 15 63062 19.60 63054 24.90 - - 

900 1350 ± 20 63063 22.00 63055 28.00 - - 

1000 1500 ± 20 63064 24.40 63056 31.10 - - 







Product Data.17

product.data 


agru 

45° ELBOWS - ELONGATED 


d L 3 

Z CODE kg CODE kg CODE kg 

20 39 ± 1.5 44 ± 1.5 - 62990 0.02 - 

25 42 ± 1.5 48 ± 1.5 - 62991 - 

32 49 ± 1.5 57 ± 1.5 - 62992 0.04 - 

40 53 ± 1.5 63 ± 1.5 - 62993 0.06 - 

50 57 ± 1.5 70 ± 1.5 - 62994 0.10 - 

63 64 ± 1.5 80 ± 1.5 63007 0.11 62995 0.17 - 

75 70 ± 1.5 95 ± 1.5 63008 0.22 62996 0.26 - 

90 82 ± 1.5 104 ± 1.5 63009 0.30 62997 0.44 62983 0.70 

110 82 ± 1.5 108 ± 1.5 63010 0.46 62998 0.68 62984 1.08 

125 100 ± 2 133 ± 2 63011 0.70 62999 1.03 62985 1.65 

160 177 ± 2 157 ± 2 63012 1.32 63000 2.05 62986 3.28 

180 132 ± 2 177 ± 2 63013 2.04 63001 2.86 - 

200 121 ± 2 171 ± 2 63014 2.26 63002 3.57 62987 5.70 

225 126 ± 2.5 183 ± 2.5 63015 3.10 63003 4.76 62988 7.62 

250 157 ± 4 219 ± 4 63016 63004 62989 

280 174 ± 4 244 ± 4 63017 63005 - 

315 177 ± 4 256 ± 4 63018 63006 - 







product.data 


agru 

90° ELBOWS - ELONGATED 

SDR 17 SDR 11 SDR 7.4 

d L Z CODE kg CODE kg CODE kg 

20 60 ± 1.5 70 ± 1.5 - 62954 0.02 - 

25 67 ± 1.5 80 ± 1.5 - 62955 0.03 - 

32 55 ± 1.5 73 ± 1.5 - 62956 0.05 - 

40 69 ± 1.5 83 ± 1.5 - 62957 0.09 - 

50 68 ± 1.5 93 ± 1.5 - 62958 0.16 - 

63 78 ± 1.5 109 ± 1.5 62971 0.19 62959 0.29 - 

75 90 ± 1.5 135 ± 1.5 62972 0.21 62960 0.33 - 

90 84 ± 1.5 129 ± 1.5 62973 0.38 62961 0.53 62948 0.85 

110 91 ± 1.5 149 ± 1.5 62974 0.60 62962 0.89 62949 1.42 

125 98 ± 2 165 ± 2 62975 0.88 62963 1.29 62950 2.06 

160 108 ± 2 190 ± 2 62976 1.62 62964 2.46 62951 3.94 

180 133 ± 2 228 ± 2 62977 2.41 62965 3.52 - 

200 118 ± 2 220 ± 2 62978 2.98 62966 4.56 62952 7.30 

225 122 ± 2.5 239 ± 2.5 62979 3.92 62967 5.85 62953 9.36 

250 182 ± 4 307 ± 4 62441 62968 62969 

280 196 ± 4 336 ± 4 62981 62969 

315 212 ± 4 372 ± 4 62982 62970 






Product Data.19

product.data 


agru 

TEES - MOULDED 

d L I1 Z SDR 33 SDR 21 SDR 11 

SDR SDR SDR SDR SDR SDR 

33 17 & 11 33 17 & 11 33 17 & 11 CODE kg CODE kg CODE kg 

20 - 80 ± 1 - 10 ± 1.0 - 40 ± 1.0 - - 63065 0.02 

25 - 84 ± 1 - 10 ± 1.0 - 42 ± 1.0 - - 63066 0.03 

32 - 87 ± 1 - 10 ± 1.0 - 44 ± 1.0 - - 63067 0.04 

40 - 93 ± 1 - 9 ± 1.0 - 46 ± 1.0 - - 63068 0.07 

50 - 100 ± 1 - 10 ± 1.0 - 49 ± 1.0 - 63085 0.09 63069 0.11 

63 - 124 ± 1 - 12 ± 1.0 - 66 ± 1.0 - 63086 0.17 63070 0.23 

75 - 149 ± 1 - 11 ± 1.0 - 77 ± 1.0 - 63087 0.27 63071 0.35 

90 - 203 ± 2 - 38 ± 1.5 - 104 ± 2.0 - 63088 0.52 63072 0.63 

110 215 ± 3 240 ± 2.5 30 ± 2.0 47 ± 1.5 105 ± 3.0 121 ± 2.0 63101 0.38 63089 0.88 63073 1.18 

125 218 ± 4 270 ± 3 35 ± 2.0 50 ± 2.0 107 ± 3.0 137 ± 2.0 63102 0.54 63090 1.20 63074 1.70 

140 253 ± 4 293 ± 4 20 ± 2.0 48 ± 2.0 125 ± 4.0 145 ± 2.0 63103 0.79 63091 1.67 63075 2.48 

160 270 ± 4 318 ± 4 40 ± 2.0 55 ± 2.0 140 ± 4.0 160 ± 2.0 63104 0.93 63092 2.25 63076 2.91 

180 310 ± 4 352 ± 4 45 ± 2.0 55 ± 2.0 150 ± 4.0 172 ± 2.5 63105 1.23 63093 2.76 63077 3.83 

200 340 ± 4 385 ± 4 45 ± 2.0 55 ± 2.0 170 ± 4.0 190 ± 2.5 63106 1.72 63094 3.78 63078 5.37 

225 440 ± 4 442 ± 4 48 ± 2.0 55 ± 2.0 220 ± 4.0 220 ± 2.5 63107 2.47 63095 5.48 63079 7.73 

250 438 ± 5 438 ± 6 52 ± 3.0 55 ± 3.0 215 ± 5.0 212 ± 3.0 63108 2.75 63096 5.99 63080 8.59 

280 500 ± 5 494 ± 6 65 ± 3.0 70 ± 3.0 243 ± 5.0 240 ± 3.0 63109 3.99 63097 8.69 63081 12.47 

315 535 ± 5 530 ± 6 77 ± 3.0 75 ± 3.0 270 ± 5.0 263 ± 3.0 63110 5.63 63098 12.24 63082 17.60 

355 674 ± 5 658 ± 6 96 ± 3.0 95 ± 3.0 347 ± 5.0 330 ± 3.0 63111 8.61 63099 19.70 63083 26.90 

400 680 ± 5 682 ± 6 90 ± 3.0 95 ± 3.0 340 ± 5.0 338 ± 3.0 63112 12.48 63100 25.20 63084 39.00 

450 900 ± 10 900 ± 10 130 ± 4.0 130 ± 4.0 450 ± 4.0 450 ± 4.0 

500 900 ± 10 900 ± 10 130 ± 4.0 130 ± 4.0 450 ± 4.0 450 ± 4.0 







product.data 


agru 

TEES - SEGMENTED 


d L H CODE kg CODE kg CODE kg CODE kg 

450 960 ± 10 480 ± 10 63306 18.61 63298 23.19 63293 35.43 63291 64.08 

500 1000 ± 10 500 ± 10 63307 23.84 63299 29.43 63294 36.45 63292 81.35 

560 1080 ± 10 540 ± 10 63308 31.83 63300 39.70 63295 60.34 - 

630 1230 ± 15 615 ± 15 63309 45.98 63301 57.19 63296 87.04 - 

710 1310 ± 15 655 ± 15 63310 61.39 63302 76.48 63297 116.61 - 

800 1400 ± 15 700 ± 15 63311 82.42 63303 102.31 - - 

900 1600 ± 20 800 ± 20 63312 119.24 63304 148.63 - - 

1000 1700 ± 20 850 ± 20 63313 155.23 63305 192.45 - - 







Product Data.21

product.data 


agru 

TEES - ELONGATED 


d L2 L Z CODE kg CODE kg CODE kg 

20 37 ± 1.5 109 ± 2.5 57 ± 1.5 - 63146 0.03 - 

25 40 ± 1.5 117 ± 2.5 59 ± 1.5 - 63147 0.04 - 

32 45 ± 1.5 144 ± 2.5 71 ± 1.5 - 63148 0.07 - 

40 51 ± 1.5 168 ± 2.5 84 ± 1.5 - 63149 0.12 - 

50 57 ± 1.5 189 ± 2.5 95 ± 1.5 - 63150 0.19 - 

63 63 ± 1.5 220 ± 2.5 110 ± 1.5 63163 0.30 63151 0.37 - 

75 71 ± 1.5 260 ± 2.5 131 ± 1.5 63164 0.52 63152 0.63 - 

90 79 ± 1.5 279 ± 2.5 141 ± 1.5 63165 0.68 63153 0.94 63139 1.50 

110 86 ± 1.5 317 ± 2.5 158 ± 1.5 63166 1.14 63154 1.53 63140 2.45 

125 93 ± 2.0 353 ± 4.0 175 ± 2.0 63167 1.69 63155 2.18 63141 3.49 

140 

160 101 ± 2.0 408 ± 4.0 203 ± 2.0 63168 2.44 63156 4.09 63142 6.54 

180 134 ± 2.0 521 ± 4.0 257 ± 2.0 63169 4.86 63157 6.54 - 

200 118 ± 2.0 493 ± 4.0 247 ± 2.0 63170 5.50 63158 7.42 63143 11.87 

225 126 ± 2.5 548 ± 5.0 272 ± 2.5 63171 6.73 63159 10.34 63144 16.55 

250 148 ± 2.5 622 ± 6.0 310 ± 2.5 63172 63160 63145 20.10 

280 160 ± 2.5 694 ± 6.0 347 ± 2.5 63173 63161 - 

315 170 ± 2.5 744 ± 6.0 372 ± 2.5 63174 63162 - 







product.data 


agru 

REDUCING TEES - MOULDED 

SDR 17 SDR 11 

d1 d2 L I1 I2 Z CODE kg CODE kg 

90 32 203 ± 4 52 ± 2 23 ± 2 85 ± 2 63209 0.32 63175 0.56 

90 50 203 ± 4 52 ± 2 27 ± 2 93 ± 2 63210 0.42 63176 0.57 

110 32 230 ± 4 65 ± 2 23 ± 2 100 ± 2 63212 0.72 63178 0.91 

110 50 230 ± 4 65 ± 2 27 ± 2 113 ± 2 63213 0.71 63179 0.95 

125 63 265 ± 4 70 ± 2 31 ± 2 112 ± 3 63216 1.04 63182 1.40 

125 90 265 ± 4 45 ± 2 40 ± 2 120 ± 3 63217 1.24 63183 1.65 

140 63 290 ± 4 82 ± 2 32 ± 2 120 ± 3 63218 1.28 63184 1.83 

140 75 290 ± 4 82 ± 2 35 ± 2 130 ± 3 63219 1.41 63185 1.78 

140 90 290 ± 4 82 ± 2 43 ± 2 137 ± 3 63220 1.37 63186 1.86 

140 110 290 ± 4 50 ± 2 43 ± 2 137 ± 3 63221 1.64 63187 2.19 

160 125 315 ± 4 59 ± 3 48 ± 2 150 ± 3 63225 2.06 63191 2.73 

180 63 348 ± 4 125 ± 3 32 ± 2 140 ± 3 63226 2.08 63192 2.98 

180 75 348 ± 4 115 ± 3 31 ± 2 140 ± 3 63227 2.05 63193 3.02 

180 90 348 ± 4 108 ± 3 38 ± 2 145 ± 3 63228 2.13 63194 3.07 

180 110 348 ± 4 102 ± 3 43 ± 2 150 ± 3 63229 2.19 63195 3.17 

180 125 348 ± 4 93 ± 3 50 ± 2 155 ± 3 63230 2.35 63196 3.22 

200 63 388 ± 4 145 ± 3 32 ± 2 150 ± 4 63231 2.94 63197 4.16 

200 90 388 ± 4 125 ± 3 38 ± 2 163 ± 4 63232 3.04 63198 4.30 

200 110 388 ± 4 120 ± 3 33 ± 2 155 ± 4 63233 3.00 63199 4.31 

200 125 388 ± 4 115 ± 3 43 ± 2 165 ± 4 63234 3.13 63200 4.52 

200 160 388 ± 6 98 ± 3 53 ± 3 178 ± 4 63235 3.37 63201 4.83 

225 125 435 ± 6 136 ± 3 40 + 2 173 ± 4 63238 4.19 63204 6.22 

250 110 435 ± 6 134 ± 3 37 ± 2 195 ± 4 63241 5.48 63207 8.00 

250 160 440 ± 6 115 ± 3 58 ± 3 213 ± 4 63242 5.61 63208 7.88 






Product Data.23

product.data 


agru 

REDUCING TEES - ELONGATED 

SDR 17 SDR 11 

d1 d2 L I1 I2 Z2 CODE kg CODE kg 

63 50 215 ± 2.5 63 ± 1.5 56 ± 1.5 103 ± 1.5 63267 0.24 63243 0.30 

75 32 256 ± 2.5 70 ± 1.5 46 ± 1.5 108 ± 1.5 63268 0.38 63244 0.49 

75 50 253 ± 2.5 70 ± 1.5 56 ± 1.5 113 ± 1.5 63269 0.41 63245 0.53 

75 63 255 ± 2.5 70 ± 1.5 63 ± 1.5 117 ± 1.5 63270 0.42 63246 0.55 

90 63 269 ± 2.5 79 ± 1.5 64 ± 1.5 139 ± 1.5 63271 0.60 63247 0.76 

90 75 272 ± 2.5 73 ± 1.5 68 ± 1.5 138 ± 1.5 63272 0.57 63248 0.78 

110 63 309 ± 2.5 84 ± 1.5 65 ± 1.5 156 ± 1.5 63273 0.96 63249 1.25 

110 75 309 ± 2.5 82 ± 1.5 70 ± 1.5 151 ± 1.5 63274 0.85 63250 1.23 

110 90 310 ± 2.5 82 ± 1.5 70 ± 1.5 156 ± 1.5 63275 0.90 63251 1.41 

125 90 63276 63252 

125 110 341 ± 3 90 ± 2 83 ± 1.5 170 ± 2 63277 1.24 63253 1.84 

160 63 343 ± 3 98 ± 2 65 ± 1.5 176 ± 2 63278 1.85 63254 2.49 

160 75 343 ± 3 98 ± 2 74 ± 1.5 180 ± 2 63279 1.91 63255 2.66 

160 90 343 ± 3 96 ± 2 79 ± 1.5 180 ± 2 63280 1.98 63256 2.74 

160 110 391 ± 4 98 ± 2 83 ± 1.5 202 ± 3 63281 2.37 63257 3.29 

180 90 63282 63258 

180 125 63283 3.07 63259 

180 160 411 ± 4 105 ± 2 94 ± 2 205 ± 3 63284 3.07 63260 

225 75 441 ± 5 120 ± 2.5 75 ± 2 227 ± 4 63285 4.63 63261 6.43 

225 90 441 ± 5 120 ± 2.5 79 ± 2 225 ± 4 63286 4.67 63262 6.49 

225 110 441 ± 5 120 ± 2.5 83 ± 2 227 ± 4 63287 4.70 63263 6.52 

225 125 63288 5.87 63264 

225 160 488 ± 5 120 ± 2.5 98 ± 2.5 247 ± 4 63289 5.87 63265 7.99 

225 180 543 ± 5 132 ± 2.5 132 ± 2.5 277 ± 4 63290 6.66 63266 9.54 







product.data 


agru 

END CAPS - ELONGATED 


d Z L3 CODE kg CODE kg CODE kg 

20 47 ± 1.5 41 ± 1.5 - 63385 0.01 - 

25 48 ± 1.5 41 ± 1.5 - 63386 0.01 - 

32 55 ± 1.5 47 ± 1.5 - 63387 0.02 - 

40 64 ± 1.5 51 ± 1.5 - 63388 0.03 - 

50 73 ± 1.5 60 ± 1.5 - 63389 0.05 - 

63 84 ± 1.5 68 ± 1.5 63402 0.07 63390 0.10 - 

75 93 ± 1.5 75 ± 1.5 63403 0.10 63391 0.15 - 

90 107 ± 1.5 84 ± 1.5 63404 0.17 63392 0.26 63378 0.42 

110 125 ± 1.5 94 ± 1.5 63405 0.27 63393 0.43 63379 0.69 

125 139 ± 2 103 ± 2 63406 0.39 63394 0.62 63380 0.99 

160 155 ± 2 110 ± 2 63407 0.75 63395 1.07 63381 1.70 

180 192 ± 2 142 ± 2 63408 1.07 63396 1.68 - 

200 182 ± 2 117 ± 2 63409 1.36 63397 2.06 63382 3.30 

225 212 ± 2.5 142 ± 2.5 63410 1.97 63398 3.00 63383 4.80 

250 230 ± 3 157 ± 3 63411 2.52 63399 3.92 63384 5.20 

280 257 ± 3 162 ± 3 63412 3.48 63400 5.30 - 

315 267 ± 3 167 ± 3 63413 4.66 63401 7.20 - 






Product Data.25

product.data 


agru 

REDUCERS - CONCENTRIC 


d1 d2 L l1 l2 CODE kg CODE kg CODE kg 

63 16 54 ± 2 7 4 - - 63422 0.02 63414 0.03 

75 32 71 ± 2 11 11 - - 63423 0.05 63415 0.06 

110 63 63 ± 2 11 8 63431 0.06 63424 0.10 63416 0.14 

125 75 72 ± 2 14 7 63432 0.09 63425 0.15 63417 0.20 

160 110 84 ± 2 14 9 63433 0.16 63426 0.28 63418 0.40 

225 160 94 ± 3 19 13 63434 0.39 63427 0.62 63419 0.93 

315 225 132 ± 3 25 13 63435 1.04 63428 1.65 63420 2.39 

450 315 162 ± 4 21 19 63436 2.63 63429 4.30 63421 6.88 

630 450 189 ± 4 61 18 63437 6.61 63430 9.95 - 

These reducers can be cut. 

* L, I1 & I2 refer to SDR33 & SDR17 Reducers 

REDUCERS - ECCENTRIC 


d1 d2 L L1 L2 L3 L4 CODE kg CODE kg CODE kg 

50 16 57 ± 4 16 13 13 15 - - 63438 0.02 

110 50 100 ± 2.5 35 25 20 22 - 63443 0.12 63439 0.18 

160 110 90 ± 4 40 25 25 - 63447 0.16 63444 0.28 63440 0.40 

250 160 155 ± 5 50 45 30 32 63448 0.65 63445 1.16 63441 1.82 

355 250 200 ± 5 70 60 60 - 63449 1.98 63446 3.35 63442 4.38 

These reducers can be cut. 







product.data 

PE Fittings for Butt Welding and Electrofusion Welding 

agru 

REDUCERS ELONGATED - ECCENTRIC 

SDR 17 SDR 11 

d1 d2 L1 L2 L CODE kg CODE kg 

25 20 51 ± 1.5 38 ± 1.5 103 ± 2.5 - 63450 0.02 

32 25 56 ± 1.5 40 ± 1.5 114 ± 2.5 - 63451 0.02 

40 32 59 ± 1.5 44 ± 1.5 125 ± 2.5 - 63452 0.05 

50 32 71 ± 1.5 45 ± 1.5 156 ± 2.5 - 63453 0.08 

50 40 71 ± 1.5 49 ± 1.5 157 ± 2.5 - 63454 0.09 

63 32 75 ± 1.5 45 ± 1.5 177 ± 2.5 - 63455 0.12 

63 40 76 ± 1.5 49 ± 1.5 177 ± 2.5 - 63456 0.14 

63 50 76 ± 1.5 56 ± 1.5 177 ± 2.5 63482 0.10 63457 0.15 

75 50 84 ± 1.5 57 ± 1.5 197 ± 2.5 63483 0.14 63458 0.21 

75 63 83 ± 1.5 63 ± 1.5 197 ± 2.5 63484 0.17 63459 0.25 

90 63 92 ± 1.5 64 ± 1.5 220 ± 2.5 63485 0.24 63460 0.36 

90 75 93 ± 1.5 70 ± 1.5 218 ± 2.5 63486 0.26 63461 0.39 

110 63 99 ± 1.5 63 ± 1.5 247 ± 2.5 63487 0.39 63462 0.57 

110 90 98 ± 1.5 79 ± 1.5 244 ± 2.5 63488 0.44 63463 0.65 

125 63 101 ± 2 63 ± 1.5 265 ± 3 63489 0.49 63464 0.76 

125 90 107 ± 2 79 ± 1.5 266 ± 3 63490 0.54 63465 0.84 

125 110 106 ± 2 87 ± 1.5 265 ± 3 63491 0.60 63466 0.93 

140 125 110 ± 2 95 ± 2 283 ± 4 63492 0.82 63467 1.27 

160 90 118 ± 2 79 ± 1.5 309 ± 4 63493 0.82 63468 1.22 

160 110 116 ± 2 87 ± 1.5 309 ± 4 63494 1.00 63469 1.50 

160 125 117 ± 2 92 ± 2 309 ± 4 63495 1.20 63470 1.75 

160 140 117 ± 2 99 ± 2 308 ± 4 63496 1.35 63471 2.00 

180 90 129 ± 2 79 ± 1.5 348 ± 4 63497 1.34 63472 2.07 

180 125 136 ± 2 94 ± 2 353 ± 4 63498 1.47 63473 2.27 

180 160 136 ± 2 105 ± 2 353 ± 4 63499 63474 2.56 

200 160 139 ± 2 105 ± 2 373 ± 4 63500 2.08 63475 3.20 

200 180 144 ± 2 112 ± 2 373 ± 4 63501 2.21 63476 3.41 

225 160 63502 2.69 63477 4.15 

225 200 156 ± 2.5 118 ± 2.5 403 ± 5 63503 3.07 63478 

250 225 174 ± 3 127 ± 2.5 440 ± 6 63504 4.10 63479 

280 250 63505 5.42 63480 

315 280 63506 7.39 63481 






Product Data.27

product.data 


L 

DE2 

DE1 

REDUCERS - CONCENTRIC 

SDR 17 SDR 13.6 SDR 11 

DE1 DE2 L kg kg kg 

75 63 90 0.10 0.12 0.15 

90 63 90 0.14 0.16 0.20 

90 75 90 0.14 0.16 0.20 

110 63 90 0.20 0.25 0.30 

110 75 90 0.20 0.25 0.30 

110 90 90 0.21 0.25 0.30 

125 63 90 0.30 0.34 0.41 

125 75 90 0.25 0.32 0.40 

125 90 90 0.25 0.32 0.39 

125 110 90 0.30 0.35 0.41 

140 75 90 0.35 0.43 0.51 

140 90 90 0.35 0.40 0.49 

140 110 90 0.35 0.42 0.51 

140 125 90 0.35 0.43 0.52 

160 90 90 0.46 0.55 0.70 

160 110 90 0.45 0.55 0.67 

160 125 90 0.45 0.55 0.66 

160 140 90 0.45 0.55 0.66 

200 110 90 0.73 0.90 1.20 

200 125 90 0.68 0.82 1.00 

200 140 90 0.67 0.80 0.97 

200 160 90 0.66 0.81 0.98 

225 140 90 0.86 1.04 1.26 

225 160 90 0.85 1.03 1.25 

225 200 90 0.90 1.10 1.33 

250 160 90 1.06 1.22 1.60 

250 200 90 1.10 1.40 1.60 

250 225 90 1.12 1.40 1.70 

SDR 17 SDR 13.6 SDR 11 

DE1 DE2 L kg kg kg 

280 200 90 1.40 1.70 2.10 

280 225 90 1.40 1.70 2.10 

280 250 90 1.40 1.70 2.10 

315 200 95 1.85 2.30 2.70 

315 225 95 1.80 2.20 2.60 

315 250 95 1.75 2.20 2.60 

315 280 95 1.75 2.20 2.60 

355 225 95 2.40 2.70 3.50 

355 250 95 2.20 2.70 3.30 

355 280 95 2.20 2.70 3.30 

355 315 95 2.30 2.70 3.30 

400 250 95 2.70 3.30 4.00 

400 280 95 2.60 3.20 3.90 

400 315 95 2.60 3.20 3.40 

450 315 95 3.60 4.70 5.30 

450 355 95 3.50 4.30 5.20 

450 400 95 3.60 4.40 5.30 

500 355 95 4.30 5.40 6.60 

500 400 95 4.30 5.40 6.50 

500 450 95 4.30 5.40 6.60 

630 400 95 7.40 9.00 11.00 

630 450 95 7.00 8.30 9.75 

630 500 95 6.50 7.80 9.60 

630 560 95 

710 500 95 

710 560 95 

710 630 95 

800 560 95 

800 630 95 

800 710 95 

1000 610 95 

1000 710 95 

1000 800 95 






product.data 


agru 

UNIONS 

SDR 11 

d s I I1 dm b CODE kg 

20 2.5 103 ± 2.5 18 ± 1.5 51 ± 1.5 34.5 ± 1.5 63523 0.07 

25 2.7 111 ± 2.5 18 ± 1.5 57 ± 1.5 36 ± 1.5 63524 0.10 

32 3.0 117.5 ± 2.5 22 ± 1.5 63 ± 1.5 37 ± 1.5 63525 0.12 

40 3.7 124 ± 2.5 22 ± 1.5 73.5 ± 1.5 41.5 ± 1.5 63526 0.17 

50 4.6 132 ± 2.5 22 ± 1.5 86.5 ± 1.5 46.5 ± 1.5 63527 0.30 

63 5.8 137 ± 2.5 23 ± 1.5 105 ± 1.5 49 ± 1.5 63528 0.38 

Note: PE Unions have a maximum working pressure of 1200 kPa 

ADAPTORS – FEMALE BSP 

SDR 11 

d s I I1 I2 D CODE kg 

20 x 15 2.5 45 ± 2.5 21 ± 1.5 16 ± 1.5 22 63535 0.01 

25 x 20 2.7 50 ± 2.5 25 ± 1.5 17 ± 1.5 27 63536 0.03 

32 x 25 3.0 58 ± 2.5 30 ± 1.5 20 ± 1.5 36 63537 0.04 

40 x 32 3.7 62 ± 2.5 30 ± 1.5 24 ± 1.5 46 63538 0.06 

50 x 40 4.6 68 ± 2.5 34 ± 1.5 24 ± 1.5 55 63539 0.10 

63 x 50 5.8 75 ± 2.5 36 ± 1.5 28 ± 1.5 65 63540 0.16 






Product Data.29

product.data 


agru 

ADAPTORS - MALE BSP 

SDR 11 

d s I I1 I2 D CODE kg 

20 x 15 2.5 46 ± 2.5 19 ± 1.5 18 ± 1.5 22 63529 0.01 

25 x 20 2.7 51 ± 2.5 22 ± 1.5 20 ± 1.5 27 63530 0.01 

32 x 25 3.0 61 ± 2.5 28 ± 1.5 24 ± 1.5 36 63531 0.03 

40 x 32 3.7 66 ± 2.5 29 ± 1.5 26 ± 1.5 46 63532 0.04 

50 x 40 4.6 74 ± 2.5 32 ± 1.5 28 ± 1.5 55 63533 0.06 

63 x 50 5.8 80 ± 2.5 35 ± 1.5 31 ± 1.5 65 63534 0.09 







product.data 


agru 

PIPE HOLDERS 

d H H1 A B C D E F CODE kg 

16 25 8 25 14 8 4.3 11 3.5 63517 0.01 

20 27 8 29 14 8 4.3 11 3.5 63518 0.01 

25 30 8 34 16 8 4.3 11 3.5 63519 0.01 

32 30 8 39 16 8 4.3 11 3.5 63520 0.01 

40 37 8 50 18 8 4.3 11 3.5 63521 0.02 

50 40 10 56 20 8 4.3 11 3.5 63522 0.02 

For fastening with screws. 

PIPE CLIPS 

d Z1 H A B X CODE kg 

63 52 94 78 30 84 63507 0.08 

75 61 112 94 40 90 63508 0.15 

90 67 128 108 40 90 63509 0.20 

110 80 153 132 40 90 63510 0.24 

125 94 175 150 60 110 63511 0.40 

140 109 199 164 60 110 63512 0.50 

160 119 220 184 60 110 63513 0.60 

180 136 252 214 60 110 63514 0.70 

200 147 270 236 60 110 63515 0.80 

225 157 293 260 60 110 63516 1.00 

With stainless steel clamp for fastening with screws, welding and nail guns. 





Product Data.31

product.data 


STUB FLANGES 

SDR 21 SDR 17 SDR 13.6 SDR 11 SDR 9 

d D1 Z H CODE kg CODE kg CODE kg CODE kg CODE kg 

63 96 50 14 71661 0.10 71161 0.10 71665 0.10 71177 0.15 71669 0.15 

75 108 50 14 71679 0.15 71162 0.15 71683 0.20 71178 0.20 71687 0.25 

90 128 60 14 71697 0.20 71163 0.25 71701 0.25 71179 0.25 71705 0.30 

110 160 60 14 71715 0.30 71164 0.32 71719 0.40 71180 0.45 71723 0.50 

125 192 65 25 71733 0.65 71165 0.65 71737 0.75 71181 0.75 71741 0.85 

140 192 65 25 71751 0.55 71166 0.60 71755 0.65 71182 0.85 71759 0.95 

160 217 65 25 71769 0.65 71167 0.70 71773 0.80 71183 0.85 71777 1.00 

200 274 75 25 71805 1.15 71168 1.25 71809 1.35 71184 1.50 71813 1.65 

225 274 75 25 71823 1.05 71169 1.35 71827 1.30 71185 1.50 71831 1.75 

250 334 80 30 71841 2.95 71305 2.10 71845 2.45 71186 2.50 71849 2.75 

280 334 80 30 71859 2.80 71301 2.40 71863 2.15 71187 3.00 71867 3.10 

315 384 80 30 71877 2.35 71285 2.65 71881 2.90 71188 3.20 71885 3.70 

355 444 90 40 71895 3.85 71173 3.90 71899 4.10 71189 5.30 71903 5.75 

400 495 90 40 71913 4.85 71174 5.20 71917 5.60 71190 6.40 71921 7.05 

450 558 90 40 71931 6.15 71175 6.70 71935 7.20 71191 8.20 71939 

500 615 105 50 71949 8.40 71176 9.10 71953 10.10 - - 

560 669 105 55 71967 9.95 - - - - 

630 726 105 55 71985 14.80 - - - - 

710 815 110 60 72003 - - - - 

800 952 110 60 72021 - - - - 

1000 1143 110 60 72057 - - - - 






product.data 


45° SWEEP BENDS - EXTENDED 


d Z I R CODE kg CODE kg CODE kg CODE kg CODE kg 

20 112 70 100 - - - 62633 0.04 62652 0.05 

25 112 70 100 - - - 62634 0.07 62653 0.08 

32 123 70 128 - - - 62635 0.11 62654 0.13 

40 136 70 160 - - - 62636 0.21 62655 0.24 

50 153 70 175 - - - 62637 0.37 62656 0.44 

63 175 75 225 62591 0.32 62605 0.32 62619 0.49 62638 0.59 62657 0.71 

75 229 100 305 62592 0.53 62606 0.65 62620 0.78 62639 0.94 62658 1.13 

90 229 100 305 62593 1.07 62607 1.07 62621 1.58 62640 1.92 62659 2.30 

110 254 100 380 62594 1.60 62608 1.96 62622 2.37 62641 2.85 62660 3.42 

125 304 150 380 62595 2.04 62609 2.04 62623 3.05 62642 3.69 62661 4.41 

140 343 150 460 62596 2.56 62610 3.13 62624 3.82 62643 4.60 62662 5.54 

160 343 150 460 62597 3.36 62611 3.36 62625 4.98 62644 6.04 62663 7.22 

200 420 200 535 62598 6.27 62612 7.66 62626 9.28 62645 11.30 62664 13.55 

225 420 200 535 62599 8.58 62613 8.58 62627 12.80 62646 15.49 62665 18.52 

250 507 250 615 62600 10.50 62614 12.89 62628 15.77 62647 19.05 62666 22.84 

280 507 250 615 62601 14.28 62615 14.28 62629 21.28 62648 25.73 62667 30.92 

315 558 250 715 62602 17.95 62616 22.09 62630 26.98 62649 32.57 62668 39.11 

355 650 250 780 62603 20.07 62617 24.76 62631 30.13 62650 36.41 62669 43.66 

400 1014 564 1110 62604 29.75 62618 36.37 62632 44.40 62651 53.73 62670 64.50 

450 1167 659 1250 

500 1270 700 1400 

560 1673 1039 1557 

630 1776 1098 1659 

710 1945 850 1750 

800 2175 930 1900 

These bends are available in other angles, subject to order quantities and special lead times and pricing. 





Product Data.33

product.data 


90° SWEEP BENDS - EXTENDED 


d Z I R CODE kg CODE kg CODE kg CODE kg CODE kg 

20 170 70 100 - - - 62553 0.05 62572 0.06 

25 170 70 100 - - - 62554 0.08 62573 0.09 

32 196 70 128 - - - 62555 0.12 62574 0.15 

40 230 70 160 - - - 62556 0.23 62575 0.28 

50 255 70 175 - - - 62557 0.42 62576 0.50 

63 300 75 225 62511 0.36 62525 0.45 62539 0.55 62558 0.66 62577 0.79 

75 405 100 305 62512 0.59 62526 0.73 62540 0.88 62559 1.06 62578 1.28 

90 405 100 305 62513 1.07 62527 1.31 62541 1.58 62560 1.92 62579 2.30 

110 480 100 380 62514 1.60 62528 1.96 62542 2.37 62561 2.85 62580 3.42 

125 530 150 380 62515 2.66 62529 3.24 62543 3.96 62562 4.80 62581 5.73 

140 610 150 460 62516 3.33 62530 4.07 62544 4.96 62563 5.98 62582 7.21 

160 610 150 460 62517 4.36 62531 5.31 62545 6.48 62564 7.85 62583 9.38 

200 735 200 535 62518 7.84 62532 9.57 62546 11.60 62565 14.12 62584 16.94 

225 735 200 535 62519 9.90 62533 12.14 62547 14.77 62566 17.87 62585 21.37 

250 865 250 615 62520 12.93 62534 15.87 62548 19.41 62567 23.45 62586 28.11 

280 865 250 615 62521 18.36 62535 22.43 62549 27.36 62568 33.08 62587 39.75 

315 965 250 715 62522 23.08 62536 28.40 62550 34.68 62569 41.87 62588 50.29 

355 1130 250 780 62523 31.29 62537 38.59 62551 46.95 62570 56.75 62589 68.05 

400 1110 628 1738 62524 47.76 62538 58.39 62552 71.28 62571 86.25 62590 103.55 

450 1250 779 1968 

500 1400 750 2150 

560 1557 777 2334 

630 1659 797 2456 

710 1760 850 2600 

800 1900 930 2830 

These bends are available in other angles, subject to order quantities, special lead times and pricing arrangements. 






product.data 

Metal Backing Rings for Polyethylene Stub Flanges 

T1 

PCD 

OD 

ID 

BACKING RINGS - TABLE D 

PIPE RING DIMENSIONS BOLT HOLE SPECS 

O.D. O.D I.D. T1 NO. DIA. PCD CODE kg 

20 95 32 6 4 14 67 84481 0.43 

25 100 37 6 4 14 73 84483 0.47 

32 115 44 6 4 14 83 84485 0.63 

40 120 52 6 4 14 87 84487 0.66 

50 135 62 8 4 14 98 84489 0.81 

63 150 78 8 4 18 114 84491 0.90 

75 165 92 8 4 18 127 84493 1.04 

90 185 108 10 4 18 146 84495 1.27 

110 215 128 10 4 18 178 84497 1.70 

125 255 140 13 8 18 210 84585 3.06 

140 255 158 13 8 18 210 84501 2.68 

160 280 178 13 8 18 235 84503 3.16 

200 335 235 13 8 18 292 84505 3.89 

*225 335 240 13 8 18 292 84507 3.72 

250 405 290 16 8 22 356 84509 7.24 

280 405 300 16 8 22 356 84511 8.88 

315 455 345 19 12 22 406 84513 9.79 

355 525 376 22 12 26 470 84515 18.77 

400 580 430 22 12 26 521 84517 21.34 

450 640 480 25 12 26 584 84519 25.48 

500 705 533 29 16 26 641 84521 33.69 

560 760 590 32 16 30 699 84523 35.86 

630 825 660 32 16 30 756 84525 43.94 

710 910 745 35 20 30 845 84527 54.57 

800 1060 835 41 20 36 984 84529 96.36 

1000 1255 1035 51 24 36 1175 84531 140.71 

RINGS MANUFACTURED ACCORDING TO AS 2129 

Galvanised steel 

* Note: 225mm backing rings to suit polyethylene stub flanges have a PCD of 292mm which differs from AS2129 of 324mm 


Product Data.35

product.data 


T1 

PCD 

OD 

ID 

BACKING RINGS - TABLE E 


O.D O.D I.D. T1 NO. DIA. PCD CODE kg 

20 95 32 6 4 14 67 84480 0.36 

25 100 37 6 4 14 73 84482 0.47 

32 115 44 7 4 14 83 84484 0.63 

40 120 52 8 4 14 87 84486 0.66 

50 135 62 9 4 14 98 84488 0.81 

63 150 78 10 4 18 114 84490 0.90 

75 165 92 10 4 18 127 84492 1.04 

90 185 108 12 4 18 146 84494 1.27 

110 215 128 13 8 18 178 84496 1.96 

125 255 140 14 8 18 210 84498 4.08 

140 255 158 14 8 18 210 84500 3.67 

160 280 178 17 8 22 235 84502 4.08 

200 335 235 19 8 22 292 84504 6.33 

*225 335 240 19 8 22 292 84506 6.50 

250 405 290 22 12 22 356 84508 11.03 

280 405 300 22 12 22 356 84510 10.15 

315 455 345 25 12 26 406 84512 11.89 

355 525 376 29 12 26 470 84514 21.03 

400 580 430 32 12 26 521 84516 23.90 

450 640 480 32 16 26 584 84518 36.09 

500 705 533 38 16 26 641 84520 48.13 

560 760 590 44 16 30 699 84522 57.63 

630 825 660 48 16 33 756 84524 67.75 

710 910 745 51 20 33 845 84526 74.80 

800 1060 835 54 20 36 984 84528 143.05 

1000 1255 1035 67 24 39 1175 84530 194.74 

RINGS MANUFACTURED ACCORDING TO AS 2129 


* Note: 225mm backing rings to suit polyethylene stub flanges have a PCD of 292mm which differs from AS2129 of 324mm 



product.data 


T1 

PCD 

OD 

ID 

BACKING RINGS - TABLE A.N.S.I. (REDUCED THICKNESS) 


O.D. O.D I.D. T1 NO. DIA PCD CODE kg 

20 89 32 6 4 16 60.5 84558 0.21 

25 98 37 8 4 16 70.0 84559 0.34 

32 108 44 8 4 16 79.5 84560 0.35 

40 117 52 8 4 16 89.0 84561 0.47 

50 127 62 10 4 16 98.5 84562 0.67 

63 152 78 10 4 20 120.5 84563 0.92 

75 178 92 10 4 20 139.5 84564 1.29 

90 191 108 12 4 20 152.5 84565 1.66 

110 229 128 12 8 20 190.5 84566 2.00 

125 254 140 16 8 23 216.0 84567 3.88 

140 254 158 16 8 23 241.5 84568 3.36 

160 279 178 16 8 23 241.5 84569 3.99 

200 343 235 20 8 23 298.5 84570 6.93 

225 343 240 20 8 23 298.5 84571 6.65 

250 406 290 20 12 26 362.0 84572 6.85 

280 406 300 20 12 26 362.0 84573 7.94 

315 483 345 25 12 26 432.0 84574 15.80 

355 533 376 28 12 29 476.5 84575 22.11 

400 597 430 32 16 29 540.0 84576 30.75 

450 635 533 36 16 32 578.0 84577 33.53 

500 699 533 40 20 32 635.0 84578 44.80 

630 813 660 50 20 35 756.0 84580 81.25 



Product Data.37

product.data 

PE Electrofusion Fittings 

Plasson Specifications 

RAW MATERIALS 

MELT COMPATIBILITY 

AUTOMATIC WELDING 

• MDPE - Medium Density Polyethylene black UV stabilised 

• Density greater than 0.93g/cm 3 (DIN 53479, procedure A) 

• Melt Index (MFI 190/5) : 0.7 - 1.3g/10min ( DIN 53735) 

• PE 80 or PE 100 in accordance with AS/NZS 4131 

• The PE used for the Plasson EF program is compatible with most of the raw materials HDPE and MDPE 

and can be fused with pipes of the fusion index groups 005 and 010 (MFI 190/5 0.4 - 1.3g/10min) 

accordingto DIN 16776 Part 1 (April 1978) 

• Suits PE pipe made from PE 63, PE 80, and PE 100 - AS/NZS 4130 

• The Plasson - Fusamatic fittings incorporate a resistor in one of the fittings terminals (a red pin) which is 

specific to that fitting. The Plasson - Fusamatic Automatic control box reads the fitting resistor and 

automatically sets and welds for the correct weld time and avoids operator error. Fittings are also labelled 

for barcode reading, manual set times and have rising melt indicators. Terminal pin diameter is 4.9mm. 

QUALITY • Plasson has incorporated a quality assurance system in accordance with ISO 9002. 

• Standardsmark licence No. 2018 - AS 4129 (INT). 

MANUAL WELDING 

• Plasson - Fusamatic fittings are labelled with weld and cool times and can be welded with other 

manufacturers’ 40 V (non - automatic) control boxes. 

SPECIFICATIONS • Threads on transition fittings conform to DIN 2999, 

BSZI : 1973, AS 1722 Part 1 - 1975. 

• For oval pipe use rerounding clamps. If ovality 

causes a gap between concentrically located pipe 

and fitting to exceed 1% of pipe OD then the pipe 

must be rerounded to ensure correct welding. 

After rerounding, if the gap still exceeds 1% of 

pipe OD, then check the pipe OD dimension as it 

may be an under specified OD. Note: The 

maximum gap between eccentrically located pipe 

and fitting (i.e. pipe touching fitting at one point) 

must not exceed 2% of pipe OD. See diagram. 

• Cutter sizes: From 20mm to 32mm depending on pipe 

and outlet size. 

Concentrically 

Located 

Max. gap 

1% of pipe OD 

Eccentrically 

Located 

Pressure Conditions/Pipe Dimensions 

Max. gap 

2% of pipe OD 

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Resistance to internal pressure 

– APPROVAL TESTS Plasson electrofusion socket fittings are tested to PN rating using the test method defined by ISO1167. The samples are 

prepared to conform to ISO/TC 138/SC 5 requirements with minimum temperature -10°C and maximum temperature 

+45°C. The test pressures are calculated as specified by: 

• PREN 1555-3 (water systems) 

• PREN 122201-3 and ISO/DIS 8085-3 (gaseous fuel systems) 

Joint Strength 

The joint strength of Plasson electrofusion socket fittings is assessed according to GBE/PL2: Part 4, appendices J and K 

(crush test and peel test). 

Determination of Fitting Cooling Time 

Fitting cooling time is determined according to GBE/PL2: Part 4, appendix H with the following exceptions: 

• Pipe and coupler are conditioned to 45°C before fusion as opposed to 23°C. 

• Maximum power conditions are simulated using V = 41.0 volts as opposed to 40 V. 

Assessment of Fitting Resistance Tolerance Band 

The resistance tolerance band is determined according to GBE/PL2: Part 4, appendix G with the following exceptions: 

• Pipe and coupler are conditioned to 45°C before fusion as opposed to 23°C. 

• Maximum power conditions are simulated using V = 41.0 volts as opposed to 40 V. 

Assessment of Safety Factor for Weld 

The factor of safety is assessed according to the procedure laid out in AFNOR NF T 54-066, appendix H. Fittings also 

comply with maximum pressure ratings in AS1460 – 2 1989 Part 2, and are rated PN16 for water (PN7 for gas) when 

extrapolated from Class 15 to PN16 test requirements. 

Warning: Do not weld saddles to 40, 50, & 63 SDR 11 live gas pipe where internal pressure exceeds 4 BAR, as pipe 

damage will occur due to pipe softening. 



product.data 


Pipe Thickness/SDR Specifications 

SOCKET FITTINGS 

20-225 ≤17 

250-355 ≤ 17 

TAPPING TEES 

Safe pipe Standard Cutter Long Cutter 

SDR (1) Minimum Pipe SDR Minimum Pipe SDR (3) 

40-75 ≤11 7 

90-140 ≤ 17 7 

160-180 ≤17 9 7 

200 ≤17 11 7 

225-250 ≤17 11 9 

280-315 ≤17 note (2) 11 

355 ≤17 note (2) 17 

BRANCH & TRANSITION SADDLES 

63-75 ≤11 

90-200 ≤17 

225-355 ≤17 

BRANCH SADDLES WITH OUTLETS > 63 

≤17 

Notes: 

(1) Minimum wall thickness of any pipe must be 2.3mm. 

(2) When fused to pipes of SDR less than or equal to 17.6 Plasson Electrofusion couplers meet the safety factor requirements of the International Standards to 

which they comply. 

If pipes of SDR 21 are used, the factor of safety for the fusion cycle may be less if welded in high temperature ambient conditions. 

(3) With sizes 280-355 the long cutter is supplied as standard. 

(4) Long cutters are available as spares – Code Number: 30034280 for pipes with lower SDR's. 


Product Data.39

product.data 


Plasson 

JOINERS 9010 

HEATING COOLING PN 16 

SIZE L L1 D F A C Z TIME (secs) TIME (min) CODE kg 

20 71 35 36 21 38 7 2 30 3 71300 0.048 

25 71 35 36 17 38 7 2 35 3 71302 0.038 

32 80 39 42 22 44 7 2 50 3 71304 0.056 

40 90 44 55 23 47 8 3 60 5 71306 0.098 

50 100 49 68 23 52 12 3 120 10 71308 0.148 

63 118 58 82 31 58 13 3 80 5 71310 0.224 

75 126 62 98 33 64 13 3 120 10 71312 0.344 

90 146 72 117 39 77 16 3 120 10 71314 0.558 

110 163 80 140 35 83 19 3 200 10 71316 0.792 

125 173 85 156 43 95 23 3 220 15 71318 1.000 

140 182 90 176 51 104 17 3 280 15 71319 1.450 

160 194 96 200 50 113 29 3 360 20 71320 1.760 

180 211 104 223 47 128 30 3 400 20 71321 2.550 

200 223 109 245 57 147 22 4 500 30 71324 3.250 

225 223 109 280 50 140 24 3 750 30 71323 4.100 

250 223 109 310 55 180 26 4 600 30 71326 5.500 

280 260 127 346 65 200 36 5 900 30 71327 6.000 

315 260 127 386 62 220 36 5 900 30 71328 6.500 

355 260 127 436 62 245 36 5 900 30 71329 7.500 

REDUCING JOINERS 9110 


SIZE L A Z TIME (secs) TIME (min) CODE kg 

20 x 16 64027 

25 x 20 66 38 2 30 3 69085 0.046 

32 x 20 80 36-42 2 30 3 69089 0.056 

32 x 25 66 41 2 45 3 69091 0.065 

40 x 32 90 42-47 2 60 5 69093 0.094 

63 x 32 97 62 9 50 5 69105 0.120 

63 x 40 97 62 5 70 5 69107 0.110 

63 x 50 97 62 5 120 10 69109 0.150 

90 x 63 153 77 8 100 10 69111 0.500 

110 x 90 181 95 3 120 10 69121 1.100 

125 x 90 181 95 3 220 10 69123 1.000 

180 x 125 222 128 3 360 20 69131 2.000 

225 x 180 64026 

250 x 225 222 183 5 600 30 69135 6.800 



product.data 


Plasson 

90° TEES 9040 

SIZE HEATING COOLING PN 16 

d/d1 L L1 F C H A TIME (secs) TIME (min) CODE kg 

20 x 32 x 20 98 35 20 7 78 38 30 3 62090 0.137 

25 x 32 x 25 98 35 17 7 78 38 30 3 62091 0.117 

32 x 32 x 32 104 39 22 8 74 43 50 3 71092 0.97 

40 x 40 x 40 121 44 23 9 90 47 60 5 71093 0.376 

50 x 50 x 50 139 49 23 10 102 52 120 10 71094 0.281 

63 x 63 x 63 166 58 31 11 119 58 80 5 71095 0.400 

75 x 75 x 75 187 61 33 12 126 64 120 10 71096 0.597 

90 x 90 x 90 206 67 39 16 145 76 120 10 71097 1.100 

110 x 110 x 110 268 82 42 16 168 95 200 10 71098 1.950 

125 x 125 x 125 268 82 51 15 168 95 200 10 71099 2.200 

160 x 160 x 160 372 80 - - 231 128 200 10 71101 7.400 

180 x 180 x 180 372 80 40 17 231 128 360 10 71102 5.300 

90° REDUCING TEES 9140 

SIZE HEATING COOLING PN 16 

d/d1 L L1 F C H A TIME (secs) TIME (min) CODE kg 

32 x 20 x 32 104 39 22 8 66 43 50 3 62021 0.090 

40 x 20 x 40 121 44 23 9 72 47 60 5 62022 0.160 

50 x 20 x 50 139 49 23 10 78 52 120 10 62024 0.240 

50 x 32 x 50 139 49 23 10 86 52 120 10 62025 0.250 

63 x 20 x 63 166 58 31 11 85 58 80 5 62026 0.330 

63 x 32 x 63 166 58 31 11 93 58 80 5 62029 0.346 

90 x 63 x 90 293 71 38 14 124 71 120 10 62092 1.000 

110 x 63 x 110 328 72 35 15 147 81 200 10 62032 1.630 

110 x 90 x 110 328 72 35 15 147 81 200 10 62032 1.780 

125 x 90 x 125 200 10 62093 

160 x 90 x 160 380 85 49 18 180 105 62035 4.090 

160 x 110 x 160 380 85 49 18 188 105 62045 4.200 

160 x 125 x 160 380 85 49 18 193 105 62112 4.320 

180 x 90 x 180 360 10 62094 

180 x 125 x 180 360 10 62095 


Product Data.41

product.data 


Plasson 

90° ELBOWS 9050 


SIZE L L1 F C A Z TIME (secs) TIME (min) CODE kg 

20 84 40 - - 43 22 30 3 70520 0.141 

25 84 40 - - 43 22 35 3 70522 0.128 

32 79 39 22 8 43 22 50 3 70523 0.080 

40 93 43 23 9 47 34 80 5 70524 0.140 

50 109 48 23 10 52 34 120 10 70526 0.210 

63 132 57 31 11 58 41 80 5 70527 0.320 

75 150 61 33 12 64 40 120 10 62044 0.530 

90 194 78 38 19 91 58 120 10 70528 0.800 

110 242 86 46 15 98 78 200 10 70529 1.150 

125 242 86 51 16 98 78 200 10 70515 2.060 

160 318 105 48 17 127 107 200 10 70531 5.000 

180 318 105 67 18 127 107 360 20 70517 4.310 

90° TRANSITION ELBOWS - MALE (DZR Brass BSP outlet) 9250 


SIZE L L1 D TIME (secs) TIME (min) CODE kg 

20 x 15 113 29 15 30 3 64028 0.200 

25 x 20 113 29 20 35 3 62045 0.240 

32 x 25 113 34 23 50 3 62046 0.270 

32 x 32 115 36 23 50 3 62047 0.416 

32 x 40 115 36 23 50 3 62048 0.427 

40 x 25 127 34 29 60 5 62049 0.450 

40 x 32 129 36 29 60 5 62050 0.500 

40 x 40 129 36 29 60 5 62051 0.525 

40 x 50 134 41 29 60 5 62052 0.700 

50 x 25 143 34 38 120 10 62053 0.570 

50 x 32 145 36 38 120 10 62054 0.620 

50 x 40 145 36 38 120 10 62055 0.605 

50 x 50 150 41 38 120 10 62056 0.790 

63 x 32 168 36 48 80 5 62057 0.985 

63 x 40 168 36 48 80 5 62058 0.920 

63 x 50 173 41 48 80 5 62059 1.005 



product.data 


Plasson 

90° TRANSITION ELBOWS - FEMALE (DZR Brass BSP outlet) 9350 



25 x 20 107 23 19 35 3 62293 0.240 

32 x 25 104 26 23 50 3 62060 0.275 

40 x 25 118 26 29 60 5 62061 0.535 

40 x 32 118 26 29 60 5 62062 0.445 

40 x 40 118 26 29 60 5 62063 0.455 

50 x 40 135 26 42 120 10 62064 0.545 

50 x 50 139 30 42 120 10 62065 0.635 

63 x 40 162 30 48 80 5 62066 1.050 

63 x 50 162 30 48 80 5 62067 0.950 

45° ELBOWS 9060 


SIZE L L1 F A C TIME (secs) TIME (min) CODE kg 

32 108 39 22 45 9 50 3 69999 0.160 

40 108 43 23 45 8 60 5 69995 0.125 

50 124 48 23 45 12 120 10 70003 0.196 

63 149 57 31 58 11 80 5 70005 0.260 

75 165 61 33 64 12 120 10 70007 0.420 

90 190 67 38 74 13 120 10 70013 0.663 

110 236 82 46 96 16 200 10 69996 0.980 

125 236 82 51 96 16 220 10 70017 1.490 

160 320 105 48 127 17 200 10 69997 4.310 

180 320 105 67 127 18 360 20 70019 3.190 


Product Data.43

product.data 


Plasson 

90° TRANSITION UNION ELBOWS - MALE (DZR Brass BSP outlet) 9450 


SIZE L1 L2 TIME (secs) TIME (min) CODE kg 

20 x 20 30 109 30 3 64054 0.235 

25 x 25 34 127 35 3 64055 0.280 

32 x 32 36 109 50 3 64056 0.325 

40 x 40 38 127 60 5 64057 0.370 

50 x 50 42 151 120 10 64058 0.780 

63 x 65 50 181 80 5 64059 1.245 

L1 

L2 

L 

BRASS REDUCING NIPPLE FOR TRANSITION UNIONS 3045 (DZR Brass) 

SIZE L L1 L2 CODE kg 

32 x 25 48 20 12 62266 

40 x 32 51 22 13 62267 

50 x 40 53 22 13 62268 

65 x 50 62 26 18 62269 



product.data 


Plasson 

45° TRANSITION ELBOWS - MALE (DZR Brass BSP outlet) 9260 

HEATING COOLING PN16 


32 x 25 142 36 23 50 3 62068 0.350 

32 x 32 144 36 23 50 3 62069 0.487 

32 x 40 144 36 23 50 3 62070 0.498 

40 x 25 142 34 29 60 5 62071 0.435 

40 x 32 144 36 29 60 5 62072 0.485 

40 x 40 144 36 29 60 5 62073 0.510 

40 x 50 149 41 29 60 5 62074 0.685 

50 x 25 158 34 38 120 10 62075 0.555 

50 x 32 160 36 38 120 10 62076 0.605 

50 x 40 160 36 38 120 10 62077 0.590 

50 x 50 165 41 38 120 10 62078 0.775 

63 x 32 185 36 48 80 5 62079 0.927 

63 x 40 185 36 48 80 5 62080 0.860 

63 x 50 190 41 48 80 5 62081 0.945 

Available in steel or stainless steel. 

45° TRANSITION ELBOWS - FEMALE (DZR Brass BSP outlet) 9360 



32 x 25 133 25 23 50 3 62082 0.355 

40 x 25 133 25 29 60 5 62083 0.520 

40 x 32 133 25 29 60 5 62084 0.430 

40 x 40 133 25 29 60 5 62085 0.440 

50 x 40 149 25 38 120 10 62086 0.530 

50 x 50 154 30 38 120 10 62087 0.620 

63 x 40 179 30 48 80 5 62088 1.000 

63 x 50 179 30 48 80 5 62089 0.890 

Available in steel or stainless steel 


Product Data.45

product.data 


Plasson 

45° TRANSITION UNION ELBOWS - MALE (DZR Brass BSP outlet) 9460 


SIZE L1 L2 TIME (secs) TIME (min) CODE kg 

32 x 32 36 144 50 3 64060 0.400 

40 x 40 38 146 60 5 64061 0.455 

50 x 50 42 166 120 10 64062 0.455 

63 x 65 50 198 80 5 64063 0.455 

END CAP (Includes Coupling and Plug) 9120 


SIZE L A Z TIME (secs) TIME (min) CODE kg 

20 71 38 2 30 3 71201 0.056 

25 71 38 2 35 3 71203 0.048 

32 80 42 2 50 3 71205 0.073 

40 90 47 3 60 5 71207 0.128 

50 100 52 3 120 10 71209 0.200 

63 118 58 3 80 5 71211 0.319 

75 126 64 3 120 10 71212 0.489 

90 146 77 3 120 10 71215 0.803 

110 163 83 3 200 20 71229 1.212 

125 173 95 3 220 10 71231 1.590 

140 182 104 3 200 10 71233 2.250 

160 194 113 3 360 20 71235 2.890 

180 211 128 3 400 20 71237 4.110 

200 223 147 4 500 20 71239 5.250 

225 223 162 4 600 30 71241 7.350 

250 223 180 4 600 30 71448 8.260 



product.data 


Plasson 

END PLUGS* 9127 

PN 16 

SIZE L L1 CODE kg 

20 41 35 71200 0.015 

25 64053 0.016 

32 52 39 62000 0.017 

40 59 43 62001 0.030 

50 68 48 62002 0.052 

63 82 57 62003 0.095 

75 89 60 62004 0.145 

90 105 70 62005 0.245 

110 122 78 62006 0.420 

125 131 82 62007 0.590 

140 1141 87 62008 0.800 

160 156 93 62009 1.130 

180 172 101 62010 1.560 

200 142 109 62297 1.900 

225 144 109 62299 1.900 

250 165 109 62300 2.600 

NOTE 

I. May be fitted into any Plasson electrofusion ended fitting 

2. Must be spot welded in 3 places or held firmly, without movement, during electrofusion and cooling cycle 

TRANSITION COUPLINGS - POLYETHYLENE TO STEEL 49277 

PN 12.5 

SIZE G L A A1 C CODE kg 

32 x 25 1" 86 418 250 52 62840 

40 x 32 1 1/4" 96 438 250 63 62841 

50 x 40 1 1/2" 105 458 250 72 62842 

63 x 50 2" 126 490 250 85 62843 

90 x 75 3" 80 428 250 114 62844 

110 x 100 62845 

125 x 100 4" 89 449 250 140 62840 

160 x 150 62847 

180 x 150 6" 106 491 250 203 62848 

Steel end for welding or threading 


Product Data.47

product.data 


Plasson 

TRANSITION COUPLINGS - MALE (DZR Brass BSP outlet) 9210 


SIZE L A L1 D TIME (secs) TIME (min) CODE kg 

20 x 15 100 29 14 30 3 62294 

25 x 20 100 38 29 19 35 3 62018 0.145 

32 x 25 114 42 34 23 50 3 71330 0.245 

32 x 32 116 42 36 23 50 3 62019 

32 x 40 116 42 36 23 50 3 62020 

40 x 25 124 47 34 29 60 3 71282 0.405 

40 x 32 126 47 36 29 60 5 71283 0.455 

40 x 40 126 47 36 29 60 5 71284 0.480 

40 x 50 131 47 41 29 60 5 62023 0.655 

50 x 25 134 52 34 38 120 10 71287 0.510 

50 x 32 136 52 36 38 120 10 71289 0.560 

50 x 40 136 52 36 38 120 10 71291 0.545 

50 x 50 141 52 41 38 120 10 62027 0.730 

63 x 32 154 58 36 48 80 5 62028 

63 x 40 154 58 36 48 80 5 71292 0.825 

63 x 50 159 58 41 48 80 5 71293 0.910 

Stainless steel or steel available subject to minimum quantities. 

TRANSITION COUPLINGS - FEMALE (DZR Brass BSP outlet) 9310 


SIZE L L1 D TIME(secs) TIME(min) CODE kg 

20 x 15 91 20 13 30 3 62295 

25 x 20 94 23 19 35 3 62030 0.140 

32 x 25 106 25 23 50 3 71341 0.250 

40 x 25 115 25 29 60 5 62031 0.490 

40 x 32 115 25 29 60 5 71342 0.400 

40 x 40 115 25 29 60 5 71343 0.410 

50 x 40 125 25 42 120 10 71344 0.485 

50 x 50 129 30 42 120 10 62034 0.575 

63 x 40 148 30 48 80 5 71345 0.965 

63 x 50 148 30 48 80 5 71340 0.885 



product.data 


Plasson 

TRANSITION COUPLING - POLYETHYLENE TO STEEL (BSP) 9477 

PN16 

SIZE CODE kg 

32 x 25 71487 

40 x 32 41488 

TRANSITION UNIONS 9377 - PE to male BSP Galvanised steel. 

PN16 

SIZE G H L A C C1 CODE kg 

25 x 20 3/4" 17 38 95 50 32 62036 

32 x 25 1" 20 70 128 55 38 62037 

40 x 32 1 1/4" 23 64 123 55 48 62038 

50 x 40 1 1/2" 23 63 129 75 56 62039 

63 x 50 2" 27 63 139 90 66 62040 

75 x 65 2 1/2" 32 72 155 110 86 62041 

90 x 75 3" 35 80 173 130 96 62042 

110 x 100 4" 45 83 195 150 122 62043 

PE (SDR11) For electrofusion or butt welding. 

Galvanised steel union - FBSP with NBR seal. 

TRANSITION UNIONS - PE to male BSP Brass 9410 (DZR Brass) 


SIZE L1 L2 D A TIME (secs) TIME (min) CODE kg 

20 x 20 30 101 13 38 30 3 62285 0.140 

25 x 25 34 105 19 38 35 3 62286 0.190 

32 x 32 36 116 23 44 50 3 62287 0.300 

40 x 40 38 128 29 47 60 5 62288 0.430 

50 x 50 42 142 38 52 120 10 62854 0.700 

63 x 40 50 168 48 58 80 5 62799 1.155 


Product Data.49

product.data 


Plasson 

TAPPING SADDLES - WITH UNDERPART 9630 


SIZE OUTLET H B C A TIME (secs) TIME (min) CODE kg 

40 20 105 66 7 94 50 3 62284 0.350 ● 

40 32 120 66 12 94 50 3 62285 0.370 ● 

50 20 110 76 7 98 60 3 62286 0.390 ● 

50 32 120 76 12 98 60 3 62287 0.410 ● 

63 20 116 92 7 98 120 3 62288 0.436 ● 

63 32 125 92 12 98 120 10 62123 0.455 ● 

63 40 148 103 65 177 120 10 62134 1.070 ✤ 

63 50 141 103 65 177 120 10 62145 1.085 ✤ 

63 63 178 103 65 177 120 10 62156 1.100 ✤ 

75 32 127 117 65 177 120 10 62124 1.120 ✤ 

75 40 148 117 65 177 120 10 62135 1.130 ✤ 

75 50 141 117 65 177 120 10 62146 1.140 ✤ 

75 63 178 117 65 177 120 10 62157 1.150 ✤ 

90 32 125 124 18 116 120 10 62125 1.120 ▲ 

90 40 133 124 21 116 120 10 62136 1.130 ▲ 

90 50 141 124 65 177 120 10 62147 1.210 ✤ 

90 63 178 124 65 177 120 10 62158 1.270 ✤ 

110 32 127 145 18 116 140 10 62126 1.170 ▲ 

110 40 137 145 21 116 140 10 62137 1.190 ▲ 

110 50 141 145 65 177 140 10 62148 1.210 ✤ 

110 63 178 145 65 177 140 10 62159 1.220 ✤ 

125 32 130 162 18 116 140 10 62127 1.230 ▲ 

125 40 140 162 21 115 140 10 62138 1.280 ▲ 

125 50 141 162 65 177 140 10 62149 1.290 ✤ 

125 63 178 162 65 177 140 10 62160 1.310 ✤ 

140 32 127 178 65 177 140 10 62128 1.350 ✤ 

140 40 148 178 65 177 140 10 62139 1.360 ✤ 

140 50 141 178 65 177 140 10 62150 1.370 ✤ 

140 63 178 178 65 177 140 10 62161 1.410 ✤ 

Continued over page 



product.data 


Plasson 

TAPPING SADDLES - WITH UNDERPART 9630 (Continued) 


SIZE OUTLET H B C A TIME (secs) TIME (min) CODE kg 

160 32 143 199 18 137 140 10 62129 1.345 ✤ 

160 40 156 199 21 137 140 10 62140 1.360 ✤ 

160 50 169 199 25 137 140 10 62151 1.375 ✤ 

160 63 195 199 20 137 140 10 62162 1.390 ✤ 

180 32 143 219 18 137 140 10 62130 1.565 ✤ 

180 40 156 219 21 137 140 10 62141 1.580 ✤ 

180 50 169 219 25 137 140 10 62152 1.595 ✤ 

180 63 195 219 20 137 140 10 62163 1.605 ✤ 

*200 32 127 184 65 177 120 10 62131 1.750 ✤ 

*200 40 148 184 65 177 120 10 62142 1.760 ✤ 

*200 50 141 184 65 177 120 10 62153 1.770 ✤ 

*200 63 178 184 65 177 120 10 62164 1.780 ✤ 

*225 32 127 214 65 177 120 10 62132 1.810 ✤ 

*225 40 148 214 65 177 120 10 62143 1.820 ✤ 

*225 50 141 214 65 177 120 10 62154 1.830 ✤ 

*225 63 178 214 65 177 120 10 62165 1.840 ✤ 

*250 32 127 233 65 177 120 10 62155 1.830 ✤ 

*250 40 148 233 65 177 120 10 62155 1.830 ✤ 

*250 50 141 233 65 177 120 10 62155 1.830 ✤ 

*250 63 178 233 65 177 120 10 62166 1.840 ✤ 

* includes metal clamping straps 

Cut hole after welding and cooling time completed. 

Spigot length on sizes 63 to 180 with 32mm diameter cutters permit use of Plasson compression fittings. 

Saddle Cutter mm Cutter Welded Cap 

Size Material Length mm Size 

● 20 Brass 52 40 

✤ 30 Brass 73 57 

■ 32 Alum. Bronze 87 58 

▲ 25 Brass 61 50 


Product Data.51

product.data 


Plasson 

BRANCH SADDLES - WITH UNDERPART 9580 


SIZE BRANCH B H H1 TIME (secs) TIME (min) CODE kg 

63 32 103 61 51 120 10 62096 0.380 

75 32 117 61 51 120 10 62097 0.420 

90 32 124 61 51 120 10 62098 0.490 

110 32 145 61 51 140 10 62099 0.552 

125 32 162 61 51 140 10 62100 0.599 

140 32 178 61 51 140 10 62101 0.650 

160 32 199 61 51 140 10 62102 0.708 

180 32 219 61 51 140 10 62103 0.766 

63 63 103 97 87 120 10 62104 0.461 

75 63 117 97 87 120 10 62105 0.573 

90 63 124 97 87 120 10 62106 0.573 

110 63 145 97 87 140 10 62107 0.635 

125 63 162 97 87 140 10 62108 0.683 

140 63 178 97 87 140 10 62109 0.732 

160 63 199 97 87 140 10 62110 0.787 

180 63 219 97 87 140 10 62111 0.846 

200 63 195 95 61 120 10 62118 1.110 

225 63 200 95 61 120 10 62119 1.175 

250 63 245 95 61 120 10 62120 1.175 

160 110 120 10 62117 0.900 

180 125 212 109 96 120 10 62118 1.003 

SADDLE CLAMPS NOT REQUIRED Cut hole after welding and cooling completed. 

BRANCH SADDLES - UNDERCLAMPED 9080 


SIZE BRANCH B L H1 TIME (secs) TIME (min) CODE kg 

*200 63 195 95 61 120 10 68796 

*225 63 200 95 61 120 10 62272 

*250 63 245 95 61 120 10 62273 

#280 63 112 95 61 80 10 68799 0.300 

#315 63 112 95 61 80 10 68800 0.280 

•355 63 112 95 61 80 10 68801 0.280 

^110 90 155 168 105 120 10 68802 0.602 

^125 90 155 168 105 120 10 68803 0.555 

Cut hole after welding and cooling completed. 

*For sizes 200, 225, 250 use Saddle Clamp Kit no. 3 (see below) # For sizes 280, 315, use Topload G clamp – 29263315 (see below). 

^ For sizes 110, 125, 180 use Saddle Clamp code 29200004 (see below ) • For sizes 355 use Topload G Clamp code G Clamps L (see below). 

180 x 125 68807 

TOPLOAD G CLAMP Part no. 29263315 62113 

TOPLOAD G CLAMP Part no. G Clamp SL 

SADDLE CLAMP Part no. 29200004 

Comprises batwing , spreader bar, 32 & 63 test caps universal miniclamp, 

20, 25 and 32mm miniscraper (cutter key, Harris scraper, box) 62116 

LONG CUTTER (For Tapping saddles) Part no. 30034280. 62274 

See pipe thickness/SDR specs. for electrofusion welding on page 39 in Product Data section. 



product.data 


Plasson 

90° TAPPING SADDLES - STACKLOAD 9030 


SIZE OUTLET A=Z H C d B TIME (secs) TIME (min) CODE kg 

■ 280 32 85 180 120 280 80 10 68846 0.780 

■ 315 32 85 180 120 315 80 10 68847 0.760 

• 355 32 85 180 120 355 80 10 68848 0.760 

■ 280 40 280 120 10 68859 0.795 

■ 315 40 107 332 231 315 113 120 10 68860 0.775 

• 355 40 355 176 80 10 68861 0.775 

■ 280 50 280 120 10 68871 0.800 

■ 315 50 101 332 231 315 113 120 10 68872 0.780 

• 355 50 355 176 80 10 68874 0.780 

■ 280 63 280 120 10 68883 0.850 

■ 315 63 125 332 231 315 113 120 10 68884 0.830 

• 355 63 355 120 10 68885 0.830 

■ TOP LOAD G CLAMP Part No. 29263315 62113 

• TOP LOAD G CLAMP Part No. G Clamp SL 

Cut hole after welding and cooling complete. 

Stackload - use TOP LOAD G clamp - Part no. 29263315 VX. code: 62113 

WELDING CAP - FOR TAPPING SADDLES 9830 


SIZE A H L TIME (secs) TIME (min) CODE kg 

40 49 63 74 100 9 62290 0.140 

50 54 73 69 100 9 64050 0.140 

57 59 74 63 100 9 64051 0.140 

58 60 74 60 100 9 62114 0.140 

Replaces screw cap on Tapping Saddles for a permanently welded closure. 


Product Data.53

product.data 


Plasson 

TAPPING SADDLE FBSP OUTLET 9930 

HEATING COOLING 

SIZE d1 H B H1 H2 TIME (secs) TIME (min) CODE kg 

40 3/4" 106 74 30 105 50 3 71500 0.420 

63 3/4" 144 103 65 169 120 10 71510 1.000 

90 3/4" 144 124 65 169 120 10 71517 1.110 

110 3/4" 144 145 65 169 140 10 71518 1.170 

160 3/4" 144 199 65 169 140 10 71530 1.325 

Cut hole after welding and cooling completed. 

F.B.S.P. threaded outlets are stainless steel reinforced. 

TAPPING SADDLES – PE TO NYLON 9619 

HEATING COOLING 

SIZE d1 H B H1 H2 TIME (secs) TIME (min) CODE kg 

40 x 18 71499 . 

40 x 50 64064 . 

50 x 18 64065 . 

50 x 50 64066 . 

63 x 18 64067 . 

63 x 50 64068 . 

90 x 18 64069 . 

90 x 50 64070 . 

110 x 18 64071 . 

110 x 50 64072 . 

160 x 18 64073 . 

160 x 50 64074 . 



product.data 


Plasson 

REPAIR SADDLES - WITH UNDERPART 9520 


SIZE B H TIME (secs) TIME (min) CODE kg 

63 103 29 120 10 62167 0.368 

75 117 29 120 10 62168 0.410 

90 124 29 120 10 62169 0.485 

110 145 29 140 10 62170 0.547 

125 162 29 140 10 62171 0.584 

140 178 29 140 10 62172 0.639 

160 199 29 140 10 62173 0.702 

180 219 29 140 10 62174 0.760 

TRANSITION SADDLES - WITH UNDERPART 9380 (DZR Brass female thread) 


SIZE H B L TIME (secs) TIME (min) CODE GRAMS 

63 x 11/4" 135 62 117 120 10 62175 0.770 

90 x 2" 156 56 166 160 10 62178 1.280 

110 x 11/4" 176 56 166 120 10 62179 2.140 

110 x 11/2" 176 56 166 120 10 62180 1.990 

110 x 2" 176 56 166 120 10 62181 1.640 

125 x 2" 191 56 166 120 10 62184 1.540 

160 x 2" 224 56 216 120 10 62187 2.000 

180 x 2" 246 56 216 120 10 62190 1.800 


Product Data.55

product.data 


Plasson 

EF REPAIR SHIELDS 9077 

SIZE D1 D2 L L1 CODE kg 

32 23 31 45 21 62204 0.060 

40 29 38 45 21 62205 0.080 

50 36 48 45 21 62206 0.110 

63 45 57 48 23 62207 0.150 

Repairs with water in the line. The EF repair shield is made of PE sponge. It will stop water leakage ( zero pressure ) from flowing into the coupling 

whilst a repair is made. The coupler is slid onto one pipe and the shield is fitted between the two pipes. The coupler is positioned for welding as 

usual. 

STUB FLANGES 9026 

SDR 17 

SIZE L L1 a D D1 CODE kg 

40 89 64 11 78 50 62192 0.091 

50 90 63 12 88 59 62193 0.099 

63 95 63 14 96 73 62194 0.134 

75 110 72 16 108 88 62195 0.195 

90 119 80 17 128 102 62196 0.296 

110 128 83 18 158 121 62197 0.495 

125 133 90 18 158 128 62198 0.720 

140 132 92 18 188 150 62199 0.710 

160 148 100 18 212 167 62200 0.931 

180 150 117 20 212 180 62201 1.014 

200 186 115 24 268 228 62202 2.157 

225 200 125 24 268 231 62203 2.052 

250 205 130 35 320 280 62217 3.110 

For electrofusion or butt welding. 



product.data 


Plasson 

STUB FLANGES - 9027/9028 

9027 9028 

9027 9028 SDR11 SDR 7.4 

SIZE L L1 a a D D1 CODE kg CODE kg 

25 77 50 9 9 58 37 69738 . 64032 . 

32 96 70 10 10 68 40 69739 0.060 64033 . 

40 89 64 11 11 78 50 69749 0.091 64034 . 

50 90 63 12 13 88 59 69755 0.120 62289 0.133 

63 95 63 14 16 102 73 69759 0.187 69722 0.230 

75 110 72 16 18 122 88 69765 0.310 69723 0.328 

90 119 80 17 20 138 102 69775 0.421 69769 0.510 

110 128 83 18 21 158 121 69779 0.624 69724 0.805 

125 133 90 25 28 158 128 69795 0.879 69725 0.975 

140 132 92 25 29 188 150 69805 1.115 62292 1.350 

160 148 100 25 29 212 167 69819 1.392 69726 1.863 

180 150 117 30 34 212 180 69833 1.810 69727 3.110 

200 186 115 32 268 228 69829 2.810 69728 . 

225 200 125 32 268 231 69849 3.680 - . 

250 205 130 35 320 280 69859 5.125 - . 

9027 - SDR11 For electrofusion and butt welding. 


Product Data.57

product.data 


Plasson 

SPIGOT REDUCERS 9117 & 9118 

9117 9118 

SIZE SDR11 SDR7.4 

d1 x d2 h1 h2 Z CODE kg CODE kg 

32 x 25 50 48 104 62208 0.035 62236 0.040 

40 x 32 59 56 123 62209 0.040 62237 0.046 

50 x 32 59 60 131 62210 0.055 62238 0.063 

63 x 32 59 58 131 70627 0.105 62239 0.121 

63 x 40 58 59 132 62212 0.115 62240 0.132 

63 x 50 60 60 132 62213 0.145 62241 0.167 

75 x 40 71 60 145 62214 0.167 62242 0.192 

75 x 50 71 59 145 62215 0.175 62243 0.201 

75 x 63 71 65 151 62216 0.195 62244 0.224 

90 x 50 81 59 156 70677 0.258 62245 0.297 

90 x 63 80 65 160 62218 0.300 62246 0.345 

90 x 75 80 71 166 62219 0.320 62247 0.368 

110 x 63 83 66 167 70644 0.455 62248 0.523 

110 x 75 83 72 169 70721 0.446 62249 0.513 

110 x 90 83 80 178 70645 0.505 62250 0.581 

125 x 75 90 71 178 62222 0.605 62251 0.696 

125 x 90 90 81 186 62223 0.700 62252 0.805 

125 x 110 90 84 188 70633 0.800 62253 0.920 

140 x 90 95 80 208 62225 0.815 62254 0.937 

140 x 110 95 83 195 62226 0.935 62255 1.075 

140 x 125 95 89 199 62227 1.000 62256 1.150 

160 x 110 101 84 219 70646 1.100 62257 1.265 

160 x 125 101 88 206 62228 1.145 62258 1.317 

160 x 140 101 94 211 62229 1.210 62259 1.392 

180 x 125 107 89 221 70679 1.450 62260 1.668 

180 x 140 107 95 224 62231 1.600 62261 

180 x 160 107 100 225 62232 1.756 62262 2.019 

200 x 140 114 93 229 62233 2.002 62263 2.302 

200 x 160 115 100 233 62234 2.160 62264 2.484 

200 x 180 116 106 241 62235 2.330 62265 2.680 

225 x 160 62221 

For electrofusion or butt welding. 



product.data 

PE Electrofusion Fittings (suit PE Gas Pipes Series 2 & 3) 

Plasson 

SPIGOT ADAPTORS SERIES 2 to SERIES 3 9177 

d1 D L1 L2 L CODE 

20 x 25 33.5 46 46 95 71502 

32 x 25 33.5 47 47 95 71503 

40 x 25 33.5 50 50 100 71504 

63 x 50 60.3 67 67 135 71505 

JOINERS SERIES 3 to SERIES 2 

d2 

CODE 

20 x 20 71433 

20 x 25 64075 

25 x 25 64076 

25 x 32 71442 

50 x 63 71445 

80 x 90 71447 

100 x 125 64077 

150 x 180 64078 

TAPPING TEES SERIES 3 to SERIES 2 

Pipe Size Outlet Size CODE 

50 32mm 

80 32mm 

100 32mm 

150 32mm 

50 63mm 

80 63mm 

100 63mm 

150 63mm 

TAPPING TEES SERIES 3 


50 50 71544 

80 50 64079 

100 50 64080 

150 50 64081 

BRANCH SADDLES SERIES 3 to SERIES 2 


50 63mm 71544 

80 63mm 64082 

100 63mm 64083 

150 63mm 64084 


Product Data.59

product.data 

Specifications for Plasson Compression Fittings, Saddles & Valves 

MATERIALS 

Compression Fittings, Tapping & Compression Saddles 

BODY 

Polypropylene, high grade copolymer. 

NUT 


SPLIT RING 

Acetal (POM) CPVC available. 

O-RING 

Nitrile rubber (NBR). EPDM and FRM O-rings 

available. (Approx. 70 Shore A.) 

REINFORCING RING Stainless steel on all female offtakes from 1 1/4" 

up to 4". 

All Tapping Saddles have stainless steel 

reinforced female offtakes. 

NUTS & BOLTS 

Galvanised steel (Stainless steel available). 

Tapper ® Saddles 

BODY/COMPRESSION FITTING Polypropylene 

BOLT AND NUT Stainless steel to DIN 17 440, 1.4301. 

CUTTER 

Brass to BS 2874-CZ122. 

O-RING 

NBR 

SADDLE SEAL 

EPDM 

SPLIT RING 

Polyacetal 

Valves 

BODY 

O-RING 

SPRING (items 3067, 3039) 

Threaded Fittings 


NBR, EPDM or FRM O – depending on valve. 

Stainless steel 

Polypropylene. SS reinforced outlets are 

available 

OPERATING PRESSURE 

Compression fittings comply with requirements of AS/NZS 4129 (Int). 

Operating pressures at 20°C (water) 

PN16 Up to 63mm diameter 

PN12.5 75mm-125mm diameter 

PN10 160mm diameter 

All female threads from 1 1/4" to 4" have stainless steel reinforcing rings and are 

rated as above except that 4" is suitable for PN 6.3 only. 

Plasson Tapping Saddles and Plasson Compression Saddles comply with 

specification 025 – 'Tapping Bands' of Australian Standard SAA MP52-1991 . 

Tapper ®. WIS 4-22-02/WRC Standards – PN 16. 

Plasson polypropylene BSP threaded fittings: 1.0 MPa for male fittings, 0.6 MPa for 

female fittings (1.0 MPa for SS reinforced female fittings). 

Plasson polypropylene valves: PN10 or PN12.5. 

PIPE SUITABILITY 

Plasson Compression Fittings : for pipes 16mm to 160mm outside diameter. 

Metric OD System for use with polyethylene pipe manufactured to: 

• AS1159 - 1988 – Polyethylene Pipes for Pressure Applications 

• AS4130 (Int) – PE Pipes for Pressure Applications 

• PE Pipes with outside dimensions to ISO OD series system. 

Plasson Rural Fittings: for Type 50 Class Rural Polyethylene Pipe manufactured to: 

• AS 2698.2 (ID Series) – Class 6. 

OPERATING TEMPERATURE 

The compression saddles, fittings and valves are not for use with hot water although 

they withstand the same temperature as most polyethylene pipes. The fittings and 

valves will withstand sub-zero temperatures. 

FLANGES 

Flange dimensions in accordance with AS/NZS 4331-1995. 

Metal backing rings to be used with all flanges 

THREADS 

Internal parallel thread up to 2 1/2"; internal taper thread 3"and up. 

External taper thread all sizes. All threads conform to ISO7; BS21 - 1973; DIN2999; 

NEN3258; AS1722 Part 1 - 1975. 

CHEMICAL RESISTANCE 

Plasson polypropylene fittings are supplied, as standard, with Nitrile (NBR) rings 

and acetal split rings which are suitable for water supply and many chemical 

handling applications. 

For many chemicals however, NBR and acetal are unsuitable and Plasson spare 

rings of either EPDM or VITON (FPM) should be used to replace the nitrile rings. 

CPVC split rings are also available to replace acetal. Generally nitrile is good in oily 

applications whilst EPDM or VITON are more suitable in acidic applications. A brief 

indication of chemical resistance at 20°C follows: 

O Rings Plasson Nut Split Rings 

NBR (1) EPDM (2) FPM (2) + Body PP (1) Acetal (1) CPVC (2) 

Benzene 0 - + 0 + - 

Brine + + + + + + 

Slaked Lime + + + + + 

Compressed Air cont. oil + - + + + + 

Caustic Soda + + 0 + + + 

Fuel Oil + - + + + 0 

Hydrchloric Acid - + + + - + 

Nitric Acid dilute - + + + - + 

Carbolic Acid - + + + 

Lube Oils + - + + + + 

Phosphoric Acid 0 + + + + + 

Sulphuric Acid dilute - + + + - + 

+ suitable 0 medium resistance - unsuitable 

FPM although the most resistant is expensive – EPDM is usually the economical 

solution. Generally, if EPDM or FPM O Rings are required, then CPVC split rings 

should be used in place of standard acetal split rings. This is intended as a guide 

only. Tapping Saddles used in chemical applications or permanently buried 

situations may require stainless steel bolts and nuts. In many sizes the NBR ring can 

be replaced with EPDM or FPM. 

(1) Supplied as standard component in Plasson fittings 

(2) Available as Plasson spare parts 

NBR O Rings Cat 7002 FPM O Rings Cat 7920 

EPDM O Rings Cat 7910 CPVC Split Rings Cat 7008 

APPROVALS 

Plasson fittings have been tested and approved by major standard institutions such 

as WRC (GB), Staatliche Materialprufungsanstalt Darmstadt (analogous to DIN8078 

Part 1) (D); KIWA (NL); Standards Institution of Israel (IL); Australian Authorities 

(AUS); Statens Provningsanstalt Stockholm (S); Statens Planmerk (S); SGWA (CH); 

Byggestyrelsen (DK); SKZ GmbH (analogous to DIN8076 Part 3 - 12/87) (D). QAS 

Standards Australia – StandardsMark Licence. 



product.data 

Metric Compression Fittings 

Plasson 

COUPLINGS 7010 

PN16 PN12.5 PACK 

d E H I CODE kg CODE kg QTY 

16 39 105 50 69060 0.052 - 10 

20 48 121 58 69062 0.093 - 10 

25 54 125 60 69064 0.120 - 10 

32 64 145 70 69066 0.190 - 5 

40 82 177 86 69068 0.328 - - 

50 96 201 98 69070 0.475 - - 

63 113 230 112 69072 0.724 - - 

75 134 272 133 - 69074 1.224 - 

90 154 330 162 - 69076 1.980 - 

110 179 394 194 - 69078 3.206 1 

125 212 460 225 - 69080 5.266 1 

COUPLING BODY 7011 

d H I CODE kg 

16 65 30 84011 . 

20 77 36 84005 . 

25 79 37 84006 . 

32 91 44 84007 . 

40 110 52 84008 . 

50 115 55 84009 . 

COUPLING 17010 

PN 10 

PACK 

d E H I CODE kg QTY 

160 280 418 204 69081 7.775 1 

Supplied with 4 X 165mm X M 16 mild steel hex head galvanised bolts. 


Product Data.61

product.data 


Plasson 

REDUCING COUPLING 7110 


d x d1 E E1 H I I1 CODE kg CODE kg QTY 

20 x 16 48 39 111 56 50 69082 0.074 - 0.0 10 

25 x 16 54 39 120 55 50 69084 0.088 - 10 

25 x 20 54 48 119 60 54 69086 0.104 - 10 

32 x 20 64 48 135 62 53 69088 0.142 - 5 

32 x 25 64 54 131 66 57 69090 0.154 - 5 

40 x 25 82 54 155 81 60 69092 0.230 - - 

40 x 32 82 64 155 81 66 69094 0.255 - - 

50 x 25 96 54 176 93 59 69096 0.300 - - 

50 x 32 96 64 173 97 61 69098 0.341 - - 

50 x 40 96 82 182 92 82 69100 0.400 - - 

63 x 25 113 54 187 108 50 69102 0.461 - - 

63 x 32 113 64 199 110 64 69104 0.486 - - 

63 x 40 113 82 209 110 82 69106 0.546 - - 

63 x 50 113 96 215 110 95 69108 0.587 - - 

75 x 50 134 96 245 132 98 - 69110 0.915 - 

75 x 63 134 113 249 129 110 - 69112 0.960 - 

90 x 63 154 113 284 154 110 - 69114 1.393 - 

90 x 75 154 134 307 158 134 - 69116 1.590 - 

110 x 90 179 154 378 194 164 - 69120 2.708 - 

REPAIR COUPLING 7610 


d x d E H I CODE kg CODE kg QTY 

25 - - - 69527 - - 

32 - - - 69528 - - 

40 82 220 148 69503 0.377 - - 

50 96 237 158 69504 0.534 - - 

63 113 268 170 69496 0.825 - - 

75 134 272 165 - 69505 1.206 - 

90 154 330 190 - 69506 1.963 - 

110 179 394 230 - 69507 3.251 - 

125 69508 

160 69529 



product.data 


Plasson 

90° TEES 7040 


d E H I A CODE kg CODE kg QTY 

16 39 126 50 63 69140 0.083 - 10 

20 48 145 57 74 69142 0.151 - 10 

25 54 152 57 77 69144 0.191 - 5 

32 64 175 65 88 69146 0.301 - 5 

40 82 221 84 111 69148 0.517 - - 

50 96 251 93 126 69150 0.748 - - 

63 113 292 109 146 69152 1.145 - - 

75 134 347 130 174 - 69154 1.976 - 

90 154 440 165 220 - 69156 3.235 - 

110 179 586 195 293 - 69158 5.710 - 

90° TEES - WITH THREADED MALE OFFTAKE 7840 

PN16 

PACK 

d x d1 x d E H I I2 A CODE kg QTY 

20 x 15 x 20 48 138 58 16 46 69174 0.105 10 

20 x 20 x 20 48 138 58 16 46 69176 0.108 10 

25 x 15 x 25 54 150 61 16 50 69181 0.134 5 

25 x 20 x 25 54 150 61 18 50 69182 0.138 5 

32 x 25 x 32 64 168 66 20 58 69184 0.218 5 

40 x 32 x 40 82 206 84 22 71 69188 0.373 - 

40 x 40 x 40 82 206 84 22 71 69190 0.376 - 

50 x 32 x 50 96 230 93 22 79 62808 0.542 - 

50 x 40 x 50 96 230 93 22 77 69192 0.542 - 

63 x 32 x 63 113 271 110 22 79 62809 0.824 - 

63 x 40 x 63 113 271 110 22 83 62810 0.824 - 

63 x 50 x 63 113 271 110 26 92 69196 0.824 - 


Product Data.63

product.data 


Plasson 

90° TEES - WITH THREADED FEMALE OFFTAKE 7140 


d x G x d E H I I2 A CODE kg CODE kg QTY 

16 x 15 x 16 39 124 51 19 30 69202 0.066 - 10 

16 x 20 x 16 39 122 50 19 30 69204 0.065 - 10 

20 x 15 x 20 48 144 57 19 42 69206 0.113 - 10 

20 x 20 x 20 48 144 57 19 32 69210 0.110 - - 

25 x 15 x 25 54 150 58 19 35 69212 0.141 - - 

25 x 20 x 25 54 150 58 19 48 69216 0.140 - - 

25 x 25 x 25 54 158 63 21 66 69218 0.162 - - 

*25 x 32 x 25 54 158 63 25 74 69220 0.194 - - 

32 x 20 x 32 64 168 64 21 40 69222 0.223 - - 

32 x 25 x 32 64 168 64 21 54 69226 0.213 - - 

*32 x 32 x 32 64 178 70 25 67 69228 0.268 - - 

*32 x 40 x 32 64 178 70 25 71 69230 0.282 - - 

40 x 25 x 40 82 200 80 20 61 69232 0.367 - - 

*40 x 32 x 40 82 208 83 24 63 69234 0.403 - - 

*40 x 40 x 40 82 216 81 30 73 69236 0.453 - - 

*40 x 50 x 40 82 218 85 30 84 69238 0.435 - - 

*50 x 40 x 50 96 252 93 25 60 69240 0.602 - - 

*50 x 50 x 50 96 244 93 30 87 69242 0.599 - - 

*63 x 32 x 63 113 291 110 25 95 69243 0.875 - - 

*63 x 40 x 63 113 291 110 25 95 69245 0.866 - - 

*63 x 50 x 63 113 291 110 30 95 69244 0.904 - - 

*75 x 50 x 75 134 358 131 30 110 - 69248 1.488 - 

*75 x 65 x 75 134 345 131 35 85 - 69250 1.511 - 

*75 x 80 x 75 134 358 131 37 108 - 69252 1.580 - 

*90 x 80 x 90 154 422 166 41 116 - 69254 2.450 - 

*110 x 100 x 110 179 516 200 52 140 - 69258 4.175 - 

*with stainless steel reinforcing ring 

90° REDUCING TEES - WITH THREADED FEMALE OFFTAKE 7140 

PN16 

PACK 

d x G x d1 E E1 H L I I1 I2 A CODE kg QTY 

20 x 20 x 16 48 39 133 70 53 50 19 40 69208 0.086 10 

25 x 20 x 20 54 48 141 72 54 53 22 42 69214 0.126 - 

32 x 25 x 25 64 54 155 82 67 58 22 45 69224 0.177 - 



product.data 


Plasson 

90° ELBOWS 7050 


d E I A CODE kg CODE kg QTY 

16 39 51 64 69280 0.057 - 10 

20 48 52 73 69282 0.102 - 10 

25 54 53 76 69284 0.126 - 10 

32 64 61 88 69286 0.202 - 5 

40 82 83 109 69288 0.356 - - 

50 96 93 123 69290 0.514 - - 

63 113 110 147 69292 0.796 - - 

75 134 129 173 - 69294 1.341 - 

90 154 165 220 - 69296 2.256 - 

110 179 195 293 - 69298 3.909 - 

90° ELBOW 17050 

PN10 

PACK 

d E I A CODE kg QTY 

160 280 204 301 62816 8.823 - 


Product Data.65

product.data 


Plasson 

REDUCING ELBOW 7510 

PN 

PACK 


25 x 20 54 53 74 71432 0.114 10 

ELBOW ADAPTORS 7350 

PN 

PACK 


40 x 50 82 84 118 69540 0.355 1 

50 x 50 96 93 136 69542 0.456 1 

63 x 50 113 110 160 69544 0.495 1 



product.data 


Plasson 

90° ELBOWS - WITH THREADED MALE OFFTAKE 7850 


d x G E I I2 A A1 CODE kg CODE kg QTY 

20 x 15 48 52 17 82 45 69302 0.067 - 10 

20 x 20 48 57 18 82 47 69304 0.064 - 10 

25 x 15 54 57 17 84 50 69305 0.073 - 10 

25 x 20 54 57 18 89 50 69309 0.080 - 10 

25 x 25 54 57 20 84 52 69308 0.090 - 10 

32 x 25 64 66 20 103 58 69310 0.128 - 5 

32 x 32 69320 

40 x 25 82 82 20 127 69 69312 0.240 - - 

40 x 32 82 82 22 127 71 69314 0.233 - - 

40 x 40 82 82 22 127 71 69316 0.241 - - 

50 x 25 96 94 20 145 71 62811 - - 

50 x 32 96 94 22 145 77 69318 0.335 - - 

50 x 40 96 94 22 145 77 69320 0.331 - - 

63 x 32 113 110 22 170 77 62812 - - 

63 x 40 113 110 22 170 77 62813 0.461 - - 

63 x 50 113 110 26 170 92 69324 0.518 - - 

75 x 65 134 130 30 200 105 - 69328 0.872 - 

75 x 80 134 130 33 200 110 - 69330 0.906 - 

90 x 80 154 166 34 234 110 - 69332 1.356 - 

110 x 100 179 195 43 275 140 - 69336 2.320 - 

REDUCING SET 7930 

d x d1 E I CODE kg PACK QTY 

25 x 20 54 53 68191 1 

32 x 20 64 61 68192 1 

32 x 25 64 56 68193 1 

40 x 32 82 72 68194 1 

50 x 25 68201 

50 x 32 96 87 68195 1 

50 x 40 96 83 68196 1 

63 x 25 113 89 68197 1 

63 x 32 68203 

63 x 40 113 103 68198 1 

63 x 50 113 102 68199 1 


Product Data.67

product.data 


Plasson 

90° ELBOWS - WITH THREADED FEMALE OFFTAKE 7150 


d x G E I I2 A A1 CODE kg CODE kg QTY 

16 x 15 39 50 19 66 39 69342 0.038 - - 

20 x 15 48 54 19 78 40 69344 0.061 - - 

20 x 20 48 52 19 72 44 69346 0.071 - - 

25 x 20 54 52 19 75 46 69348 0.087 - - 

25 x 25 54 57 21 82 50 69350 0.090 - - 

32 x 20 64 66 18 94 54 69352 0.143 - - 

32 x 25 64 66 22 94 54 69354 0.136 - - 

*32 x 32 64 66 25 98 60 69356 0.167 - - 

40 x 25 82 85 21 116 52 69357 0.201 - - 

*40 x 32 82 85 25 120 61 69358 0.245 - - 

*40 x 40 82 85 25 120 61 69360 0.261 - - 

*40 x 50 82 85 30 125 80 69362 0.293 - - 

50 x 25 96 93 21 133 57 69363 - - 

*50 x 32 96 93 25 133 67 69365 - - 

*50 x 40 96 93 25 135 66 69364 0.348 - - 

*50 x 50 96 93 30 138 85 69366 0.384 - - 

*63 x 32 113 110 25 160 65 62814 - - 

*63 x 40 113 110 25 160 69 62815 - - 

*63 x 50 113 110 30 160 90 69368 0.553 - - 

*75 x 50 134 130 30 185 100 - 69372 0.856 - 

*75 x 65 134 130 36 189 105 - 69374 0.920 - 

*75 x 80 134 130 36 189 105 - 69376 0.970 - 

* with stainless steel reinforcing ring 



product.data 


Plasson 

45° ELBOWS 7460 


d E I A CODE kg CODE kg QTY 

40 82 83 65 69519 0.330 - - 

50 96 93 66 69520 0.486 - - 

63 113 110 80 69521 0.755 - - 

90 154 165 122 - 69522 1.910 - 

110 179 195 153 - 69523 3.254 - 


PN16 

PACK 

d x G E I I2 A A1 CODE kg QTY 

20 x 15 48 57 17 65 40 62817 0.054 - 

20 x 20 48 57 18 65 41 62818 0.056 - 


Product Data.69

product.data 


Plasson 

MALE ADAPTORS 7020 


d x G E H I I2 CODE kg CODE kg QTY 

16 x 15 39 79 59 16 68902 34 - - 

16 x 20 39 80 59 17 68904 35 - - 

20 x 15 48 91 70 17 68906 60 - - 

20 x 20 48 92 70 18 68908 62 - - 

20 x 25 48 88 53 20 68910 60 - - 

25 x 15 54 95 72 17 68912 68 - - 

25 x 20 54 95 72 18 68914 76 - - 

25 x 25 54 96 72 20 68916 79 - - 

32 x 20 64 100 77 18 68918 107 - - 

32 x 25 64 106 82 20 68920 122 - - 

32 x 32 64 104 77 22 68922 114 - - 

32 x 40 64 115 89 22 68924 127 - - 

40 x 25 82 114 86 20 68926 191 - - 

40 x 32 82 116 88 22 68928 192 - - 

40 x 40 82 119 91 22 68930 198 - - 

40 x 50 82 121 91 26 68932 208 - - 

50 x 25 96 130 105 20 68933 265 - - 

50 x 32 96 132 113 22 68934 266 - - 

50 x 40 96 135 107 22 68936 276 - - 

50 x 50 96 139 107 26 68938 283 - - 

63 x 32 113 154 125 22 68940 405 - - 

63 x 40 113 152 124 22 68942 473 - - 

63 x 50 113 167 134 26 68944 461 - - 

63 x 65 113 158 122 29 68946 423 - - 

75 x 50 134 182 148 26 - 68948 728 - 

75 x 65 134 185 148 29 - 68950 728 - 

75 x 80 134 189 148 33 - 68952 735 - 

90 x 50 154 242 164 26 - 68954 1142 - 

90 x 65 154 235 162 29 - 68956 1142 - 

90 x 80 154 232 165 33 - 68957 1133 - 

90 x 100 154 225 183 38 - 68958 1200 - 

110 x 50 179 262 214 26 - 68962 1878 - 

110 x 80 179 257 214 33 - 68964 1890 - 

110 x 100 179 266 214 42 - 68966 1919 - 



product.data 


Plasson 

FEMALE ADAPTORS 7030 


d x G E H I I2 CODE kg CODE kg QTY 

16 x 15 39 77 55 19 68970 40 - 10 

16 x 20 39 79 56 19 68972 36 - 10 

20 x 15 48 82 59 19 68974 60 - 10 

20 x 20 48 82 59 19 68976 58 - 10 

20 x 25 48 92 57 21 68978 68 - 10 

25 x 20 54 89 64 21 68982 83 - 10 

25 x 25 54 89 64 21 68984 78 - 10 

32 x 20 64 85 63 19 68986 107 - 5 

32 x 25 64 93 67 21 68988 115 - 5 

*32 x 32 64 90 60 25 68990 140 - 5 

40 x 25 82 109 83 21 68992 178 - - 

*40 x 32 82 107 77 25 68994 202 - - 

*40 x 40 82 115 85 25 68996 225 - - 

*50 x 32 96 120 89 25 68998 275 - - 

*50 x 40 96 126 93 25 69000 287 - - 

*50 x 50 96 129 94 30 69002 293 - - 

63 x 32 113 145 110 30 69004 414 

63 x 40 113 145 110 30 69005 414 

*63 x 50 113 145 110 30 69006 414 - - 

*75 x 50 134 187 129 30 - 69010 683 - 

*75 x 65 134 170 129 33 - 69012 730 - 

*90 x 50 154 205 170 35 - 69014 1252 - 

*90 x 80 154 225 186 39 - 69018 1258 - 

*90 x 100 154 246 186 43 - 69020 1518 - 

*110 x 80 179 262 214 39 - 69022 1964 - 

*110 x 100 179 274 214 46 - 69024 2118 - 

* with stainless steel reinforcing ring 


Product Data.71

product.data 


Plasson 

STEEL/PVC ADAPTOR/REPAIR COUPLING - THRUSTED 7897 

SIZE TYPE CODE kg PACK QTY 

1" / 25 ADAPTOR STEEL TO PVC 69460 5 

1 1/4" / 32 ADAPTOR STEEL TO PVC 69462 5 

1 1/2" / 40 ADAPTOR STEEL TO PVC 69464 5 

2" / 50 ADAPTOR STEEL TO PVC 69466 5 

STEEL/PVC ADAPTOR/REPAIR COUPLING - UNTHRUSTED 7898 

SIZE TYPE CODE kg PACK QTY 

25 / 1" RUBBER ADAPTOR 83880 5 

32 / 1 1/4" RUBBER ADAPTOR 83882 5 

40 / 1 1/2" RUBBER ADAPTOR 83884 5 

50 / 2" RUBBER ADAPTOR 83886 5 

FLANGED COUPLING WITH METAL BACKING FLANGE 7220 

NO. OF PN 16 PN 12.5 PACK 

d E H I D DP S HOLES CODE kg CODE kg QTY 

50 x 50 96 128 93 150 110 18 4 69036 0.384 - - 

50 x 65 96 128 93 165 125 18 4 69037 0.410 - - 

63 x 65 113 145 110 165 125 18 4 69038 0.505 - - 

75 x 80 134 162 137 184 146 18 4 - 69042 0.918 - 

90 x 100 154 198 186 216 180 18 8 - 69046 1.379 - 

110 x 100 179 237 224 216 180 18 8 - 69048 1.995 - 

125 x 125 212 270 250 250 210 18 8 - 69050 3.232 - 

125 x 150 212 270 250 285 240 22 8 - 69052 3.450 - 

Weight does not include metal flange. 



product.data 


Plasson 

FLANGED COUPLING WITH METAL BACKING FLANGE 17220 

NO. OF PN 10 PACK 

d E H I D DP S HOLES CODE kg QTY 

160 X 125 280 304 204 250 210 18 8 62819 5.031 

160 X 150 280 304 204 285 240 22 8 69057 5.251 

Weight does not include metal flange or bolts. 

FLANGED ADAPTORS - WITH METAL BACKING FLANGE 7236 

CONFORMS TO METAL 

NO. OF FLANGE PLASSON PN 16 PN 12.5 PACK 

d H D Dp S HOLES DESIGNATION CODE kg CODE kg QTY 

50 x 50 99 150 110 18 4 PL - 50 X 11/2"I.S.O 69512 0.217 - - 

50 x 65 99 165 125 18 4 PL - 50 X 2" I.S.O 62821 0.230 - - 

63 x 65 124 165 125 18 4 PL- 63/75 X 2" I.S.O 69513 0.327 - - 

63 x 80 124 185 145 18 4 PL - 63 X 21/2“ I.S.O 62822 0.350 - - 

75 x 65 142 185 145 18 8 PL - 75/90 X 21/2“ I.S.O 62823 

75 x 80 142 185 145 18 8 PL - 75/90 X 21/2“ I.S.O 62824 0.462 - - 

90 x 80 175 185 145 18 8 PL - 75/90 X 21/2“ I.S.O - 69515 0.658 - 

90 x 100 175 220 180 18 8 PL - 90 X 4" I.S.O - 69516 0.741 - 

110 x 100 210 220 180 18 8 PL - 90 X 4" I.S.O 69517 0.890 - 

110 x 125 69518 



Product Data.73

product.data 


Plasson 

FLANGED ADAPTORS - WITH METAL BACKING FLANGE 17230 

NO. OF CONFORMS TO METAL PN 10 PACK 

d H D Dp S HOLES FLANGE PLASSON DESIGNATION CODE kg QTY 

160 X 125 265 250 210 18 8 PL - 125/160 X 125 I.S.O 62825 4.628 - 

160 X 150 265 285 240 22 8 PL - 125/160 X 150 I.S.O 62826 4.811 - 


SHOULDERED ADAPTORS 7320 


d E H I L B CODE kg CODE kg QTY 

50 x 50 96 138 108 16 67 69026 0.292 - - 

63 x 50 113 170 109 16 67 69028 0.437 - - 

90 x 100 154 227 185 16 123 - 69030 1.240 - 

110 x 100 179 256 214 16 123 - 69032 1.902 - 

SHOULDERED ADAPTOR 17320 

PN 10 

PACK 

d E H I L B CODE kg QTY 

160 x 150 280 304 204 17.5 175 62827 4.700 - 



product.data 


Plasson 

END PLUGS 7120 

PN 16 PN 12.5 PACK 

d E I H CODE kg CODE kg QTY 

25 54 76 82 69264 0.075 - 10 

32 64 81 87 69266 0.108 - 5 

40 82 88 98 69268 0.192 - - 

50 96 109 116 69270 0.269 - - 

63 113 133 140 69272 0.410 - - 

75 134 155 165 - 69274 0.731 - 

90 154 200 209 - 69276 1.082 - 

110 179 214 232 - 69278 1.928 - 

PLUG ADAPTORS 7129 

PN 16 

PACK 

d E H CODE kg QTY 

20 48 47 69470 0.005 10 

25 54 51 69472 0.007 10 

32 64 56 69474 0.015 10 

40 82 74 69509 0.024 - 

50 96 85 69510 0.038 - 

63 113 96 69511 0.076 - 


Product Data.75

product.data 


Plasson 

COUPLING - WITH RISER 7810 


d x G x d E H I I2 A CODE kg CODE kg QTY 

40 x 20 x 40 82 216 89 18 85 69122 0.372 - - 

50 x 20 x 50 96 244 98 18 90 69124 0.525 - - 

50 x 25 x 50 96 244 98 20 90 69126 0.550 - - 

63 x 20 x 63 113 270 110 18 95 69128 0.781 - - 

63 x 25 x 63 113 270 110 20 95 69130 0.821 - - 

75 x 20 x 75 134 310 130 18 105 - 69132 1.123 - 

75 x 25 x 75 134 310 130 20 105 - 69134 1.259 - 

Y FITTING 7550 

PN 16 

PACK 

d x d x G E E1 I I1 I2 A A1 CODE kg QTY 

16 x 16 x 20 39 39 50 50 18 98 98 62801 0.075 10 

20 x 16 x 20 48 39 58 51 18 104 100 62802 0.103 10 

20 x 20 x 20 48 48 58 58 18 115 115 62803 0.130 10 

25 x 25 x 20 54 54 58 58 18 125 125 69495 0.154 5 



product.data 


Plasson 

CROSS - WITH THREADED FEMALE OFFTAKE 7540 

PN 16 

PACK 

d x G E H I I2 A CODE kg QTY 

20 x 20 x 20 x 20 x 20 48 151 58 21 34 62828 0.204 5 

TEE STABILIZER - WITH THREADED FEMALE OFFTAKE 7240 

PN 16 

PACK 

d x G E H I I2 A CODE kg QTY 

16 x 15 x 16 39 271 50 18 151 62829 0.296 - 

20 x 20 x 20 48 278 54 20 151 62830 0.322 - 

25 x 20 x 25 54 284 55 20 151 62831 0.344 - 


Product Data.77

product.data 


Plasson 

ADAPTOR – WITH THREADED MALE OFFTAKE & NUT 7250 

PN 16 PN 12.5 PACK 

d x G E H I2 CODE kg CODE kg QTY 

32 x 15 64 85.0 16.5 69390 0.035 - - 

32 x 20 64 86.0 17.5 69392 0.034 - - 

32 x 25 64 86.5 19.5 69394 0.037 - - 

40 x 25 82 94.5 19.5 69396 0.054 - - 

40 x 32 82 96.0 22.0 69398 0.060 - - 

40 x 40 82 96.0 22.0 69400 0.056 - - 

50 x 25 96 96.0 19.5 69402 0.079 - - 

50 x 32 96 100.0 22.0 69404 0.080 - - 

50 x 40 96 100.0 22.0 69406 0.081 - - 

50 x 50 96 103.0 26.0 69408 0.089 - - 

63 x 25 113 108.0 19.0 69410 0.127 - - 

63 x 32 113 111.0 22.0 69412 0.129 - - 

63 x 40 113 111.0 22.0 69414 0.129 - - 

63 x 50 113 114.0 26.0 69416 0.135 - - 

63 x 65 113 116.0 29.0 69418 0.149 - - 

75 x 40 134 128.0 22.0 - 69420 0.202 - 

75 x 50 134 132.0 26.0 - 69422 0.208 - 

75 x 65 134 134.0 29.0 - 69424 0.202 - 

75 x 80 134 137.0 33.0 - 69426 0.237 - 

NUT - (PP) FOR THREADED ADAPTOR 7894 

SIZE CODE kg PACK QTY 

32 69430 31 - 

40 69432 52 - 

50 69434 68 - 

63 69436 101 - 

75 69438 192 - 

NOTE: The 7894 NUT is used (and pictured above) with the 7890 

THREADED ADAPTOR. When ordering, please enter two codes 

on your order, one for the chosen THREADED ADAPTOR and one 

for the relevant NUT. 



product.data 


Plasson 

POLY TO COPPER CONNECTOR 7119 

25 x 15 71425 

25 x 20 71426 

32 x 20 64002 

POLY TO COPPER TEE 7349 

25 x 15 71427 

25 x 20 71428 

POLY TO COPPER ELBOW 7519 

25 x 15 71429 

25 x 20 71430 

POLY TO COPPER KIT* 7439 

20 x 15 71423 Kit 

25 x 20 71424 Kit 

*15 NB Copper Kit fits any 20mm Plasson end. 20 NB Copper Kit fits any 25mm Plasson end. 

Kit contains copper coloured nut, rubber liner, SS ring and copper coloured cone. 


Product Data.79

product.data 


Plasson 

NUT - PP 7004 

d E H I2 CODE kg PACK QTY 

16 39 40 23 71590 0.012 - 

20 48 45 26 71591 0.022 - 

25 54 46 26 71592 0.029 - 

32 64 51 30 71593 0.043 - 

40 82 63 34 71594 0.070 - 

50 96 71 33 71595 0.105 - 

63 113 84 38 71596 0.159 - 

75 134 104 53 71597 0.284 - 

90 154 129 73 71598 0.464 - 

110 179 165 92 71599 0.814 - 

125 71589 

WRENCH 7990 


d40 - d75 69500 0.276 1 

d63 - d125 69502 0.980 1 

For closing and tightening the PP nuts of Plasson fittings. 

It is important when closing the nut on Plasson fittings that the 

nut is NOT OVER - TIGHTENED as the nut can be deformed - this 

may result in a pipe blowing or pulling out of a fitting. 

CHAMFER TOOL - FOR PE PIPES 7960 


16 - 63 mm 69499 0.345 1 

For overall pipe diameters from 16 to 63 mm. 

The tool operates like a pencil sharpener and it is 

important to chamfer pipes from 40 to 63 mm to ease 

jointing pressures. 



product.data 


Plasson 

O-RINGS 7002, 7920, 7910 

7002 7920 7910 

O - RING (Nitrile) NBR O - RING VITON (FPM) * O - RING (EPDM) ** 

d E1 e CODE grams PACK QTY CODE grams PACK QTY CODE grams PACK QTY 

16 15.0 3 83808 0.5 100 - - 83830 0.4 100 

20 19.2 3 83810 0.6 100 83831 0.9 - 83832 0.6 100 

25 24.0 4 83812 1.3 100 83833 2.2 - 83834 1.2 100 

32 31.0 5 83814 2.6 100 83835 4.3 - 83836 2.5 100 

40 39.0 6 83816 5.0 50 83837 7.5 - 83838 4.5 - 

50 49.0 7 83818 8.2 50 83839 12.9 - 83840 7.6 - 

63 62.0 7 83820 10.2 50 83841 15.7 - 83842 9.9 - 

75 74.0 8 83822 16.0 20 83843 23.7 - 83844 16.0 - 

90 89.0 8 83824 18.4 20 83845 28.5 - 83846 18.4 - 

110 108.0 9 83826 27.8 20 83847 43.5 - 83848 39.8 - 

125 122.2 10 83828 50.0 10 - - - - 

160 158.0 12 83829 74.3 - - - - - 

Standard ring *distinguished by a ** distinguished by a 

supplied with fittings. white mark. blue mark. 

These rings have a better chemical resistance 

than NBR. When these rings are used the use 

of CPVC split rings ( 7008 ) will usually be required. 


Product Data.81

product.data 


Plasson 

SPLIT RINGS 7003 and 7008 

7003 Acetal (POM) 7008 C-PVC PACK 

d E H CODE kg CODE kg QTY 

16 23.0 12.3 69439 1.8 69440 2.6 100 

20 31.0 12.0 69441 3.6 69442 4.2 100 

25 36.0 12.0 69443 4.7 69444 5.2 100 

32 45.0 19.0 69445 9.6 69446 11.4 50 

40 55.0 24.0 69447 15.6 69448 19.0 50 

50 67.0 32.0 69449 27.3 69450 32.0 20 

63 83.0 40.0 69451 47.0 69452 53.0 10 

75 96.5 40.0 69453 63.0 69454 71.0 - 

90 114.5 56.5 69455 111.0 69456 126.0 - 

110 135.5 56.5 69457 151.0 69458 150.0 - 

125 160.5 72.0 69459 291.0 - 

Standard split ring Used in place of 7003 

supplied with fittings in acidic or aggressive 

chemical environments 

Milky white colour 

Yellow/brown colour 

INSERTS - PP 7005 

d D H CODE kg PACK QTY 

75 94 23.0 62832 31 - 

90 116 32.0 62833 56 - 

110 138 36.0 62834 81 - 

125 upper 164 48.0 62835 154 - 

125 lower 142 17.6 62836 43 - 



product.data 

Compression Fittings – Metric & Rural 

Plasson 

CONVERSION KIT - METRIC TO IMPERIAL 7982 


20 x 20 71418 25 

25 x 25 71419 20 

32 x 32 71420 10 

40 x 40 71421 5 

50 x 50 71422 5 

CONVERSION KIT - IMPERIAL TO METRIC 7980 

20 x 20 71411 25 

25 x 25 71412 20 

32 x 32 71413 10 

40 x 40 71414 5 

50 x 50 71415 5 

CONVERSION KIT - METRIC TO IMPERIAL C 

32 x 25 68175 1 

40 x 32 68176 1 

50 x 40 68177 1 

CONVERSION KIT - METRIC TO IMPERIAL D 

25 x 20 68178 1 

32 x 25 68179 1 

40 x 32 68176 1 

50 x 40 68183 1 


Product Data.83

product.data 


Plasson 

SINGLE TAPPING SADDLES WITH S/STEEL REINFORCING RINGS 16076 

PN 16 PN 12.5 PN 10 

d G B L H A Bolt Dim. CODE kg CODE kg CODE kg 

20 15 10.0 70 45 32.7 6 X 30 - 68500 65 - 

25 15 14.5 75 50 35.5 6 X 30 - 68502 72 - 

25 20 14.5 75 50 36.5 6 X 30 - 68504 75 - 

32 15 16.0 92 60 40.0 8 X 45 - 68506 132 - 

32 20 19.0 92 60 41.0 8 X 45 - 68508 134 - 

32 25 19.0 92 60 42.0 8 X 45 - 68510 140 - 

40 15 16.0 92 60 44.5 8 X 45 - 68512 140 - 

40 20 19.0 92 60 45.5 8 X 45 - 68514 142 - 

40 25 25.0 92 60 49.0 8 X 45 - 68516 150 - 

50 15 16.0 106 73 50.8 8 X 45 - 68518 179 - 

50 20 21.0 106 73 51.8 8 X 45 - 68520 180 - 

50 25 25.0 106 73 54.3 8 X 45 - 68522 188 - 

50 32 25.0 106 73 58.3 8 X 45 - 68524 210 - 

63 15 16.0 116 84 57.8 8 X 45 - 68526 278 - 

63 20 20.0 116 84 58.8 8 X 45 68528 280 - 

63 25 25.0 116 84 61.3 8 X 45 - 68530 288 - 

63 32 32.0 116 84 66.0 8 X 45 - 68532 308 - 

63 40 39.0 116 84 66.5 8 X 45 - 68534 322 - 

75 15 16.0 122 98 63.8 8 X 60 - 68536 370 - 

75 20 20.0 122 98 64.8 8 X 60 - 68538 372 - 

75 25 25.0 122 98 67.3 8 X 60 - - 68540 376 

75 32 32.0 122 98 72.0 8 X 60 - - 68542 399 

75 40 40.0 122 98 72.5 8 X 60 - - 68544 409 

75 50 40.0 122 98 77.5 8 X 60 - - 68546 433 

90 15 16.0 141 105 71.5 8 X 60 - 68548 454 - 

90 20 20.0 141 105 72.5 8 X 60 - 68550 453 - 

90 25 25.0 141 105 75.0 8 X 60 - - 68552 461 

90 32 32.0 141 105 80.0 8 X 60 - - 68554 481 

90 40 40.0 141 105 81.0 8 X 60 - - 68556 494 

90 50 50.0 141 105 86.0 8 X 60 - - 68558 511 

110 15 16.0 165 116 83.0 8 X 60 - 68560 563 - 

110 20 20.0 165 116 84.0 8 X 60 - 68562 563 - 

110 25 25.0 165 116 86.5 8 X 60 - - 68564 568 

110 32 32.0 165 116 91.0 8 X 60 - - 68566 587 

110 40 40.0 165 116 92.0 8 X 60 - - 68568 599 

110 50 50.0 165 116 97.0 8 X 60 - - 68570 615 

125 20 20.0 184 124 91.0 8 X 70 - 68572 749 - 

125 25 25.0 184 124 93.5 8 X 70 - 68574 755 - 

125 32 32.0 184 124 98.0 8 X 70 - - 68576 775 

125 40 40.0 184 124 99.0 8 X 70 - - 68578 781 

125 50 50.0 184 124 104.0 8 X 70 - - 68580 797 

140 25 25.0 201 136 101.0 8 X 70 - - 68582 893 

140 32 32.0 201 136 106.0 8 X 70 - - 68584 911 

140 40 40.0 201 136 106.6 8 X 70 - - 68586 923 

140 50 50.0 201 136 111.6 8 X 70 - - 68588 938 

160 25 25.0 223 145 111.5 8 X 70 - - 68594 1089 

160 32 32.0 223 145 116.5 8 X 70 - - 68596 1061 

160 40 40.0 223 145 117.5 8 X 70 - - 68598 1071 

160 50 50.0 223 145 122.5 8 X 70 - - 68600 1080 

180 25 64003 

180 32 64004 

180 40 64005 

180 50 64006 

The nuts and bolts are made of galvanized steel. The O-rings of NBR rubber. Stainless steel nuts and bolts can be supplied as can FPM and EPDM O-rings but are 

subject to special pricing and delivery arrangements. 

2 

B 

O 

L 

T 

S 

4 

B 

O 

L 

T 

S 

6 

B 

O 

L 

T 

S 



product.data 


Plasson 

TAPPING SADDLES WITH S/STEEL REINFORCING RING NUTS & BOLTS 16077 

PN 16 PN 12.5 PN 10 

d G B L H A Bolt Dim. CODE kg CODE kg CODE kg 

20 15 10.0 70 45 32.7 6 X 30 - 64052 65 - 

25 15 14.5 75 50 35.5 6 X 30 - 68501 72 - 

25 20 14.5 75 50 36.5 6 X 30 - 68505 75 - 

32 15 16.0 92 60 40.0 8 X 45 - 68507 132 - 

32 20 19.0 92 60 41.0 8 X 45 - 68509 134 - 

32 25 19.0 92 60 42.0 8 X 45 - 68511 140 - 

40 15 16.0 92 60 44.5 8 X 45 - 68513 140 - 

40 20 19.0 92 60 45.5 8 X 45 - 68515 142 - 

40 25 25.0 92 60 49.0 8 X 45 - 68517 150 - 

50 15 16.0 106 73 50.8 8 X 45 - 68519 179 - 

50 20 21.0 106 73 51.8 8 X 45 - 68521 180 - 

50 25 25.0 106 73 54.3 8 X 45 - 68523 188 - 

50 32 25.0 106 73 58.3 8 X 45 - 68525 210 - 

63 15 16.0 116 84 57.8 8 X 45 - 68527 278 - 

63 20 20.0 116 84 58.8 8 X 45 68529 280 - 

63 25 25.0 116 84 61.3 8 X 45 - 68531 288 - 

63 32 32.0 116 84 66.0 8 X 45 - 68533 308 - 

63 40 39.0 116 84 66.5 8 X 45 - 68535 322 - 

75 15 16.0 122 98 63.8 8 X 60 - 68537 370 - 

75 20 20.0 122 98 64.8 8 X 60 - 68539 372 - 

75 25 25.0 122 98 67.3 8 X 60 - - 68541 376 

75 32 32.0 122 98 72.0 8 X 60 - - 68543 399 

75 40 40.0 122 98 72.5 8 X 60 - - 68545 409 

75 50 40.0 122 98 77.5 8 X 60 - - 68547 433 

90 15 16.0 141 105 71.5 8 X 60 - 68549 454 - 

90 20 20.0 141 105 72.5 8 X 60 - 68551 453 - 

90 25 25.0 141 105 75.0 8 X 60 - - 68553 461 

90 32 32.0 141 105 80.0 8 X 60 - - 68555 481 

90 40 40.0 141 105 81.0 8 X 60 - - 68557 494 

90 50 50.0 141 105 86.0 8 X 60 - - 68559 511 

110 15 16.0 165 116 83.0 8 X 60 - 68561 563 - 

110 20 20.0 165 116 84.0 8 X 60 - 68563 563 - 

110 25 25.0 165 116 86.5 8 X 60 - - 68565 568 

110 32 32.0 165 116 91.0 8 X 60 - - 68567 587 

110 40 40.0 165 116 92.0 8 X 60 - - 68569 599 

110 50 50.0 165 116 97.0 8 X 60 - - 68571 615 

125 20 20.0 184 124 91.0 8 X 70 - 68573 749 - 

125 25 25.0 184 124 93.5 8 X 70 - 68575 755 - 

125 32 32.0 184 124 98.0 8 X 70 - - 68577 775 

125 40 40.0 184 124 99.0 8 X 70 - - 68579 781 

125 50 50.0 184 124 104.0 8 X 70 - - 68581 797 

140 25 25.0 201 136 101.0 8 X 70 - - 68583 893 

140 32 32.0 201 136 106.0 8 X 70 - - 68585 911 

140 40 40.0 201 136 106.6 8 X 70 - - 68587 923 

140 50 50.0 201 136 111.6 8 X 70 - - 68589 938 

160 25 25.0 223 145 111.5 8 X 70 - - 68595 1089 

160 32 32.0 223 145 116.5 8 X 70 - - 68597 1061 

160 40 40.0 223 145 117.5 8 X 70 - - 68599 1071 

160 50 50.0 223 145 122.5 8 X 70 - - 68601 1080 

180 25 64007 

180 32 68605 

180 40 64008 

180 50 64009 

The nuts and bolts are made of 306 stainless steel. The O-rings of NBR rubber. Stainless steel nuts and bolts can be supplied as can FPM and EPDM O-rings but are 

subject to special pricing and delivery arrangements. 

2 

B 

O 

L 

T 

S 

4 

B 

O 

L 

T 

S 

6 

B 

O 

L 

T 


Product Data.85

product.data 


Plasson 

COMPRESSION SADDLE 6810 

d x d 

CODE 

90 x 50 64010 

110 x 50 64011 

140 x 50 64012 

160 x 50 64013 

THREADED ADAPTOR 6933 

d x d 

CODE 

50 x 32 64014 

50 x 40 64015 

Female BSP adaptor, fits 50mm compression end 



product.data 


Plasson 

TAPPER SWIVEL TEE FOR POLYETHYLENE PIPE Blue Ring 6530 

d x d H B H1 H2 CODE 

63 x 25 106 116 57 130 68645 

63 x 32 111 116 57 130 68650 

75 x 25 106 122 57 130 68655 

75 x 32 111 122 57 130 68660 

90 x 25 106 141 58 131 68665 

90 x 32 111 141 58 131 68670 

110 x 25 106 165 59 132 68675 

110 x 32 111 165 59 132 68680 

125 x 25 106 184 58 132 68685 

125 x 32 111 184 58 132 68690 

140 x 25 106 201 59 132 68695 

140 x 32 111 201 59 132 68700 

160 x 25 106 223 59 132 68705 

160 x 32 111 223 59 132 68710 

180 x 25 106 245 60 133 68715 

180 x 32 111 245 60 133 68720 

TAPPER SWIVEL TEE TO SUIT PVC PIPE Grey Ring 6540 


125 x 25 106 201 59 132 68687 

125 x 32 111 201 59 132 68692 

150 x 25 106 223 59 132 68707 

150 x 32 111 223 59 132 68712 

AS/NZS1477 Series 1 

TAPPER SWIVEL TEE – PVC VINYL IRON Grey Ring 6542 


100 x 25 106 184 58 131 68677 

100 x 32 111 184 58 131 68682 

150 x 25 106 245 60 133 68706 

150 x 32 111 245 60 133 68711 

AS/NZS1477 Series 2 & AS/NZS4441 (Int.) Series 2 


Product Data.87

product.data 

Polypropylene Valves 

Plasson 

ANGLE SEAT VALVE (NBR Compression Inlet/Outlet) 3046 

PN 10 

d x d E H I A CODE kg PACK QTY 

32 x 32 64 254 70 140 86225 0.438 1 

COMPRESSION STOPCOCK 3406 

PN10 

d x d E H A CODE kg PACK QTY 

20 48 149 88 68725 0.160 1 

25 54 157 88 68730 0.190 1 

32 64 178 88 68735 0.250 1 

ANGLE SEAT VALVE (NBR O Ring, Threaded Inlet/Outlet BSP Male) 3047 

PN10 

d x d E I2 A CODE kg PACK QTY 

15 x 15 134 16 113 64000 0.136 1 

20 x 20 151 18 121 86200 0.191 1 

25 x 25 170 20 140 86202 0.280 1 

32 x 32 200 22 180 86204 0.733 1 

40 x 40 225 22 207 86206 0.474 1 

50 x 50 254 26 246 86208 1.186 1 



product.data 


Plasson 

ANGLE SEAT VALVE (NBR Threaded Inlet/Compression Outlet) 3048 

PN10 

G x d E H I I2 A CODE kg PACK QTY 

15 x 20 48 172 58 16 113 86201 0.176 

20 x 25 54 187 60 8 121 86203 0.238 

25 x 32 64 212 70 20 140 86205 0.360 

32 x 40 82 258 86 22 180 86207 0.618 

40 x 50 96 296 98 22 207 86218 0.939 

50 x 63 113 338 112 26 246 86215 1.518 

ANGLE SEAT VALVE (FPM Threaded Inlet/Outlet) 3049 

PN10 

G x d H I2 A CODE kg PACK QTY 

15 x 15 134 16 113 89219 0.136 

20 x 20 151 18 121 86220 0.191 

25 x 25 170 20 140 86226 0.280 

32 x 32 200 22 180 86224 0.733 

40 x 40 225 22 207 86226 0.474 

50 x 50 254 26 246 86228 1.186 

CHECK VALVE (EPDM Threaded Inlet/Outlet) 3067 

PN10 

G x d H I2 A CODE kg PACK QTY 

20 x 20 151 18 92 86230 0.152 

25 x 25 170 20 106 86232 0.229 

32 x 32 200 22 134 86234 0.389 

40 x 40 225 22 155 86236 0.586 

50 x 50 254 26 182 86238 0.975 


Product Data.89

product.data 


Plasson 

QUICK COUPLING VALVE (Spring of stainless steel VA2) 3039 

PN 10 

PACK 

G H I2 CODE kg QTY 

20 146 17 69490 0.144 5 

25 148 18 69492 0.148 5 

KEY - FOR QUICK COUPLING VALVE 3139 

PN 10 

PACK 


20 173 18 69494 0.066 5 

TWO WAY VALVE INLET AND OUTLET FEMALE THREADED 3405 

PN 10 

PACK 

G x G H I2 A CODE kg QTY 

20 x 20 78 18 92 69487 0.115 5 

25 x 25 82 20 92 69488 0.129 5 



product.data 

Rural Compression Fittings 

COUPLINGS 7012 


15 69060 0.052 10 

20 68004 0.102 10 

25 68008 0.132 10 

32 68012 0.218 5 

40 68016 0.393 5 

50 68020 0.543 2 

REDUCING COUPLINGS 7112 


20 x 15 68002 0.074 10 

25 x 15 68005 0.096 10 

25 x 20 68006 0.105 10 

32 x 20 68009 0.149 5 

32 x 25 68010 0.172 5 

40 x 25 68013 0.261 5 

40 x 32 68014 0.299 5 

50 x 25 68019 0.342 5 

50 x 32 68017 0.384 5 

50 x 40 68018 0.468 5 


Product Data.91

product.data 


90° ELBOWS 7052 


15 69280 10 

20 68114 0.108 10 

25 68116 0.141 10 

32 68118 0.162 5 

40 68120 0.297 5 

50 68122 0.405 2 

45° ELBOWS 7462 


40 69524 5 

50 69525 2 

90° TEES 7042 


15 69140 10 

20 68070 0.161 10 

25 68074 0.213 10 

32 68078 0.342 5 

40 68080 0.623 5 

50 68082 0.835 2 



product.data 


90° REDUCING TEES 7342 


20 x 20 x 15 68068 10 

25 x 25 x 20 68073 0.185 10 

32 x 32 x 25 68076 0.284 5 

40 x 40 x 32 68079 0.517 2 

50 x 50 x 25 68085 

50 x 50 x 32 68077 

50 x 50 x 40 68081 0.751 2 

90° TEES - WITH THREADED FEMALE OFFTAKE 7142 


15 x 15 x 15 69202 0.070 10 

15 x 15 x 20 69204 0.070 10 

20 x 20 x 20 68088 0.114 10 

20 x 15 x 20 68087 0.114 10 

20 x 20 x 15 68086 0.114 10 

25 x 20 x 20 68091 0.130 10 

25 x 25 x 15 68090 0.164 10 

25 x 25 x 20 68092 0.130 10 

*25 x 25 x 25 68094 0.174 10 

25 x 25 x 32 68093 0.205 10 

32 x 25 x 25 68095 0.196 5 

32 x 32 x 20 68097 0.243 5 

32 x 32 x 25 68096 0.244 5 

*32 x 32 x 32 68098 0.273 5 

*32 x 32 x 40 68099 0.295 5 

40 x 40 x 25 68101 0.416 2 

*40 x 40 x 32 68100 0.426 2 

*40 x 40 x 40 68102 0.444 2 

*40 x 40 x 50 68103 0.493 2 

*50 x 50 x 40 68104 0.669 2 

*50 x 50 x 50 68106 0.681 2 

* Fitting with stainless steel reinforcing ring. 


Product Data.93

product.data 


90° TEES - WITH THREADED MALE OFFTAKE 7842 


20 x 20 x 15 68180 0.108 10 

20 x 20 x 20 68182 0.117 10 

25 x 1' x 15 68108 0.139 10 

25 x 25 x 20 68110 0.142 10 

32 x 32 x 25 68184 0.236 5 

40 x 40 x 32 68186 0.369 2 

40 x 40 x 40 68188 0.369 2 

50 x 50 x 32 68189 

50 x 50 x 40 68190 0.600 2 

90° ELBOWS - WITH THREADED FEMALE OFFTAKE 7152 


15 x 15 69342 0.050 10 

20 x 15 68126 0.064 10 

20 x 20 68128 0.072 10 

25 x 20 68132 0.088 10 

25 x 25 68134 0.096 10 

32 x 20 68135 0.158 5 

32 x 25 68136 0.148 5 

*32 x 32 68138 0.171 5 

40 x 25 68139 

*40 x 32 68140 0.297 5 

*40 x 40 68142 0.307 5 

*40 x 50 68143 0.317 5 

50 x 25 68145 

*50 x 32 68147 0.361 2 

50 x 40 68144 

*50 x 50 68146 0.403 2 

* Fitting with stainless steel reinforcing ring. 



product.data 




20 x 15 68160 0.072 10 

20 x 20 68162 0.067 10 

25 x 15 68163 

25 x 20 68164 0.085 10 

25 x 25 68165 

32 x 25 68166 0.143 5 

32 x 32 68167 

40 x 25 68169 

40 x 32 68168 0.278 5 

40 x 40 68170 0.270 5 

50 x 25 68171 

50 x 32 68172 5 

50 x 40 68174 5 

45° ELBOW - WITH THREADED MALE OFFTAKE 7452 


15 68113 10 

20 68112 10 

END PLUGS 7122 


25 62849 0.085 10 

32 62850 0.126 5 

40 62851 0.229 5 

50 62852 0.324 5 


Product Data.95

product.data 


MALE THREADED ADAPTORS 7022 


15 x 15 68902 10 

15 x 20 68904 10 

20 x 15 68024 0.064 10 

20 x 20 68026 0.065 10 

20 x 25 68025 0.063 10 

25 x 15 68027 0.078 10 

25 x 20 68028 0.076 10 

25 x 25 68030 0.075 10 

32 x 20 68031 0.116 5 

32 x 25 68032 0.136 5 

32 x 32 68034 0.158 5 

32 x 40 68033 0.142 5 

40 x 25 68035 0.219 5 

40 x 32 68036 0.225 5 

40 x 40 68038 0.238 5 

40 x 50 68037 0.241 5 

50 x 25 62841 0.312 5 

50 x 32 68039 0.312 5 

50 x 40 68040 0.313 5 

50 x 50 68042 0.325 5 

FEMALE THREADED ADAPTORS 7032 


15 x 15 68970 10 

15 x 20 68972 10 

20 x 15 68048 62 10 

20 x 20 68050 16 10 

20 x 25 68051 73 10 

25 x 20 68052 80 10 

25 x 25 68054 80 10 

32 x 20 68055 116 5 

32 x 25 68056 117 5 

*32 x 32 68058 168 5 

40 x 25 68059 210 5 

*40 x 32 68060 225 5 

*40 x 40 68062 249 5 

50 x 32 68063 268 5 

*50 x 40 68064 306 5 

*50 x 50 68066 320 5 

*Fitting with stainless steel reinforcing ring. 



product.data 


Use to seal any metric 

or rural compression fitting 

BLANKING PLUG (outlet seal) 7129 

SIZE CODE PACK QTY 

20 69470 1 

25 69472 1 

32 69474 1 

40 69509 1 

50 69510 1 

ADAPTOR - WITH THREADED MALE OFFTAKE & NUT 7250 


32 x 15 69390 2 

32 x 20 69392 2 

32 x 25 69394 2 

40 x 25 69396 2 

40 x 32 69398 2 

40 x 40 69400 2 

50 x 25 69402 2 

50 x 32 69404 2 

50 x 40 69406 2 

50 x 50 69408 2 

CONVERSION KIT – RURAL TO METRIC 7980 


20 x 20 71411 

25 x 25 71412 

32 x 32 71413 

40 x 40 71414 

50 x 50 71415 


Product Data.97

product.data 


CONVERSION KIT – METRIC TO RURAL 7982 


20 x 20 71418 

25 x 25 71419 

32 x 32 71420 

40 x 40 71421 

50 x 50 71422 

CONVERSION KIT - METRIC TO IMPERIAL C 


32 x 25 68175 1 

40 x 32 68176 1 

50 x 40 68177 1 

CONVERSION KIT - METRIC TO IMPERIAL D 


25 x 20 68178 1 

32 x 25 68179 1 

40 x 32 68176 1 

50 x 40 68183 1 

RURAL TAPPING SADDLE 16026 


50 x 20 68156 

50 x 25 68158 

2 bolts 



product.data 

Threaded Fittings – Polypropylene 

Plasson 

THREADED NIPPLES 5067 

PN 10 

G x G H I2 CODE kg PACK QTY 

15 x 15 45 15 68248 0.008 10 

20 x 20 49 17 68252 0.012 10 

25 x 25 55 19 68256 0.023 10 

32 x 32 60 22 68260 0.035 10 

40 x 40 61 22 68264 0.048 10 

50 x 50 71 26 68268 0.078 10 

REDUCING NIPPLES 5065 

PN 10 

G x G1 H I I2 CODE kg PACK QTY 

20 x 15 46.50 16.50 15.50 68250 0.011 10 

25 x 15 49.50 18.50 15.50 68251 0.017 10 

25 x 20 49.50 18.50 16.50 68254 0.018 10 

32 x 15 53.00 21.00 15.50 68255 0.028 10 

32 x 20 54.00 21.00 16.50 68257 0.029 10 

32 x 25 56.00 21.00 18.50 68258 0.031 10 

40 x 15 54.00 21.00 15.50 68261 0.035 5 

40 x 20 55.00 21.00 16.50 68253 0.034 5 

40 x 25 57.00 21.00 18.50 68259 0.037 5 

40 x 32 59.00 21.00 21.00 68262 0.040 5 

50 x 15 57.50 25.00 15.50 68267 0.051 5 

50 x 20 58.50 25.00 16.50 68269 0.052 5 

50 x 25 60.50 25.00 18.50 68263 0.054 5 

50 x 32 63.00 25.00 21.00 68265 0.058 5 

50 x 40 63.00 25.00 21.00 68266 0.059 5 


Product Data.99

product.data 


Plasson 

THREADED SOCKETS 5017 

PN 6.3 

PACK 

G1 H I2 CODE kg QTY 

15 39 17.0 68270 0.015 10 

20 41 18.5 68272 0.020 10 

25 45 21.0 68274 0.031 10 

32 54 25.0 68276 0.065 10 

40 54 25.0 68278 0.076 10 

50 65 30.0 68280 0.092 5 

THREADED SOCKETS (S/Steel Reinforced) 5016 

PN 10 

PACK 


32 54 25.0 64016 0.65 70 

40 54 25.0 64017 0.76 60 

50 65 30.0 64018 0.92 35 

THREADED REDUCING SOCKET 5117 

PN 6.3 

G X G1 H I I1 CODE kg 

20 X 15 54 20 18 68282 0.025 



product.data 


Plasson 

THREADED PLUGS 5177 

PN 10 

PACK 


10 24.0 13 62853 0.005 10 

15 28.5 16 68200 0.008 10 

20 31.0 17 68202 0.012 10 

25 34.0 19 68204 0.017 10 

32 38.0 22 68206 0.026 10 

40 39.0 22 68208 0.038 10 

50 44.5 26 68210 0.060 10 

THREADED REDUCING BUSH 5027 

PN 10 

PACK 

G x G1 H I2 CODE kg QTY 

20 x 15 30.0 16.5 68212 0.007 10 

25 x 15 32.0 18.5 68214 0.016 10 

25 x 20 32.0 18.5 68216 0.012 10 

32 x 15 36.5 21.0 68217 0.027 10 

32 x 20 36.5 21.0 68218 0.029 10 

32 x 25 36.5 21.0 68220 0.021 10 

40 x 15 36.5 21.0 68221 0.035 10 

40 x 20 36.5 21.0 68222 0.032 10 

40 x 25 36.5 21.0 68224 0.033 10 

40 x 32 36.5 21.0 68226 0.020 10 

50 x 15 41.0 25.0 68227 0.060 5 

50 x 20 41.0 25.0 68228 0.060 5 

50 x 25 41.0 26.0 68230 0.061 5 

50 x 32 41.0 26.0 68232 0.055 5 

50 x 40 41.0 26.0 68234 0.044 5 

65 x 50 44.0 29.0 68242 0.075 5 

80 x 25 48.0 33.0 68243 0.117 2 

80 x 32 48.0 33.0 68238 0.119 2 

80 x 40 48.0 33.0 68239 0.118 2 

80 x 50 48.0 33.0 68246 0.103 2 

100 x 50 56.0 41.0 68244 O.238 2 

100 x 80 56.0 41.0 68245 O.222 2 


Product Data.101

product.data 


Plasson 

THREADED CAPS 5077 

PN 6.3 

G E H I2 CODE kg PACK QTY 

15 37.0 25.0 14.5 68286 0.013 10 

20 41.5 26.0 16.0 68288 0.014 10 

25 49.5 31.5 19.0 68290 0.027 10 

32 59.0 34.0 21.5 68292 0.039 10 

40 64.5 34.0 21.0 68294 0.043 10 

50 80.0 39.0 25.0 68296 0.078 10 

THREADED TEES 5047 

PN 6.3 

PACK 


15 58 17 68298 0.028 10 

20 64 18 68300 0.039 10 

25 81 21 68302 0.062 10 

32 96 25 68304 0.114 10 

40 108 25 68306 0.157 10 

50 130 30 68308 0.205 5 

THREADED TEES (STAINLESS STEEL REINFORCED) 5046 

PN 10 

PACK 


32 96 25 64022 0.114 10 

40 108 25 64023 0.158 10 

25 130 30 64024 0.205 5 



product.data 


Plasson 

90° THREADED ELBOWS 5057 

PN 6.3 

PACK 

G1 A I2 CODE kg QTY 

15 29.0 17 68310 0.022 10 

20 32.0 18 68312 0.031 10 

25 40.5 21 68314 0.045 10 

32 48.0 25 68316 0.087 10 

40 54.0 25 68318 0.116 5 

50 65.0 30 68320 0.157 5 

90° THREADED ELBOWS (STAINLESS STEEL REINFORCED) 5056 

PN 6.3 

PACK 

G1 A I2 CODE kg QTY 

32 48.0 25 64019 0.087 10 

40 54.0 25 64020 0.116 5 

50 65.0 30 64021 0.157 5 


Product Data.103

product.data 

Vinidexair Compressed COMPRESSED Air Pipe and AIR Fittings PIPES 

T 

O.D. 

PE 100 POLYETHYLENE BLUE 

PN 16 

OD T LENGTH CODE kg/metre 

mm mm metres 

20 3.0 6 26722 0.18 

25 3.7 6 26723 0.29 

32 4.7 6 26724 0.47 

40 5.8 6 26725 0.73 

50 7.3 6 26726 1.14 

63 9.1 6 26727 1.79 

90 13.0 6 26728 3.66 

110 16.0 6 26729 5.50 

Other sizes and classes available on request. 

T = average wall thickness. 



product.data 

Vinidexair Compressed Air Pipe and Fittings 

agru 

90° ELBOWS 

PN16 

d dsp k t CODE kg 

20 30.0 ± 1 14.0 ± 1 14.5 63811 0.022 

25 35.0 ± 1 17.0 ± 1 16.0 63812 0.027 

32 40.0 ± 1 20.5 ± 1 18.1 63813 0.046 

40 53.0 ± 1 20.5 ± 1 20.5 63814 0.075 

50 64.5 ± 1 25.5 ± 1 23.5 63815 0.138 

63 81.0 ± 1 31.0 ± 1 27.4 63816 0.230 

90 113.0 ± 1 51.0 ± 1 35.5 63817 0.601 

110 133.0 ± 1 59.0 ± 1 41.5 63818 0.800 

45° ELBOWS 

PN16 

d dsp k t CODE kg 

20 30.0 ± 1 11 ± 1 14.5 63819 0.017 

25 35.0 ± 1 14 ± 1 16.0 63820 0.023 

32 43.5 ± 1 17 ± 1 18.1 63821 0.039 

40 52.5 ± 1 21 ± 1 20.5 63822 0.062 

50 64.5 ± 1 26 ± 1 23.5 63823 0.099 

63 81.0 ± 1 33 ± 1 27.4 63824 0.179 

90 113.0 ± 1 46 ± 1 35.5 63825 0.434 

110 135.0 ± 1 56 ± 1 41.5 63826 0.590 


Product Data.105

product.data 

Vinidexair PE100 Compressed COMPRESSED Air AIR Pipe FITTINGS and Fittings FOR SOCKET FUSION 

agru 

TEES 

PN 16 

d dsp I k t CODE kg 

20 29 ± 1 54.0 11.0 ± 0.5 14.5 63828 0.026 

25 35 ± 1 63.0 13.5 ± 0.8 16.0 63829 0.037 

32 43 ± 1 75.0 17.0 ± 0.8 18.1 63830 0.065 

40 53 ± 1 86.5 21.0 ± 0.8 20.5 63831 0.101 

50 65 ± 1 101.5 26.0 ± 0.8 23.5 63832 0.202 

63 81 ± 1 126.0 31.0 ± 0.8 27.4 63833 0.322 

90 113 ± 1 186.0 50.5 ± 1.0 35.5 63834 0.858 

110 133 ± 1 210.0 58.0 ± 1.0 41.5 63835 1.073 

REDUCING TEES 

PN 16 

d1/d2 dsp1 dsp2 t1 t2 I1 Z1 CODE kg 

25/20 35 ± 1 29 ± 1 16.0 14.5 68 ± 1 32.0 ± 1 63836 0.040 

32/20 43 ± 1 29 ± 1 18.1 14.5 80 ± 1 40.0 ± 1 63837 0.057 

32/25 43 ± 1 35 ± 1 18.1 16.0 80 ± 1 40.0 ± 1 63838 0.058 

40/20 53 ± 1 29 ± 1 20.5 14.5 90 ± 1 45.0 ± 1 63839 0.080 

40/25 53 ± 1 35 ± 1 20.5 16.0 90 ± 1 45.0 ± 1 63840 0.106 

50/20 65 ± 1 29 ± 1 23.5 14.5 110 ± 1 52.5 ± 1 63841 0.168 

50/25 65 ± 1 35 ± 1 23.5 16.0 110 ± 1 52.5 ± 1 63842 0.170 



product.data 


agru 

SOCKETS 

PN 16 

d dsp k t I CODE kg 

20 29.0 ± 1 3 ± 1.0 14.5 35 ± 1.5 63843 0.014 

25 35.0 ± 1 3 ± 1.0 16.0 39 ± 1.5 63844 0.018 

32 43.0 ± 1 3 ± 1.0 18.1 43 ± 1.5 63845 0.027 

40 51.0 ± 1 3 ± 1.0 20.5 47 ± 1.5 63846 0.038 

50 64.0 ± 1 3 ± 1.0 23.5 52 ± 1.5 63847 0.069 

63 81.0 ± 1 3 ± 1.0 27.4 60 ± 1.5 63848 0.125 

90 112.5 ± 1 5 ± 1.5 35.5 78 ± 1.5 63849 0.322 

110 129.0 ± 1 5 ± 1.5 41.5 92 ± 1.5 63850 0.415 

END CAPS 

PN 16 

d dsp d2 I t CODE kg 

20 29.8 ± 1.0 32.8 ± 1 25.0 ± 1.5 14.5 63851 0.011 

25 34.7 ± 1.0 37.5 ± 1 28.0 ± 1.5 16.0 63852 0.015 

32 43.2 ± 1.0 46.2 ± 1 35.5 ± 1.5 18.1 63853 0.023 

40 53.0 ± 1.0 57.7 ± 1 40.0 ± 1.5 20.5 63854 0.035 

50 65.0 ± 1.0 68.4 ± 1 48.5 ± 1.5 23.5 63855 0.069 

63 80.1 ± 1.0 85.8 ± 1 54.5 ± 1.5 27.4 63856 0.133 

90 112.5 ± 1.5 120.0 ± 1 79.0 ± 1.5 35.5 63857 0.260 

110 132.5 ± 1.5 139.6 ± 1 93.0 ± 1.5 41.5 63858 0.430 


Product Data.107

product.data 


agru 

REDUCERS 

PN 16 

d1/d2 dsp k t I CODE kg 

25/20 29 ± 1 23 ± 1 14.5 38 ± 2 63868 0.012 

32/20 29 ± 1 29 ± 1 14.5 44 ± 2 63869 0.023 

32/25 35 ± 1 27 ± 1 16.0 44 ± 2 63870 0.019 

40/20 29 ± 1 34 ± 1 14.5 48 ± 2 63871 0.023 

40/25 35 ± 1 32 ± 1 16.0 48 ± 2 63872 0.026 

40/32 43 ± 1 30 ± 1 18.1 48 ± 2 63873 0.030 

50/20 29 ± 1 39 ± 1 14.5 55 ± 2 63874 0.035 

50/25 35 ± 1 37 ± 1 16.0 55 ± 2 63875 0.036 

50/32 43 ± 1 35 ± 1 18.1 55 ± 2 63876 0.039 

50/40 53 ± 1 33 ± 1 20.5 55 ± 2 63877 0.048 

63/25 35 ± 1 47 ± 1 16.0 65 ± 2 63878 0.059 

63/32 43 ± 1 45 ± 1 18.1 65 ± 2 63879 0.062 

63/40 53 ± 1 43 ± 1 20.5 65 ± 2 63880 0.070 

63/50 65 ± 1 40 ± 1.5 23.5 65 ± 2 63881 0.079 

90/63 81 ± 1 59 ± 1.5 27.4 87 ± 2 63882 0.191 

110/63 81 ± 1 61 ± 1.5 27.4 89 ± 2 63883 0.250 

FLANGE ADAPTORS 

PN16 

d d3 d4 h I t CODE GRAMS 

20 27 ± 1 45 10 21 ± 1.5 14.5 63859 0.014 

25 33 ± 1 58 10 23 ± 1.5 16.0 63860 0.024 

32 41 ± 1 68 10 24 ± 1.5 18.1 63861 0.038 

40 50 ± 1 78 11 27 ± 1.5 20.5 63862 0.049 

50 61 ± 1 88 12 30 ± 1.5 23.5 63863 0.067 

63 75 ± 1 102 14 34 ± 1.5 27.4 63864 0.089 

90 105 ± 1 138 17 42 ± 1.5 35.5 63866 0.208 

110 131 ± 1 158 18 48 ± 1.5 41.5 63867 0.289 



product.data 

Vinidexair Compressed Air Pipe and Fittings 

agru 

90° BEND- With bracket and female thread, short design with metal insert. 

PN 16 

d dG dsp d1 ls lg l1 Z1 Z2 CODE kg 

20 15 30 ± 1 38 ± 0.5 25 14 ± 0.5 60 ± 1 35 ± 0.5 45 ± 1 63827 0.126 

ADAPTOR UNIONS- with female thread with metal insert 

PN 16 

d dG dsp lG t l1 SW CODE kg 

20 15 42 ± 1 15±0.5 14.5 41±1 32 63890 0.138 

25 20 46±1 18 ± 0.5 16.0 41±1 36 63891 0.149 

32 25 53±1 20±0.5 18.1 47±1 41 63892 0.219 

40 32 63893 

50 40 63894 

63 50 63895 

ADAPTOR UNIONS- Male thread with metal insert 

PN 16 

d dG dsp lG t l1 SW CODE kg 

20 15 42 ± 1 16.0 ± 0.5 14.5 52.0 ± 1 32 63884 0.165 

25 20 46 ± 1 19.5 ± 0.5 16.0 59.5 ± 1 36 63885 0.220 

32 25 53 ± 1 22.0 ± 0.5 18.1 65.0 ± 1 41 63886 0.301 

40 32 63887 

50 40 63888 

63 50 63889 


Product Data.109

product.data 

Welding Equipment 

Plasson 

ELECTROFUSION CONTROL BOX 

ELECTROFUSION WELDING EQUIPMENT 

PLASSON PART NO. CODE 

ELECTROFUSION CONTROL BOXES 

PF MONOMATIC – 5m lead PFMONO5DL 63617 

PF MONOMATIC – 10m lead PFMONO10DL 71103 

PF MONOMATIC (DATA) – 5m lead 

PFMONODATA5DL 

PF MONOMATIC (DATA) – 10m lead 

PFMONODATA10DL 

PF DIGIMATIC TIME – 5m lead PFDIGITIME5FL 71108 

PF DIGIMATIC (DATA) – 5m lead PFDIGIDATA5DL 71107 

PF DIGIMATIC (DATA) – 10m lead PFDIGIDATA10DL 71106 

PF POLYMATIC PLUS (DATA) – 5m lead 

PFPOLYPLUS5DL 

PF POLYMATIC PLUS (DATA) – 10m lead 

PFPOLYPLUS10DL 

Spare Parts for Series 35 and Series A60 Models 

DATA RETRIEVAL PRINTER (for use with Electrofusion Control Box 29000000) 29000005 63551 

OUTPUT LEADS (for Electrofusion Control Box) - 5m 29000050 63552 



CALDER SCRAPER 90-250mm 

PIPE SCRAPERS 


MINISCRAPER - 20 mm 29110020 63557 



MAXISCRAPER - 40 mm 29110040 63560 



HARRIS HAND SCRAPER - SMALL 29110001 63563 

HARRIS HAND SCRAPER - LARGE 29110002 63564 

CALDER SCRAPER 90-250mm 2912000 99274 

PIPE WIPES (For PE pipe cleaning) VFPW 99275 

PIPE WIPES 



product.data 


Plasson 

SADDLE CLAMP COMPONENTS 


SADDLE CLAMP KIT NO. 3 (Contains rings for 200, 225, 250 mm) 29200005 62115 

TOPLOAD G CLAMP (63 - 315 mm) 29263315 62113 

TOPLOAD G CLAMP (63 - 400 mm) GCLAMPSL 62117 

Note: 50, 80 and 100 Series 3 Gas Pipe Clamps available on request 

SADDLE CLAMP KIT NOS. 1 & 3 

SADDLE CLAMP KIT NOS. 1 & 3 

TOPLOAD G CLAMP 


Product Data.111

product.data 


Plasson 

SERVICE CLAMPS 


UNIVERSAL MINICLAMP 16/20/25/32 29300032 63579 

MAXICLAMP 40mm 29300040 63580 

MAXICLAMP 50mm 29300050 63581 

MAXICLAMP 63mm 29300063 63582 

SERVICE CLAMPS 

ALIGNMENT CLAMPS 


MULTICLAMP KIT - 250mm (Comprising 2 - 250mm Rings mounted on base) 29300250 63584 



Reductions. Reductions to sizes 200, 225 and 280mm can be made using Liners from Butt Fusion 

Machines (only 4 x 180° segments required). 

MAIN CLAMP PARTS 

ALIGNMENT CLAMPS 


PLAIN BASE - 460 mm 29300460 63586 

SLOTTED BASE - 460 mm 29300461 63587 

RING - 180 mm ( Universal with Dovetail Blocks ) 29300181 63589 

DOVETAIL SLIDE BLOCK 29300006 63590 

LINER RING - 250 x 225 mm (2 x 180° Segments) for 29300250 293250225 63591 

LINER RING - 225 x 200 mm (2 x 180° Segments) for 29300250 293225200 63592 

LINER RING - 180 x 160 mm (2 x 180° Segments) 293180160 63593 







T BAR (with screws) 29300010 63601 

SPANNER 29300012 63602 

ALLEN KEY 29300014 63603 

ALLEN KEYS FOR LINERS - SET OF 4 29300016 63604 

METAL TRANSPORTATION BOX 29300018 63605 

SWIVEL JOINT 29300020 63606 

SAW 

SAW 

SAW GUIDE 

S. GUIDE 



product.data 


Plasson 

HYDRAULIC COILED PIPE JOINERS 

Normally used for joining pipe unwound from vertical reels into the trench. Suitable for PE80 pipes up to 

SDR11 wall thickness. ( not for use with PE100 pipe - a special coiled pipe joiner is available ) 


HYDRAULIC COIL JOINER - Pipes 90 - 125 mm ( with hand pump )* 297019125 63607 

HYDRAULIC COIL JOINER - Pipes 125 - 180 mm ( with hand pump )* 297125180 63608 

* Liner sets required for intermediate sizes 

COILED PIPE JOINER 

COILED PIPE CLAMPS 

Has base similar to a Multiclamp Kit and used to manually align pipes unwound from coils lying 

horizontally on the ground. 

COILED PIPE CLAMP 


COILED PIPE CLAMP - 63 mm 297000063 63619 



COILED PIPE CLAMP - 110 mm 297000110AUS 63622 

COILED PIPE CLAMP - 125 mm 297000125AUS 63623 

110mm made with a 125 x 110mm aluminium liner (Code No. BF1L125110) inside a 125mm coiled pipe 

clamp - suits both 110 and 125 diameter polyethylene pipe 

DRILLS 


UNDER PRESSURE DRILL - 63mm (use with Multiclamps) BF63DRILL 63624 

UNDER PRESSURE DRILL - 90/125mm (use with Multiclamps) UPLDDRILL 63625 

UNDER PRESSURE DRILL - 90/125mm - Squeeze off extension kit 

(use with Multiclamps) UPLDDRSQKIT 63626 

NON PRESSURE DRILL - For outlets 63, 90, 125mm 

(For use on unpressured lines ) NPLDDRILL 63627 

UNDER PRESSURE DRILL 

NON PRESSURE DRILL 


Product Data.113

product.data 


Plasson 

SQUEEZE TOOLS 

PLASSON PART NO. 

CODE 

SQUEEZE TOOL 16 - 32 mm For ≤ SDR 11 Pipe SQT32 63628 

SQUEEZE TOOL 16 - 63 mm For 3/4", 1", 2" SQT63 63629 

SQUEEZE TOOL 63 - 180 mm For SDR 17.6 & SDR 11 SQT180 63630 

SQUEEZE TOOL 180 - 250 mm All SDR Ratings SQT250 99172 

SQUEEZE TOOL 250 - 400 mm All SDR Ratings SQT355 99173 

DEBEADING 


EXTERNAL DEBEADER. Debead 90-400 mm 29110400 63565 

PIPE CUTTING HEAD ASSEMBLY 

Fits into External Debeader tool to cut pipe sizes 90-315mm 

for all SDR Ratings 11, 17 & 26. 21858 

INTERNAL BEAD REMOVAL KIT. Up to 12m insertion 

For pipe sizes 110 - 400mm O.D. For S.D.R. 44 to 7.3 

(Available as Kit or as single units for specific sizes) 29110412 63566 



product.data 


Plasson 

SQUEEZE OFF 

SQUEEZE OFF 

REROUNDING TOOLS 


POST SQUEEZE OFF REROUNDING CLAMPS - 63 mm 29600063 63631 





POST SQUEEZE OFF REROUNDING CLAMPS - 140 mm 29600140 





REROUNDING TOOLS 

To reround oval pipes for Electrofusion PLASSON PART NO. CODE 

TYPE 1 16 mm 29500016 63640 









TYPE 2 110 mm 29500110-2 








Note: Rerounding tools also available for imperial pipe 1/2"-4" 

110mm made with a 125 x 110mm aluminium liner (Code No. 22211) inside a 125mm tool - suits both 110 

and 125 diameter polyethylene pipe 

REROUNDING TOOL – TYPE 3 


Product Data.115

product.data 


Plasson 

PIPE CUTTERS 


SECATEUR PIPE CUTTERS Up to 32mm PCS2032 99104 

SECATEUR PIPE CUTTERS Up to 63mm PCS2063 99174 

GUILLOTINE CUTTERS Up to 225mm PCG200 99105 

GUILLOTINE CUTTERS Up to 315mm PCG315 99106 

SECATEUR PIPE CUTTERS 

GUILLOTINE CUTTERS 



product.data 


Butt Fusion Equipment 

SEMI AUTOMATIC BUTT FUSION MACHINE 

BF1 BUTT FUSION MACHINE 50 - 125mm 

PART NO. CODE 

SEMI AUTOMATIC 

BF1MS 

Comprising: 180mm Chassis, Frame and Hoses, Trimmer, Auto Lift Heater 

Trimmer Stand, Heater Stand, DSA 23 Hydraulic Power Pack, 2 Ratchet spanners 

LINERS (8 HALF SEGMENTS) 

125 x 110mm Liner Set BFL125110 99110 


125 x 75mm Liner Set BFL 12565 99112 



TRIMMER BLADE 

BF1.03128 

Minimum Generator size 2.0 kVA 

Note: Automatic Machines can be converted to semi-automatic function by addition of a DSA 23 or 

60 Hydraulic Power Pack and a manual over-ride unit. 

The machine will then weld in semi-automatic mode to preset welding parameters – however, data recording of 

the welds will not be available. 

AUTOMATIC BUTT FUSION MACHINE 


BF 180 BUTT FUSION MACHINE 63 - 180mm 

PART NO. CODE 

AUTOMATIC BF180AFV 99115 

Comprising: Chassis, Frame and Hoses, Trimmer, Auto Lift Heater 

Trimmer and Heater Stand, Micro Processor Contoller, 2 Ratchet, Printer 

SEMI AUTOMATIC BF180SFV 99116 


Trimmer and Heater Stand, DSA 23 Hydraulic Power Pack, 2 Ratchet Spanners 









TRIMMER BLADE 31638 

DSA23 HYDRAULIC POWER PACK DSA23 99126 

MANUAL OVERIDE UNIT MOBB 99127 



Product Data.117

product.data 






PART NO. CODE 



Trimmer and Heater Stand, Micro Processor Contoller, 2 Ratchet Spanners, Printer 






















PART NO. CODE 


Comprising: 315mm Chassis, Frame and Hoses, Trimmer, Auto Lift Heater, 

Trimmer and Heater Stand, Micro Processor Controller, 2 Ratchet Spanners, Printer 





















product.data 






PART NO. CODE 

AUTOMATIC BF400AV 99159 


Trimmer and Heater Stand, Micro Processor Contoller, 2 Ratchet Spanners, Printer 

SEMI AUTOMATIC BF400SV 99160 











Minimum Generator size 6 kVA 

LF110 BUTT FUSION MACHINE 110 - 25mm. (240v, 1 Phase, 2kVa) 

PART NO. CODE 

MANUAL - "Torque Wrench" Lever (non hydraulic) BF110000L 99051 

Comprising: 110mm Machine Complete. Portable Facer with Electric Drill, Portable Electric Heater, 

Heater/Facer Stand and a Steel Carry Case (holds all items) 

PIPE LINERS (2 Rings) 

110-90mm Liner Set BF110990 99082 

110-75mm Liner Set BF110975 99084 

110-63mm Liner Set BF110963 99086 

NARROW FITTINGS CLAMP - Sliding 

110-90mm Liner Set BF110790 99083 

110-75mm Liner Set BF110775 99085 

110-63mm Liner Set BF110763 99087 

OPTIONS 

Narrow Fittings Clamp - Fixed BF110300 99080 

Fittings Liners (1 Ring) 


Product Data.119

product.data 



HF225 BUTT FUSION MACHINE 225-63mm (240v, 1 Phase, 3kVa) 

PART NO. CODE 

MANUAL - Hydraulic Pump BF225000H 99326 


Heater/Facer Stand, Fittings Chuck and a Steel Carry Case (holds accessories only). 2 Wheels 

LINERS (2 Rings) 

225-200mm Liner Set BF225920 99211 

225-160mm Liner Set BF225916 99215 

225-110mm Liner Set BF225911 99221 

OPTIONS 

Electric Hydraulic Conversion Kit 

EH225600 

EHF225 BUTT FUSION MACHINE 225-63mm (240v, 1 Phase, 3kVa) 

PART NO. CODE 

SEMI-AUTOMATIC - Electric Hydraulic Pump BF225000E 99327 


Heater/Facer Stand, Fittings Chuck and a Steel Carry Case (holds accessories only). 2 Wheels 


225-200mm Liner Set BF225920 99211 

225-160mm Liner Set BF225916 99215 

225-110mm Liner Set BF225911 99221 

HF350 BUTT FUSION MACHINE 355-90mm (240v, 1 Phase, 5kVa) 

PART NO. CODE 

MANUAL - Hydraulic Pump BF350000H 99337 

Comprising: 355mm Machine Complete. Mounted Facer, Portable Electric Heater, 

Heater Stand, Fittings Chuck and a Steel Carry Case (holds liners only). 4 Wheels 


355-315mm Liner Set BF350931 99198 

355-250mm Liner Set BF350925 99201 

355-200mm Liner Set BF350920 99192 

OPTIONS 

Electric Hydraulic Conversion Kit 

EH350600 



product.data 



EHF350 BUTT FUSION MACHINE 355-90mm (240v, 1 Phase, 5kVa) 

PART NO. CODE 

SEMI-AUTOMATIC - Electric Hydraulic Pump BF350000E 99325 

Comprising: 355mm Machine Complete. Mounted Facer, Portable Electric Heater, 

Heater Stand, Fittings Chuck and a Steel Carry Case (holds liners only). 4 Wheels 


355-315mm Liner Set BF350931 99436 

355-250mm Liner Set BF350925 99438 

355-200mm Liner Set BF350920 99440 

HF450 BUTT FUSION MACHINE 450 - 225mm (415v, 3 Phase, 10kVa) 

PART NO. CODE 

SEMI-AUTOMATIC - Electric-Hydraulic BF450000E 99425 

Comprising: 450mm Machine Complete. Mounted Facer, Mounted Heater and a Fittings Chuck 


450-400mm Liner Set BF450940 99434 

400-355mm Liner Set BF450935 99435 

355-315mm Liner Set BF350931 99436 

HF630 BUTT FUSION MACHINE 630 - 315mm (415v, 3 Phase, 10kVa) 

PART NO. CODE 

SEMI-AUTOMATIC - Electric-Hydraulic BF630000E 99321 

Comprising: 630mm Machine Complete. Mounted Facer, Mounted Heater and a Fittings Plate 


630-500mm Liner Set BF630950 99474 

500-450mm Liner Set BF630945 99475 

450-400mm Liner Set BF630940 99476 


Product Data.121

VINIDEX PE PIPE MANUAL - Hydrogold

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?